DCME

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
C18 CURRICULUM
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING

SANKETHIKA VIDYA BHAVAN, MASAB TANK, TELANGANA, HYDERABAD
1
C-18 - CURRICULUM
FOR DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES IN TELANGANA
I. PREAMBLE
The State Board of Technical Education and Training, Telangana under the aegis of the Department
of Technical Education, Telangana regularly reviews the Curricula in tune with the developments both in
academic and industry side. However, recognizing the changing needs as stated by the catchment
industries, the Board has decided to bring about the revision of curriculum. Thus, the Board, with the
assistance of senior faculty of the branches concerned, has reviewed C-16/C-16S Curriculum in force. On
finding the merits and shortcomings of C-16/C-16S Curriculum, the faculty has made a thorough
assessment of the curricular changes that have to be brought in. It was felt that there is an urgent need to
improve hands-on experience among the students pursuing diploma courses. Further, the urgency of
enhancing communication skills in English has also been highlighted in the feedback and
suggestions made by the user industries. Keeping these in view, a number of meetings and deliberations
were held at State level, with experts from industry, academia and senior faculty of the department. The
new Curricula for the different diploma courses have been designed with the active participation of the
members of the faculty teaching in the Polytechnics of Telangana, besides reviewed by Expert
Committee constituted with eminent academicians.
The new C-18 curriculum is designed, duly taking into consideration the Outcome Based
Education model as per NBA norms and Credit system has also been introduced.
This new Curriculum has taken the Telangana State Industrial Policy in the course of Industrial
Management and Entrepreneurship. Skill Upgradation is given importance by allotting 2.5 grade points
per semester.
The primary objective of the curriculum change is to produce best technicians in the country by
correlating growing needs of the industries with the academic inputs.
The revised New Curriculum i.e., Curriculum – 2018 or C-18 is planned and designed by making
6 months industrial training is mandatory.
Salient Features:
1. Duration of course is 3 years of Regular Academic instruction.

 The Curriculum is Outcome based, Semester Pattern, more practical oriented,
Flexible, Relevant to the industry needs and oriented to develop entrepreneurship
skills in Diploma students.
 A maximum of 20% credits be permitted in specialized electives offered in VI
semester that can be pursued through MOOC like SWAYAM / NPTEL
2
 To start with a robust curriculum structure is designed
 Course structure contains 5 theory courses and 5 Laboratory courses per semester
 All theory courses will be of Lecture -Tutorial-Practicals (L:T:P) pattern
 In order to ensure continuous evaluation, total course content is divided into 3 parts
i.e., Mid Semester- I should be conducted for 20 marks from part I and Mid Semester-
II should be conducted for 20 marks from part II, End Examination shall be conducted
for 40 marks of which 20 marks should be covered from part III, 20 marks covered
from overall course content.
 The sessional marks of 20 are assigned to slip tests, assignments, seminars, quiz etc.
 The question paper pattern is comprising of short answer questions, Essay questions,
Application based Questions covering the attributes of understanding, remembering
and Application.
 Scoring of the candidate in the examination is reflected in terms of grade points
blending with relative grade point award system.
2. Keeping in view the increased need of communication skills that is playing a vital role in the
success of Diploma Level students in the Industries, emphasis is given for learning and
acquiring listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in English. Communication Skills lab
and Life Skills lab are therefore introduced in III Semester and Advanced Communication
Skills lab and Life Skills lab as lab electives from IV Semester for all the branches.
3. Latest topics relevant to the needs of the industry and global scenario suitable to be taught at
Diploma level are also incorporated in the curriculum.
4. CAD specific to the branch has been given more emphasis in the curriculum. Preparing
drawings using CAD software has been given more importance.
5. Every student is exposed to the computer lab at the 1 styear itself in order to familiarize
himself/herself with skills required for keyboard/mouse operation, internet usage and e-mailing.
6. The number of teaching hours allotted to a particular topic/chapter has been rationalized keeping
in view the past experience.
7. Upon reviewing the existing C-16 curriculum, more emphasis is given to the practical content of
Laboratories and Workshops, thus strengthening the practical skills in C-18 Curriculum.
8. With increased emphasis for the student to acquire Practical skills, the course content in all the
courses is thoroughly reviewed and structured as outcome based than the conventional
procedure based. While the course content in certain courses felt overloaded is reduced, in rest
of the courses the content has been enhanced as per the need.
3
9. Curriculum of Laboratory and Workshops have been thoroughly revised based on the
suggestions received from the industry and faculty, for better utilization of the equipment
available at the Polytechnics. The experiments /exercises that are chosen for the practical
sessions are identified to conform to the field requirements of industry.
10. The course of skill up-gradation in each semester is incorporated in the time table for one
complete day consisting of 7 periods..
11. The student shall be awarded satisfactory through RUBRICS only if he/she puts in at-least 75%
attendance in the skill up-gradation course apart from the satisfactory performance in the
activities allotted.
12. The activities suggested for skill up-gradation in the curriculum at the end of each course will be
assessed by the respective course teacher through RUBRICS and duly certified by the
HOS/Principal.
13. The Members of the working group are grateful to Sri Navin Mittal I.A.S., Commissioner of
Technical Education & Chairman, S.B.T.E.T.(TS) for his constant guidance and valuable
inputs in revising, modifying and updating the curriculum.
14. The Members acknowledge thanks for cooperation and guidance extended by Sri. U.V.S.N.
Murthy, Secretary and his team of SBTET, Telangana, Dr C. Srinath, Additional Secretary,
SBTET and Sri A. Pullaiah, RJD and other officials of Directorate of Technical Education and
the State Board of Technical Education, Telangana.
15. The Members acknowledge thanks for cooperation and guidance extended by Dr.Uma
Shanker Sahu of NITTTR, Hyderabad and experts from industry, academia from the
universities and higher learning institutions and all teaching fraternity from the Polytechnics
who are directly and indirectly involved in preparation of the curricula.
II. RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. ADMISSION PROCEDURES:
1.1 DUR ATION AND PATTERN OF THE COURSES
All the Diploma programs run at various institutions are of AICTE approved 3 years duration of
Academic Instruction.
All the Diploma courses are run on semester-wise pattern.
1. 2 PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION INTO THE DIPLOMA COURSES:
Selection of candidates is governed by the Rules and regulations laid down in this regard from
time to time.
4
i) Candidates who wish to seek admission in any of the Diploma courses will have to appear for
Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET) conducted by the State
Board of Technical Education and Training, Telangana, Hyderabad.
The candidates satisfying the following requirements only are eligible to appear for the Common
Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET).
a) The candidates seeking admission should have appeared for the X class examination,
conducted by the Board of Secondary Education, Telangana or equivalent examination at the
time of making application to the Common Entrance Test for Polytechnics for admissions
into Polytechnics (POLYCET). In case of candidates who apply with pending results of their
qualifying examinations, their selection shall be subject to production of proof of their passing
the qualifying examination in one attempt or compartmentally at the time of counselling for
admission.
b) Admissions are made based on the merit obtained in the Common Entrance Test (POLYCET)
and the reservation rules stipulated by the Government of Telangana from time to time.
c) For admission into the Diploma in Pharmacy Course for which entry qualification is 10+2,
candidates need not appear for POLYCET. A separate notification will be issued for admission
into these courses.
d) Admission into DHMCT Course shall be based on the Merit in Intermediate for which
admissions are made by DOST conducted by TSCHE.
1.3 MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION
The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.
1.4 PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN)
A cumulative / academic record is to be maintained of the Marks secured in sessional work and
end examination of each year for determining the eligibility for promotion etc., a Permanent
Identification Number (PIN) will be allotted to each candidate, which is computer generated so
as to facilitate this work and avoid errors in tabulation of results.
1.5 NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS PER SEMESTER:
a). The Academic Year for all the Courses usually shall be from June 1 st week of the year of
admission to the 31st March of the succeeding year.

b). The Working days in a week shall be from Monday to Saturday
c). There shall be 7 periods of 50 minutes duration on all working days.
d). The minimum number of Instructional working days for each semester shall be 90 days excluding
examination days/ Public holidays/ orientation programme/ Sports and games Period. If this
5
prescribed minimum is not achieved due to any reason, special arrangements shall be made to
conduct classes to cover the syllabus.
6
1.6 ELIGIBILITY OF ATTENDANCE TO APPEAR FOR THE END EXAMINATION
Note: Student attendance is recorded, twice a day using Aadhar Based Attendance System with
Bio metric Device.
a). A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the end examination in all courses, if he or she has
attended a minimum of 75% of Instructional working days during the Semester.
b). Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate upto 10% (65% and above and below
75%) in each semester may be granted on medical grounds.
c). Candidates having less than 65% attendance shall be detained.
d). Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not eligible to take
their end examination of that class and their admissions shall stand cancelled. They may seek
re-admission for that semester when offered next.
e). A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of attendance.
1.7 READMISSION
Readmission shall be granted to eligible candidates by the respective Principal of the institutions
concerned. 10% of approved intake are eligible for Readmission and preference will be given to
first-cum-first-serve basis, while according permission for re-admission of the Diploma
candidates:-
1. The percentage of attendance to a readmitted candidate is to be calculated from the
first day of beginning of the class work of that year / semester, but not from the date, a
readmitted candidate reports for class work, after given readmission.
No. of working
No. of working
S No. of days required
Year/Semester days required for
No Working days for 65%
75% attendance
attendance
Any Semester
1 (Except for 90 67.5 58.5
Industrial Training
2. The Principals of all Polytechnics shall ensure that the readmission cases should
considered and granted:-
a) Within 15 days after commencement of class work in any semester

Otherwise such cases should not be considered for readmission for that Semester/year,
and the candidates concerned may be advised to seek readmission in the next subsequent
semester/year.
7
Before issuing readmission orders, an undertaking letter from the student is to be
obtained, stating that he/she will agree to the rule that the percentage of attendance to him/her
shall be calculated from the first day of beginning of the regular class work for that year /
semester, as officially announced by DTE/SBTET but not from the day on which he/she has
actually reported to the class work, after readmission is granted, and that he/she will complete the
Diploma in twice the duration of the course from the date of the first admission, otherwise he/she
will forfeit the claim for qualifying for the award of Diploma.
2. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
2.1 I, II, III, IV, V and VI Semesters:
THEORY EXAMINATION: Each semester end examination carries 40 marks in respect of

specified courses of 2 hours duration, along with 60 marks for continuous evaluation.
 The Semester End Examination paper shall be set for 40 marks
 PRACTICAL EXAMINATION: Each laboratory course carries 40 marks of 2/3 hours
duration and 60 sessional marks for continuous internal evaluation.
2.2 ASSESSMENT SCHEME

I. Assessment: In order to ensure continuous evaluation the examination pattern is formulated as
End 40 marks
Examination
Mid Sem 1 20 marks
Mid Sem 2 20 marks
Tutorials 20 marks
/Sessionals
Total marks 100 Marks
 Total course content shall be divided into three parts as Part 1, Part 2, Part 3
 Mid sem 1 Exam should be conducted from Part 1
 Mid sem II Exam should be conducted from Part 2
 End Examination to be conducted for 40 marks of which
 20 Marks should be covered from Part 3
 Remaining 20 marks covered from over all course contents
 The tutorial/sessionals shall consist of following marks division
1. Slip test 1 -- 5 marks
2. Slip test 2 -- 5 Marks
3. Assignments -- 5 Marks
8
4. Seminar/paper presentation/group discussion -- 5 Marks
II. Mid semester Question paper pattern
 Part A shall consist of ‘Remember’ based questions
 Part B shall consist of ‘Understanding’ questions
 Part C shall be of ‘Application’ based Questions
III. Semester End Examination:
 The Regular Examinations and Backlog Examinations shall be conducted separately.

 Backlog examinations should be held before the commencement of Academic Year to
give sufficient time for the student to prepare for Backlog examinations.
IV. Examination Pattern (End Semester Examination):
Part 3 Unit 5&6 ‘Remember’ based questions

Part A
Entire syllabus ‘Remember’ based questions
Part 3 ‘Understanding’ based

Part B Unit 5&6 questions
‘Understanding’ based
Entire syllabus
questions
Part 3
‘Application’ based questions
Unit 5&6
Part C
‘Application’ based
Entire syllabus
questions
V. Award of Grades and Grade points criteria for C-18 Curriculum
1. Marks : In order to ensure continuous evaluation the examination pattern is formulated

as:
Theory Practical
End Examination 40 marks End Examination 40 marks
Mid Sem-I 20 marks Mid Sem-I 20 marks
Mid Sem-II 20 marks Mid Sem-II 20 marks
Internal 20 marks Internal 20 marks
Total marks 100 Marks Total marks 100 Marks
2. Hybrid grading system for regular students:

Absolute Grade Cut off Hybrid Grade Cut off
Grade Relative Grade
Grade Practical &
Point Theory Subjects Cut off
Drawing
Min of
A+ 10 > 90% > 90% Min of Top 1/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
Min of
A 9 > 80 to < 90% > 82.5 to < 90% Min of Top 2/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
Min of
B+ 8 > 70 to < 80% > 75 to < 82.5% Min of Top 3/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
9
Min of
B 7 > 60 to < 70% > 67.5 to < 75% Min of Top 4/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
Min of
C+ 6 > 50 to < 60% > 60 to < 67.5% Min of Top 5/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
Min of
C 5 > 40 to < 50% > 55 to < 60% Min of Top 6/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
Min of
D 4 > 35 to < 40% > 50 to < 55% Min of Top 7/8 Abs. or Rel. grade %
E 0 Rest of the Candidates

Based on the minimum of Absolute Grade cut off and Relative Grade cut off, a Hybrid grade
cut off shall be arrived and the appropriate grade shall allotted to the student and based on the Grade, a
Grade point shall be allotted in each subject provided the Candidate passes in the subject.
Pass Criteria for Regular Candidate: The Candidate is declared pass only if he/she secures
above the Hybrid Grade cut off of ‘D’ grade and 35% or above in Theory Examination and 50% or
above in Practical and Drawing Examinations, as per the formula below in Sem End Examination:-
End semester marks secured X 100
End semester Topper marks
Grades for backlog subjects : The Candidate shall be awarded ‘P’ or ‘F’ Grade based on
‘Pass’ or ‘Fail’ respectively in the Backlog Subjects. The ‘P’ or ‘F’ Grade has no Grade point but P
grade will count towards credits earned for awarding Diploma. The Candidate shall get P Grade if
he/she secures 35% or above in Theory Examination and 50% or above in Practical and Drawing
Examinations, as per the formula below in End Sem Examination:-
End semester marks secured X 100
End semester Topper marks of Regular exam of that batch
VI. Credits:
For theory courses-- 3 Credits
For Laboratory courses- 1.5 Credits
Skill up-gradation 2.5 Credits
Total credits per semester 25 Credits
 CGPA will be calculated for Regular Examinations only and not for backlog exams.
 Backlog exams will count for credits.
 Skill up gradation course will not count for CGPA but for Credits.
 Minimum credits for obtaining Diploma are 130 out of 150
VII. Electives:
a) The students are permitted to choose two electives in V semester.

Or
10
Specialized electives related to V semester course contents offered in MOOCs, like
SWAYAM/NPTEL
b) The student has to complete one Project in V Semester
Industrial Training (VI Semester)

Swapping of Industrial Training in C-18 Curriculum in V and VI Semesters
(50% of each Polytechnic students undergo Industrial Training in V Semester and
remaining in VI Semester).
 Evaluation and assessment of Industrial Training, shall be done and marks be awarded
in the following manner, provided the candidates concerned have put up minimum 90%
attendance of Industrial Training.
Industrial assessment at Industry : 600 marks (in two spells of 300 marks each)
Institutional Evaluation : 300 marks
Semester End Examination : 100 marks

(Seminar/viva-voce at Institution)
_________
TOTAL 1000 marks
Assessment parameters at Industry

Assessment I Assessment II
Sl No
Learning Parameter (First Quarter) (Second Quarter)
1 Attendance and punctuality 20 20
2 Familiarity of tools and material 30 30
3 Engineering skills 50 50
4 Application of knowledge & Problem solving skills 50 50
5 Comprehension and observation 10 10
6 Professionalism/Professional ethics 20 20
7 Safety and environmental consciousness 10 10
8 Communication skills 20 20
9 Supervisory skills 50 50
10 General conduct during the period 40 40
Total marks for Industry Evaluation 300

300
600 marks
11
Assessment parameters at Institution (End Examination)
Institution Level Evaluation Scheme

Sl Criteria Marks Time
No
1 1st Report Submission 50 within 4 Weeks
2 Seminar-I 50 9th to 10th week
3 2 Report Submission
nd
50 Within 12 weeks
4 Log book 100 --
5 Seminar-II 50 Before Viva-Voce
Institute Evaluation 300
Total
Semester End Examination
1 Viva-Voce 50 After 24 weeks
2 Presentation/Demonstration 50
of skills
Total 100
 The assessment at the institute level will be done by a minimum of three members i.e.
Internal Faculty, Industrial Experts/External Examiner and H.O.D. and the shall be
averaged
a) Theory Courses: Theory Courses carry 20 marks for Mid Sem I and 20 marks for Mid Sem II
and 20 marks for Tutorials which consists of Slip Test-I 5 Marks, Slip Test-II 5 Marks,
Assignment-5 Marks and Seminar -5Marks. Mid Sem examinations will be conducted on the
dates specified by SBTET. The remaining 40 marks of theory will be conducted as End
Semester Exam.
b) Practicals: Student’s performance in Laboratories / Workshop shall be assessed during each
semester of study for 40 marks in end practical course and internal assessment carries 20 marks
for Mid Sem I and 20 marks for Mid Sem II and 20 marks for Tutorials. Each student has to
write a record / log book for assessment purpose. In the course of Drawing, which is also
considered as a practical paper, the same rules hold good. Drawing exercises are to be filed in
seriatim.
c) Internal assessment in Labs / workshops / Survey field etc., during the course of study shall be
done and sessional marks shall be awarded by the concerned Lecturer / Senior Lecturer /
Workshop superintendent with the concurrence of concerned HOS as the case maybe.
d) For practical examinations, there shall be two examiners. External examiner shall be
appointed by the Principal in consultation with respective head of the department preferably
choosing a person from an Industry/Academician. At least one External Examiner from
12
Industry should be appointed for core labs.The Internal examiner shall be the person
concerned with internal assessment as in (c) above. The end examination shall be held
along with all theory papers in respect of drawing.
e) Question Paper for Practicals: Question paper should cover all the experiments / exercise
prescribed.
f) Records pertaining to internal assessment marks of both theory and practical courses are to be
maintained for official inspection.
g) In case of D.C.C.P., though the pass mark for typewriting and short hand is 50% in the end
examination, equivalency will be given for the students who got 45% with the examinations
held by SBTET, TS.
3 RULES OF PROMOTION FOR NEXT LEVEL:

3.1 For Diploma Courses for 1st ,2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5thand 6thSemesters:
1. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first Semester examination provided he / she puts
the required percentage of attendance (i.e., 75%) and pays the examination fee. However,
attendance can be condoned by the Principal on Medical grounds upto 10% (i.e. attendance after
condonation on Medical grounds should not be less than 65%) and he/she has to pay the
condonation fee along with examination fee as prescribed by SBTET from time to time.
2. A candidate shall be promoted to 2ndsemester if he/she puts the required percentage of
attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical grounds) in the first semester and pays the
examination fee. A candidate who could not pay the first semester examination fee has to pay
the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time
to time before commencement of 2nd semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 2nd semester exam if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical condonation) in the 2nd
semester.
3. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rdsemester if he/she puts the required percentage of

attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical grounds) in the 2nd semester and pays the
examination fee and earned more than 25 credits (upto regular End Semester Exams of 2 nd
semester). A candidate who could not pay the 2nd semester examination fee has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time to
time before commencement of 3rd semester.

A candidate is eligible to appear for the 3rd semester exam if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical condonation) and pays the
13
examination fee in the 3rd semester and earned 25 credits up the end of 2nd Semester.
4. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the required percentage of
attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical condonation) in the 3rdsemester and pays
the examination fee and earned 25 credits up the end of 2nd Semester. A candidate, who could
not pay the 3rdsemester exam fee but fulfilling all other conditions has to pay the promotion
fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time to time
before commencement of 4th semester. IVC pass out students admitted into 3 rd semester
through lateral entry shall be promoted to 4th Semester, if he/she Puts the required percentage of
attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical grounds) and pays examination in the 3 rd
semester.
5. A candidate shall be promoted to 5thsemester provided he / she puts the required percentage of
attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical grounds) in the 4 thsemester and pays the
examination fee and earns 75 Credits (upto regular End Semester Exams of 4 th semester). A
candidate, who could not pay the 4thsemester examination fee but earned 75 credits has to pay
the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training from time
to time before commencement of 5thsemester as the case may be.
6. A candidate shall be promoted to 6thsemester provided he / she puts the required percentage of
attendance (i.e., 75% in general and 65% on medical grounds) in the 5 thsemester and pays the
examination fee and earned 75 credits upto the end of 4 th Semester. A candidate, who could not
pay the 5thsemester examination fee, has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board
of Technical Education and Training from time to time before commencement of 6 thsemester as
the case may be.
(a) A candidate is eligible to appear for the 6th semester (Theory) exam if he/she
i) Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 6th semester
ii) Should have appeared for 5th semester examination.
(b) A candidate is eligible to appear for 6th (Industrial Training) semester examination if
he/she
i) Puts the required percentage of attendance i.e., 90% in 6thsemester (Industrial

Training)
ii) Should have completed the Industrial Training
iii) Should have submitted Industrial Training assessment report.
(c) In case a candidate does not successfully complete the Industrial training, he / she
will have to repeat the training at his / her own cost.
14
Promotion rules for C-18
S From To Cumulative
Attendance Remarks
No. Sem Sem Credits
75%
1 I II -
(65% on medical grounds)
Cumulative credits are
2 II III -do- 25
applicable from the
3 III IV -do- 25
A.Y. 2021-22 onwards
4 IV V -do- 75
5 V VI -do- 75
Note: Ineligible candidates are not permitted to next higher semester classwork till he/she
fulfills the above eligibility criteria.
Promotion rules for C-18 (IVC)
From To Cumulative
S No. Attendance Remarks
Sem Sem Credits
75% (65% IVC candidates should be
1 III IV on medical - allotted 50 credits during
grounds) admission into 3rd semester
2 IV V -do- 75 From A.Y. 2021-22
3 V VI -do- 75 -do-
Note: Ineligible candidates are not permitted to next higher semester classwork till he/she fulfills
the above eligibility criteria.
4.1 EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE:

The examination fee should be paid as per the notification issued by State Board of Technical
Education and Training from time to time.
4.2 ISSUE OF GRADE CARD:

All candidates who appear for the end examination will be issued Grade Card without any
payment of fee. However, candidates who lose the original Grade Card have to pay the
prescribed fee to the Secretary, State Board of Technical Education and Training, Telangana for
each duplicate Grade Card.
4.3 MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DIPLOMA COURSES:
Maximum period for completion of the course is twice the prescribed duration of the course
from the date of First admission (includes the period of detention and discontinuation of studies
by student etc) failing which they will have to forfeit the claim for qualifying for the award of
Diploma. (They will not be permitted to appear for examinations after that date). This rule
applies for all Diploma courses of 3 years of engineering and non-engineering courses
15
including candidates seek admission under lateral entry. In respect of Pharmacy courses the
completion period s 4 years as the prescribed duration of the course is 2 years.
4.4 ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA
A candidate is eligible for award of Diploma Certificate if he / she fulfill the following academic
regulations.
i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 3 academic years & not more than 6
academic years.
ii. He / she should have earned 130 credits out of 150 credits.
Students who fail to fulfill all the academic requirements for the award of the Diploma within 6
academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit their seat in the course & their seat
shall stand cancelled.
4.5 RE-VALUATION / ISSUE OF PHOTO COPY:
4.5.1 a) As per the SBTET notification.
A candidate desirous of applying for Revaluation / issue of Photocopy of valued answer
scripts should submit the application online to the Secretary, State Board of Technical
Education and Training, Telangana., Hyderabad – 500 063 as per the notification issued for
Revaluation /issue of Photo copy of answer Script.
4.5.2 MALPRACTICE CASES:
If any candidate resorts to any Mal Practice during examinations, he / she shall be booked and
the Punishment shall be awarded as per rules and regulations framed by SBTET,TS from time to
time.
4.5.3 DISCREPANCIES/PLEAS:
Any Discrepancy regarding results etc., shall be represented to the Board within one month from
the date of issue of results. Thereafter, no such cases shall be entertained in any manner.
4.6 EQUIVALENCE:
In general there is no equivalency of CGPA and marks percentage:
However : 60% is insisted a CGPA of 6.50
55% is insisted a CGPA of 6.00
50% is insisted a CGPA of 5.50
With respect to the intermediate vocational candidates, who are admitted directly into diploma
course at the 3rdsemester (i.e., second year) level, the CGPA over 4 semesters shall alone be
taken into consideration for award of Diploma.
16
5 ISSUE OF CERTIFICATES :
5.1 ISSUE OF DUPLICATE DIPLOMA:
If the candidate desires for a duplicate certificate of Diploma, he/she may obtain on payment of
prescribed fee, duly following the procedure.
5.2 ISSUE OF MIGRATION CERTIFICATE AND TRANSCRIPTS:
The Board on payment of prescribed fee will issue these certificates for the candidates who
intend to pursue Higher Studies in India or Abroad.
5.3 GENERAL
i. The Board may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at any
time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students, for
whom it is intended, with effect from the dates notified by the competent authority.
ii. All legal matters pertaining to the State Board of Technical Education and Training are
within the jurisdiction of Hyderabad.
In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of the Secretary, SBTET
(TS) is final
17
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
I Semester
18
I-SEMESTER
Sl Course Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

No Code
Instruction Total Credits Continuous Internal Semester End Examination
Periods per Period Evaluation
week s per
semest
er
L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total Min marks

Sem1 Sem 2 Evaluatio Marks Mark Marks for Passing
n s including
internal
1 18CM Basic English
101F 14
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100 35
2 18CM Basic Engineering 14 35

102F Mathematics 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
3 18CM Basic Physics 14 35

103F 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
18CM General Engineering 14 35

4 104F Chemistry 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
5 18CM Basic Electrical &

105C Electronics Engineering 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
6 18CM Basic Engineering Drawing

106P 20 50
1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
7 18CM Basic Computer Aided

107P Drafting 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100

108P Electronics Engineering
2 45 20 50
Lab Practice 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
9 18CM Basic Science Lab Practice

109P 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
10 18CM Computer Fundamentals

110P Lab Practice 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
11 Skill Upgradation-I 7 2.5 -

0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
11 Activities: student performance is to be assessed through Rubrics
19
II-SEMESTER

No Code
week s per
semest
er

n s including
internal
1 18CM Advanced English 14
201F 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100 35
2 18CM Engineering Mathematics 14 35

202F 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
3 18CM Applied Physics 14 35

203F 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
18CM Engineering Chemistry 14 35

4 204F & Environmental studies 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
5 18CM Programming in C
205C 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
6 18CM Advanced Engineering

206P Drawing 20 50
1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
7 18CM Advanced Computer Aided

207P Drafting 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
8 18CM Programming in C lab

208P practice
2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
9 18CM Applied Science lab

209P practice 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
10 18CM Information Technology lab

210P practice 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
11 Skill Upgradation-II 7 2.5 -

0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
20
III-SEMESTER

No Code
week s per
semest
er

n s including
internal
1
18CM APPLIED ENGINEERING 14
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100 35
301F MATHEMATICS
2 18CM 14 35
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
302C
3 18CM COMPUTER 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
303C ARCHITECTURE
4 18CM DATA STRUCTURES 14 35

3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
304C THROUGH C
5
18CM 14 35
RDBMS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
305C
6
18CM DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 20 50
1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
306P LAB
7 DATA STRUCTURES
18CM 2 45 20 50
THROUGH C LAB 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
307P
PRACTICE
8
18CM 2 45 20 50
RDBMS LAB PRACTICE 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
308P
9 MULTIMEDIA LAB
18CM 2 45 1.5 20 50
PRACTICE 1 0 20 20 20 40 100
309P
10 18CM COMMUNICATION AND

310P LIFE SKILLS LAB 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
11 Skill Upgradation-III 7 2.5 -

0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
21
No Code
Instruction Total Credits Continuous Internal Semester End Examin
Periods per Periods Evaluation
week per
semester
L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total M

Sem1 Sem2 Evaluatio Marks Mark Marks fo
n s in
i
1 18CM ADVANCED 14
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
401F MATHEMATICS
2
18CM 14
OOPS THROUGH C++ 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
402C
3 18CM .NET PROGRAMMING 14

3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
403C THROUGH C#
18CM 14
4 MICRO PROCESSORS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
404C
5
18CM 14
OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
405C
6
18CM 20
C++ LAB PRACTICE 1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
406P
7
.NET PROGRAMMING 45
18CM 2 20
THROUGH C# LAB 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
407P
PRACTICE
8 18CM MICRO PROCESSORS 1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 20 100

408P LAB PRACTICE
9
18CM WEB DESIGNING 2 45 1.5 20
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
409P LAB PRACTICE
10 ADVANANCED
18CM COMMUNICATION & 2 45 1.5 20
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
410P LIFE SKILLS LAB
PRACTICE
11 Skill Up gradation-IV 7 2.5

0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000
IV SEMESTER
22
V SEMESTER

No Code
week s per
semest
er

Sem1 Sem2 Evaluatio Marks Mark Marks for Passing
n s including
internal
1 INDUSTRIAL
18CM
MANAGEMENT & 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
501F
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
2 COMPUTER HARDWARE
18CM 14 35
& SYSTEM 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
502C
ADMINISTRATION
3 18CM 14 35
JAVA PROGRAMMING 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
503C
(A) PYTHON
4
PROGRAMMING
18CM 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
504E
(B) ANDROID
PROGRAMMING
5 (A) CLOUD COMPUTING
18CM (B) CRYPTOGRAPHY 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
505E AND NETWORK
SECURITY
6 COMPUTER HARDWARE
18CM & SYSTEM 20 50
1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
506P ADMINISTRATION LAB
PRACTICE
7 JAVA PROGRAMMING
18CM LAB PRACTICE 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
507P
8 (A) PYTHON
PROGRAMMING LAB
PACTICE
18CM 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
508P (B) ANDROID
PROGRAMMING LAB
PRACTICE
UNIX/LINUX SHELL
9 18CM PROGRAMMING LAB 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
509P PRACTICE
10 18CM PROJECT WORK 2 45 1.5 20 50

510P 1 0 20 20 20 40 100
Skill Up gradation-V 0 0 7 105 2.5 0 0 Rubrics -- - -

20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
23
VI SEMESTER
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Course Title : INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Course Code : 18CM601P
SEMESTER : VI Course Group : Practical
Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) : 0 :0 : 48hours per week Credits : 25 Credits
Type of Course : Practical Total Contact Periods : 6 Months
CIE : 600 Marks SEE : 400 Marks
Evaluation and assessment of Industrial Training, shall be done and marks be awarded in
the following manner.
Industrial Assessment : 600 marks (in two spells of 300 m a r k s each)
Maintenance of logbook : 100marks
Report : 100marks
Seminar/viva-voce : 200marks
_________
TOTAL : 1000marks
24
Diploma in
Computer Engineering
I Semester
25
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEDULE
Sl Cours Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

N e
o Code
Periods Perio Evaluation
per week ds
per
semes
ter
L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total Min

Sem1 Sem 2 Evaluat Mark Mar Mark marks for
ion s ks s Passing
including
internal
1 18CM Basic English
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
101F
2 18CM Basic Engineering 14 35
102F Mathematics 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
3 18CM Basic Physics 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
103F
18CM General Engineering 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
4 104F Chemistry
105C Electronics 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
3 1 0
Engineering
6 18CM Basic Engineering
1 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 20 100 50
106P Drawing 0 2
7 18CM Basic Computer Aided

107P Drafting 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100

108P Electronics 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
Engineering Lab
Practice
9 18CM Basic Science Lab 2 45 1.5 20 50
109P Practice 1 0 20 20 20 40 100
1018CM Computer
110P Fundamentals Lab 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
Practice
11 Skill Upgradation-I 7 2.5 -
0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
Note: All the above marks are percentage of weightage.
26
Basic English
Course Title : Basic English Course Code : 18CM101F
Semester : I Course Group : Foundation
Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P:) : Credits :3
45:15:0
Methodology : Communicative Language Total Contact Periods : 60 periods
: Lecture + Tutorial
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of English Language
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will have the ability to:
101.1 communicate effectively, express their likes, dislikes and feelings and
make requests
101.2 listen and reciprocate appropriately
101.3 use a dictionary and acquire vocabulary for social interaction
101.4 speak and write grammatically correct sentences
101.5 analyse and evaluate the written material
101.6 convey ideas in the form of paragraphs and letters
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT – 1: SPEAKING Duration: 12 Periods

1. Need For English
2. Classroom English
3. Expressing Feelings
4. Expressing Likes & Dislikes
5. Making Requests
UNIT - 2: LISTENING Duration: 6 Periods
6. Describing Words
UNIT –3: VOCABULARY Duration: 8 Periods
7. How to use a Dictionary

8. Words Often Confused
UNIT -4: GRAMMAR Duration: 16 Periods
9. Tenses
10. Basic Sentence Structures
11. Voice
27
12. Asking Questions
UNIT - 5: READING Duration: 6 Periods

13. The Mighty Mountain and Little Lads of Telangana
14. The Adventures of Toto
15. Tiller turns Engineer - An Innovation
UNIT- 6: WRITING Duration: 12 Periods
16. Paragraph Writing - I

17. Paragraph Writing - II
18. Letter Writing – I
19. Letter Writing – II
Suggested Learning Outcomes:

On completion of the course the students will be able to
 Express feelings, likes and dislikes and make requests.
 Communicate fluently.
 Use dictionary
 Use describing words and distinguish between confusing words.
 Read, comprehend and answer the questions.
 Use appropriate tenses, voices, structures and ask questions.
 Write paragraphs and letters.
Internal evaluation
Test Units Marks Pattern
Speaking Part A 4 short answer questions
Mid Sem 1 Listening Part B 2 short essay questions with internal choice
20
Part C 2 essay questions with internal choice
Part A 4 short answer questions
Vocabulary
Mid Sem 2 Part B 2 short essay questions with internal choice
Grammar 20
Speaking 2 questions out of 3 questions
Slip Test 1 Listening 5
Vocabulary 2 questions out of 3 questions

Slip Test 2 5
Grammar
Different group assignments of higher order
One assignment per one
Assignment 5 questions that develop problem solving skills and
semester
critical thinking should be given
Seminars One seminar per one 5 Oral presentations using audio –visual equipment,
semester charts, etc.
Total 60
28
Suggested Student Activities
 Setting short term goals for learning English

 Identifying the suitable solutions for the skill gap
 Listen to a passage / conversations / dialogues / speeches and answer the questions
 Self introduction
 Talking about routines
 Talking about one’s emotions
 Debates
 Elocution
 Role Plays
 Quiz
 Reading a selected text / news paper for specific purpose
 Reading aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation
 Describing people
 Describing places
 Describing events
 Creating Advertisements
 Selling a product with appropriate vocabulary
 Interpreting advertisements
 Writing short messages
 Writing a bio note / paragraph / letter
 How to use translate using Google application
 Using a dictionary
 Vocabulary games
Textbook: English for Polytechnics

(English Textbook for First-Year Diploma Students)
REFERENCES:
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J Thomson and A.V. Martinet
2. A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English by J. Sethi and P.V Dhamija
3. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis
4. Games for Language Learning by Andrew Wright, David Betteridge and Michael Buckby
5. Five Minute Activities by Penny Ur
6. English Dialogues by M. Martin
E-learning:
1.www.duolingo.com
2. www.bbc.co.uk
3. www.babbel.com
4. www.merriam-webster.com
5. www.ello.org
6. www.lang-8.com
29
7. youtube.com
8. Hello English (app)
9. mooc.org
10. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
CO-PO Matrix
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 Mapping POs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
101.1 2 1 1 - - 2 - 3 3 3 1,2,3,6,8,9,10
101.2 2 2 -- 2 -- 2 -- 3 3 3 1,2,4,6,8,9,10
101.3 2 2 -- -- 1 1 2 3 3 3 1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
101.4 2 2 2 -- 2 1 2 3 3 3 1,2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10
101.5 2 2 -- -- 2 -- 2 3 3 3 1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
101.6 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- 3 3 3 1,2,8,9,10
30
MID SEM-I EXAM
S.No Unit Name R U A Remarks
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
Total Questions 4 4 4
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Questions to be set for SEE Remarks
Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)
3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8

Remembering (R) 1 Mark

Legend: Understanding (U) 3 Marks
31
Application (A) 5 Marks
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION (C-18)

FIRST SEMESTER 18CM101F
BASIC ENGLISH
Mid Sem -I
Time: 1 Hour Total Marks: 20 Marks
PART - A 1X4=4
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each carries one mark.
1. Rewrite the following as requests.
a. Pass the milk.
b. Give me your cell.
2. Write your feelings in the given situations.
a. Your mother scolded you.
b. Your friends gave you a surprise party.
3. Describe your classroom in a couple of sentences.
4. Fill in the blanks with the suitable describing words.
My friend is ________. She bought a _______ house.
(dirty, clever, rich, fat, intelligent, big)
PART - B 2X3=6
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries three marks
5. a.) What are the advantages of learning English?
(Or)
b). Write three situations in which you feel the following emotions.
i. Anger ii. Jealousy iii. Worry

6. a) Identify the describing words in the following sentences.
Harry Potter series is very interesting and popular. He is very sensitive and brave. The
author was once poor. But now she has become rich.
(Or)
32
b) Fill in the blanks with the appropriate words of description given below in brackets.
The Sun was shining brightly. It was a ___ day. The sky was ___. There were no clouds in the
sky. A __ girl came out of her house. She was very ___. Suddenly a ___ cloud loomed over.
There was ___ rain.
( large, dark, pretty, young, sunny, clear, heavy. silly)
PART-C 2 X 5 = 10
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries five marks.
7 a) Mention any five problems you faced in learning English?
(Or)
b) Write any five expressions used by the teacher in the classroom.

8 a). Describe your friend using appropriate describing words.
(Or)
b) Use the following words and write a paragraph on your town.
(spacious, big, beautiful, narrow, clean, dirty, wide, small, tall, polluted)
33
BASIC ENGLISH
Mid Sem -II
Time : 1 Hour Total Marks: 20 Marks
PART - A 1X4=4
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each carries one mark.

1. Use the following pair of homonyms in your own sentences to bring out the difference in
meaning.
a. Watch
b. Watch
2. Write any three basic uses of a dictionary?
a. He always ____ (visit) his parents on Sunday.

b. She ___ (be) late yesterday.
3. Change the voice.

a. Cats chase mice.
b. The wires were cut by him.
4. Change the following into yes / no questions.
a. Satish likes sweets.

b. Desserts are hot.
PART - B 2X3=6
5 a). Write about different kinds of dictionaries.
(Or)
b). Fill in the blanks with the appropriate homophones given below in brackets.
34
I tell _______ (stories, storeys) to my friends. My hobby is to tell _______ ( tales, tails) with
animal characters in them. _______ (Two, Too) of my friends like to listen to my stories always.
I told them a story about a ______(bear, bare). I bought it for them at a _______ (fair, fare). I
became very _______ (week, weak) as I suffered from fever.
6 a). Frame three ‘wh-’ questions for the following passage.
One of the most famous monuments in the world, the Statue of Liberty was presented to
the U.S.A.by the people of France. It took ten years to complete it. It was made of copper with a
metal frame to support it. The sculptor Auguste Bartholdi made it.
(Or)
b). Change the voice.
a. He plays hockey.
b. The novel had been written by him.
c. We will be helped by them.
PART-C 2 X 5 = 10
7 a). How will you locate a word in a dictionary?
(Or)
b). Write the following pairs of words in your own sentences.
i. Son, Sun
ii. Live, Live
iii. Hair, Hare
iv. Meet, Meat
v. Air, Heir
8 a). Write five sentences about your childhood using past tense.
(Or)
b). Write one sentence each for the given structures.
i. S.V.
ii. S.V.O.
iii. S.V.SC.
iv. S.V.O.OC.
v. S.V.IO.DO.
35
BASIC ENGLISH
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
Time: 2 Hours Total Marks: 40
PART – A 8 X 1 = 08
Instructions: 1. Answer all the questions.
2. Each question carries one mark.
1. Fill the blanks with suitable expressions of feelings:
a) I feel _________ when I get a first class in diploma first semester.
b) The teacher was ________ with me when I was late to class.
2. Use raise and rise in your own sentences.
3. Write at least four supporting sentences for the following topic sentence:
I want to become an engineer.
4. Write one sentence each for the following structures:
a. S V IO DO
b. S V SC
5. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow:
Communication is the process of transmitting ideas from a human communicator to a
human communicate, directly or through a medium. Technical communication, which is
concerned with the transmission of technical information, uses a variety of graphics, such
as charts, diagrams, pictures and tables to illustrate the information presented in a
language. Every illustration communicates facts clearly, concisely, attractively and
accurately. A technician should shape his ideas into language as well as graphics. It must
also be possible for a technician to convert the ideas available in the form of language into
graphics and vice versa.
a) What is technical communication concerned with?
b) Why does technical communication use graphics?
6. Read the above paragraph and answer the following questions:
a) How should the technician develop his ability of communication?
36
b) Suggest a suitable title for the passage.
7. Write any three complimentary closures used in official letters.
8. Write a short paragraph on your long term goal.
PART- B 4 X 3 = 12
Instructions: 1. Answer the following questions.

2. Each question carries three marks.
9 a. Write any five expressions used by your teacher in classroom.
(or)
b). Read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow:
Jalagam Vengal Rao open caste mine is located in Sathupally in Khammam district.
When coal deposits were discovered in Sathupally, it was tested by its owners – Singareni
Collieries Company Limited, to determine the quality. Surveys showed that coal available
underneath Sathupally area would last for about 50 years.
The farmers who had to leave their lands were compensated with lands elsewhere
and some of them were given jobs in mines. Open cast mining started at Sathupally in 2005.
Almost all the work at this mine are done using machines such as bulldozers,
motor graders, shovels, drills, water sprinklers, tipper trucks, dumpers and different trucks
which can carry heavy loads of coal. Shovel and bulldozers are first used to remove top soil
or overburden and rocks. Then a series of benches are made (benches are vertical sections of
a mine from where the coal or overburden is removed). Roads have been laid in the mining
area all the way down to the bottom of the mine, connecting all the benches. Over burden
and waste rocks are removed from sides of benches by blasting. Coal blasted in benches is
then lifted using shovels and dumpers and transported through tipper trucks. Coal is
transported to the coal handling plant and through railway wagons to power plants, cement
factories and other industries. Every day, about 10,000 tonnes of coal is mined and
transported from JVR Open Cast Mine.
Questions:
a) Where is Jalagam Vengal Rao Open Cast Mine located?
b) Why were the farmers compensated with land or given jobs in mines?
c) What is a bench in a coal mine?
10 a). Rewrite the following sentences changing the voice.
a) I was helped by her.
37
b) She cleaned the house.
c) Windows have been painted by Ramesh.
(or)
b) Write a letter to your principal requesting him to issue a duplicate hall ticket.
11 a). Read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow:
Subhash Chandra Bose was born on 23 January 1897 in Cuttack, Orissa. He studied in
Cuttack and then moved to Presidency College in Calcutta for further studies. He did his B.A. in
Philosophy and went to England to appear for the Civil Services examination Although he did
well in the exam he soon resigned from the services because it meant working against the
interests of his country. .He returned to India and started a newspaper called Swaraj. His mentor
Chittaranjan Das was active and open in his criticism of British rule. Bose followed his footsteps
and was arrested and sent to prison in Mandalay. He joined the Indian National Congress. Later
he parted ways with the Congress. He revived the Indian National Army. He is believed to have
coined the slogan Jai Hind.
Questions:
a) What was Chittaranjan Das's attitude towards the British?
b) How did Bose fight against the British?
c) Why did Bose resign from the Civil Services?
(or)
b) Read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow:
What influenced Asuthosh most was the company of the brilliant friends of his father.
They were eminent men in their several walks of life, and they fired the boy’s ambition. He was
especially impressed by Mr. Justice Dwarka Nath Mitter who often visited their house. In his
heart he wanted to emulate him in all ways. Thus at a very early age Asutosh formed the
ambition of being a judge of the Calcutta High Court. He also wanted to be a scholar and win the
Premchand Roychand Studentship which is held to be the most coveted academic distinction in
Bengal. It will be seen later how he was able to realize both his ambitions.
But he had to cut his studies short because he fell seriously ill. The doctors said that he
suffered from palpitation of the heart and advised him to have a complete rest and change. His
father sent him to Muttra for a holiday. The change had a very beneficial effect on him, for
Muttra had a fine climate and beautiful scenery, and Autosh returned fully restored in health and
sprits.
Mathematics attracted Asutosh most, and he came to be looked upon as a prodigy in this
subject. One day one of his teachers thought of testing his ability in mathematics and set the
class very difficult problem. All the other students looked blank on reading the problem, but not
38
so Asutosh. He solved it correctly in a few minutes and showed it to the teacher, who was
amazed at the evidence of his ability. As time went on he developed much originality in solving
other mathematical problems.
Questions:
a) What was Asutosh’s ambition?

b) What did he want to win?
c) Why did doctors advise him to take rest?
12 a). Write a paragraph using the hints given below.

Library in our polytechnic – a big hall – several tables and chairs – newspapers – journals
– visiting hours – two computers with internet – three cards to each student – 20000
books – many reference books
(or)
b). Write a letter to your friend describing your first day in your institute.
PART-C 4 X5 = 20
Instructions: 1. Answer the following questions.
2. Each question carries five marks
13 a). List any five problems you face in learning English and suggest solutions.
(or)
b). Read the following paragraph and answer the question given below it.
In1920, the Congress meeting was held at Nagpur under the leadership of Gandhiji. It
was attended by 15000 delegates and the Congress Constitution was amended and
resolutions were taken to fight for Swaraj by nonviolent methods and undo the injustice done
to Punjab and Turkey.
This movement was called Non-Cooperation Movement. Renunciation of

honorary titles like ‘Sir’ given by British, boycott of legislatures, schools and colleges,
courts, tendering resignation to government jobs nonpayment of taxes to government were
the important programmes of this movement. Gandhi returned his Kaiser-i-Hind title in
August, 1920. There were strikes, hartals and burning of foreign goods all over the country.
Many Indians were killed in firings and many others were jailed.
In Kerala, a rebellion broke out by Mophlah peasants and it was suppressed
brutally. Though Gandhiji warned the people many times not to resort to violent methods,
on 5th February, 1922 in Chauri-Chaura in Uttar Pradesh people resorted to violence. When
39
policemen opened fire on peaceful demonstrations, the angry people set ablaze the police
station and 22 policemen were killed. Gandhiji stopped the movement because it lost its
nonviolent nature. On 10th March, 1922 Gandhiji was arrested for six years.
Questions:
a) What resolutions were taken at the Congress meeting held at Nagpur?
b) Why was the movement called Non-Cooperation Movement?
c) Why did Gandhiji return his Kaiser-i-Hind title?
d) Why did people set ablaze the police station at Chauri-Chaura?
e) Why did Gandhiji stop the movement?
14 a). Write the basic uses of a dictionary.
(or)
b). Write a letter to the Principal of your institute requesting him to provide you admission into
hostel.
15 a). Read the passage given and answer the questions.
It was way back in 1972 that NASA began developing a space shuttle that could launch
like a rocket but fly and land like an airplane—a unique transportation system for deploying
satellites and payloads into outer space. It was indeed a technological wonder as it was reusable
unlike the earlier , one shot disposable rockets, which were used to place astronauts and
equipment into the Earth's orbit. Basically , a space shuttle consists of an orbiter that carries
astronauts and payload attached to solid rocket boosters and an external fuel tank.To lift the space
shuttle , weighing about 2 million kg, from the launch pad to its orbit that is about 185 to 643 km
above the Earth , the shuttle uses two poweful solid rocket boosters, which provide a thrust of
about 11.7 million N. In addition the SRB's support the entire weight of the space shuttle orbiter
and fuel tank on the launch pad.
Questions:
a) Why is the space shuttle unique?
b) What are the parts of the space shuttle?
c) What are the functions of the solid rocket boosters?
d) What is the space shuttle used for?
e) Find one word in the passage that means throw away after use.
(or)
b). Read the following paragraph and answer the questions given below it.
40
Another important environmental movement is the Chipko Movement which started in
the early 1970s in the Garhwal Himalayas of Uttarakhand by Sunderlal Bahuguna. Like the tribal
people of Narmada valley, the forests are a critical resource for the subsistence of people in hilly
and mountainous areas. This is both because of their direct provision of food, fuel and fodder
and because of their role in the stabilizing soil and water resources. As these forests were being
increasingly felled for commerce and industry, villagers sought to protect their livelihoods
through non-violent resistance. The name of the movement comes from the word ‘chipko’
meaning ‘embrace’: the villagers hugged the trees, saving them by interposing their bodies
between them and the contractors’ axes. Village women were the main force of this movement.
It inspired many people to look closely at the issue of environment sustainability.
Questions:
1. Where was Chipko movement started?
2. Why did the villagers want to protect the trees?
3. How did the villagers protect the trees?
4. What is the synonym of the word, ‘important’?
5. What do you think of this movement?
16 a). Write a letter to your uncle about your plan to visit his place during summer.
(or)
b). Write a paragraph in 150 words about the importance of following traffic rules.
41
BASIC ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Course Title : BASIC ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Course Code : 18CM102F

SEMESTER : I Course Group : Foundation
Teaching Scheme in periods ( L : T : P ) : 45:15:0 Credits : 3
Methodology : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Periods : 60 periods
Programme : Common to all Engineering Diploma Programmes
Pre requisites:
This course requires the basic knowledge of Algebra, Trigonometry in Mathematics at

Secondary school level.
Course Outcomes: COs
At the end of the course, the student will have the ability to:
CO 1 Solve the problems on Logarithms
CO 2 Resolve a given fraction into Partial Fractions
CO 3 Find the Sum, Product of Matrices, Value of the determinant and Inverse of a Matrix .
CO 4 Solve simple problems using concepts of Trigonometric Functions
CO 5 Solve simultaneous Linear Equations using Matrices and Determinants
CO 6 Solve a Triangle and an Inverse Trigonometric Equation.
Course Content:
Algebra
Unit-I Duration: 06 Periods (L: 4.5 – T: 1.5)
42
1. Logarithms:
Definition of logarithm and its properties, natural and common logarithms; the meaning of e
and exponential function, logarithm as a function and its graphical representation – Solve
some simple problems.
2. Partial Fractions:
Rational, proper and improper fractions of polynomials. Resolving rational fractions in to their
partial fractions covering the types mentioned below:
Unit – II Duration: 12 Periods (L: 9.0 – T:3.0)

3. Matrices and Determinants: Definition of matrix, types of matrices-examples, algebra of
matrices-equality of two matrices, sum, difference, scalar multiplication and product of
matrices. Transpose of a Matrix- Symmetric, Skew symmetric matrices- Minor, cofactor of an
element-Determinant of a square matrix up to 3rd order -Laplace’s expansion, properties of
determinants. Singular and non-singular matrices- Adjoint and multiplicative inverse of a
square matrix –related problems.
Trigonometry:
Unit-III Duration: 12 Periods (L: 9.0 – T:3.0)
4. Compound angles: Formulae of Sin (A±B), Cos (A±B), Tan (A±B), Cot(A±B), and related
identities with problems - Derive the values of sin150, cos150 , sin750 , cos750 , tan 150 ,
tan750 etc.-Derive identities like sin(A+B) sin(A-B) = sin 2 A –sin2 B etc.,
5. Multiple and sub multiple angles: Trigonometric ratios of multiple angles 2A,3A and
submultiples angle A/2 with problems - Derive useful allied formulas like
sin 2 A= ( 1−cos2 2 A ) etc., - Solve simple problems using the above formulae
Unit – IV Duration: 08 Periods (L: 6.0 – T: 2.0)
43
6. Properties of triangles: Statements of Sine rule, Cosine rule, Tangent rule and Projection
rule
7. Hyperbolic functions: Definitions of hyperbolic functions – Sinh(x), cosh(x) ,tanh(x) etc., -

identities of hyperbolic functions, inverse hyperbolic functions and expression of inverse
hyperbolic functions in terms of logarithms.
8. Complex Numbers: Definition of a complex number, Modulus and conjugate of a complex

number, Arithmetic operations on complex numbers, Modulus- Amplitude (polar) form,
Exponential (Euler) form of a complex number.
Algebra & Trigonometry
Unit – V Duration: 12 Periods (L: 9.0 – T: 3.0)
9. Transformations: Transformation of products into sums or differences and vice versa -

Simple problems - Solve problems by applying these formulae to sum or difference or product
of three or more terms.
10 Inverse trigonometric functions: Define inverses of six trigonometric functions along

with their domains and ranges - Derive relations between inverse trigonometric
functions so that given A=sin -1x, express angle A in terms of other inverse
trigonometric functions - with examples - State various properties of inverse
trigonometric functions and identities like sin-1x+cos-1 x = etc - Derive formulae
like tan−1 x + tan−1 y=tan−1 ( 1−xy

x+ y
) where x ≥ 0 , y ≥ 0 , xy <1 etc., and solve simple
problems.
Unit – VI Duration: 10 Periods (L:7.5 – T:2.5)
11.Solution of Simultaneous equations using Matrices & Determinants.: System of linear

equations in 3 Variables-Solutions by Cramer’s rule, Matrix inversion method –
Examples- Elementary row operations on Matrices -Gauss-Jordan method to solve a
system of equations in 3 unknowns.
12. Solutions of triangles: Solve a triangle when (i) three sides (SSS) (ii) two sides and an
Included angle (SAS) (iii) one side and two angles are given (SAA) - Simple problems.
References
1. Text Book of Matrices – by Shanti Narayan
44
2. Plane Trigonometry - by S.L.Loney
3. NCERT Mathematics Text Books Of ClassXI, XII .
4. Intermediate Mathematics Text Books (TeluguAcademy)
Suggested E-Learning references
1. www.freebookcentre.net/mathematics/introductory-mathematics-books.html
2. E-books:www.mathebook.net
Suggested Learning Outcomes

Algebra
UNIT – I
1.0 Use Logarithms in engineering calculations

1.1 Define logarithm and list its properties.
1.2 Distinguish natural logarithms and common logarithms.
1.3 Explain the meaning of e and exponential function.
1.4 State logarithm as a function and its graphical representation.
1.5 Use the logarithms in engineering calculations.
2.0 Resolve Rational Fraction into sum of Partial Fractions in engineering problems
2.1 Define the following fractions of polynomials:
1. Rational
2. Proper and
3. Improper
2.2 Explain the procedure of resolving rational fractions of the type mentioned below into
partial fractions
UNIT – II
3.0 Use Matrices for solving engineering problems

3.1 Define a matrix and order of a matrix.
3.2 State various types of matrices with examples (emphasis on 3rd order square
matrices).
45
3.3 Compute sum, difference, scalar multiplication and product of matrices.
3.4 Illustrate the properties of these operations such as associative, distributive,
commutative properties with examples and counter examples.
3.5 Define the transpose of a matrix and write its properties.
3.6 Define symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices.
3.7 Resolve a square matrix into a sum of symmetric and skew- symmetric
matrices with examples in all cases.
3.8 Define minor, co-factor of an element of a 3x3 square matrix with examples.
3.9 Expand the determinant of a 3 x 3 matrix using Laplace expansion formula.
3.10 Distinguish singular and non-singular matrices.
3.11 Apply the properties of determinants to solve problems.
3.12 Define multiplicative inverse of a matrix and list properties of adjoint and inverse.
3.13 Compute adjoint and multiplicative inverse of a square matrix.
Trigonometry:
UNIT – III
4.0 Solve simple problems on Compound Angles

4.1 Define compound angles and state the formulae of sin(A±B), cos(A±B), tan(A±B) and
cot(A±B)
4.2 Give simple examples on compound angles to derive the values of sin15 0, cos150 ,
sin750 , cos750 , tan 150 , tan750 etc.
4.3 Derive identities like sin(A+B) sin(A-B) = sin 2 A –sin2B etc.,
4.4 Solve simple problems on compound angles.
5.0 Solve problems using the formulae for Multiple and Sub- Multiple Angles
5.1 Derive the formulae of multiple angles 2A, 3A etc and sub multiple angles A/2 in terms
of angle A of trigonometric functions.
5.2 Derive useful allied formulas like sin A= (1- cos2A)/2 etc.,
5.3 Solve simple problems using the above formulae
UNIT – IV
6.0 Appreciate Properties of triangles

6.1 State sine rule, cosine rule, tangent rule and projection rule.
7.0 Represent the Hyperbolic Functions in terms of logarithm functions

7.1 Define Sinh x, cosh x and tanh x and list the hyperbolic identities.
7.2 Represent inverse hyperbolic functions in terms of logarithms.
8.0 Represent Complex numbers in various forms

46
8.1 Define complex number, its modulus, and conjugate and list their properties.
8.2 Define the operations on complex numbers with examples.
8.3 Define amplitude of a complex number
8.4 Represent the complex number in various forms like modulus-amplitude (polar)
form, Exponential (Euler) form – illustrate with examples.
UNIT – V
9.0 Apply Transformations for solving the problems in Trigonometry

9.1 Derive the formulae on transforming sum or difference of two trigonometric
ratios in to a product and vice versa- examples on these formulae.
9.2 Solve problems by applying these formulae to sum or difference or product of three or
more terms.
10.0 Use Inverse Trigonometric Functions for solving engineering problems
10.1 Explain the concept of the inverse of a trigonometric function by selecting an
appropriate domain and range.
10.2 Define inverses of six trigonometric functions along with their domains and ranges.
10.3 Derive relations between inverse trigonometric functions so that given A= sin -1x,
express angle A in terms of other inverse trigonometric functions - with examples.
10.4 State various properties of inverse trigonometric functions and identities like
sin-1x+cos-1 x = etc.
10.5 Derive formulae like etc.,

and solve simple problems.
UNIT – VI
11.0 Apply Matrices and Determinants in solving system of Linear Equations
11.1 Solve system of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns using Cramer’s rule.

11.2 Solve system of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns by matrix inversion method
11.3 State elementary row operations.
11.4 Solve a system of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns by Gauss- Jordan method
12.0 Apply Properties of Triangles to solve a triangle.

12.1 Solve a triangle when (i) three sides (SSS), (ii) two sides and an included
angle(SAS), (iii) one side and two angles are given(SAA).
1. Student visits Library to refer Standard Books on Mathematics and collect related material.
2. Quiz
47
3. Group discussion
4. Surprise tests
5. Seminars
6. Home Assignments.
CO / PO - MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 Mapped POs
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO6 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
48
Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
Understanding (U) 3 Marks
49
Code: C18CM102F
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION & TRAINING, TELANGANA
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS
MID SEM –I, MODEL PAPER, I SEMESTER
TIME: 1: 00 Hours Max. Marks: 20
PART-A
Instructions: 1. Answer ALL questions 04 X 01 = 04
2 Each question carries ONE mark
1. Find the value of

log 8 2
2. Define Proper fraction and give an example.
[ 1 2¿]¿¿¿
3. If A= ¿ Compute 3A+ 5B.
4. Find the value of |13 24| .
PART-B
Instructions: 1. Answer any TWO questions 02 X 03 = 06
2. Each question carries THREE marks
x
5(a) Resolve: in to partial fractions
( x−1 ) (x−2)
Or
50
+ 3log 8 32
5(b) Find the value of log 2 16
( )
2 1 2
6 (a) If 1 4 1 , then Compute A2 +2 A−3 I , where I is a unit matrix of order 3 .
1 3 2
Or
| |
1 0 0
6 (b) Find x , if 2 3 4 =48
5 −6 x
PART C
2. Each question carries FIVE marks
. Resolve into Partial fractions:

7 a)
Or
75 5 32
7b) . Prove that log −2 log + log =log 2
60 9 243
[ ]
1 2 2
1 −1 T
8 a). If A= 2 1 −2 , then show that A = A
3
−2 2 −1
Or
| |
b +c a a
8 b). Show that b c +a b =4 abc .
c c a+ b
@@@
51
Code: C18CM102F
MID SEM –II, MODEL PAPER, I SEMESTER
PART-A
1. Write the formulae for Sin (A - B) and Cos (A – B)
2. If Tan A = 2, Find the value of Cos2A.
3. Write the formula for Cosine rule.
. Find the Modulus of

4
PART-B
cos 12+sin 12
5 a) Show that = Tan570
cos 12−sin 12
Or
√3
5 b) Prove that Cos200 Cos300 Cos400 Cos800 = 16 .
52
6 a) Write any 3 formulae from Hyperbolic functions.
Or
1
6 b) Find the modulus of z=
2+4 i
PART C
1 1 π
7a). If TanA= ∧TanB= t h en s h ow t h at A+ B=
2 3 4
Or
7 b) If A+ B=1350 ,t h en prove t h at ( 1+ CotA ) ( 1+CotB )=2
8 a) Find the additive and multiplicative Inverse of 4 + 3i
Or
1+i
8 b) Express the complex number in Exponential form
1−i
@@@
C18CM102F
MODEL PAPER
I SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
Time: 2 hours [Total Marks: 40]
PART-A
1. Define proper fraction.
2. Write the formula for cos ( A+ B ) ∧cot ( A + B ) .
3. Define solution of a triangle.
4. Find the value of log 4 16.
5. Convert cos 4 A+cos 6 A into product.
−1 3
6. Ifsin =A then find cotA.
5
7. List the elements of a triangle ABC.
8. What is the formula for the solution of triangle ABC when three sides are given
PART-B
Instructions: 1. Answer any FOUR questions 04 X 03 = 12
53
1
9 (a) Resolve: into partial fractions.
( x+1 ) ( x+ 3 )
Or
sin 8 A+sin 6 A
9(b). Prove that =tan 7 A
cos 8 A+cos 6 A
9
10(a). Express in the form of a+ ib.
4+ 3i
Or
10(b) Solve the triangle ABC with a=2, A=300 , C=300 .
11(a) Prove thatsin 500−sin70 0+ sin 100=0 .
Or
−1 2 −1 1 −1 17
11(b) Prove that tan +tan =tan .
7 5 33
12(a) Solve [ 32 −32 ] [ xy ]=[ 47 ] .

Or
12 (b) Find the angle C in any triangle ABC if b=√ 2 ,c =√3 , B=450 .
PART C
[ ]
1 2 2
13(a) Find the inverse of the matrix 2 1 2
2 2 1
Or
13 (b) Prove that sinA+sin ( 1200 + A ) −sin ( 1200− A )=0
0 0 0 0 1
14 (a) Prove that cos 20 cos 40 cos 60 cos 80 = .
16
Or
14 (b) Solve x + y + z=6 , x+ 2 y +3 z=14 , x +4 y +9 z=3 by using Gauss Jordan methods.
15(a) In any triangle ABC prove that sin 2 A +sin 2 B+sin 2 C=4 sinAsinBsinC .
54
Or
15(b) if tan−1 x + tan−1 y+ tan −1 z=π then prove that x + y + z=xyz .
16(a) Solve x +2 y −z=−3 , 3 x+ y + z =4 , x− y +2 z=6 by Cramer’s Rule.
Or
16 (b) Solve the triangle ABC with a=1 b=2 c= √2.
@@@
55
Basic Physics
Course Title Basic Physics Course Code 18CM103F
Semester I Course Group Foundation
Teaching Scheme in 45:15:0 Credits 3
Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture +Tutorial Total Contact 60 Periods
Periods
CIE 60 Marks SEE 40 Marks
Pre requisites: Basic High School Science, Basic Mathematics
Course Objectives: After studying this course, the student will be able to understand and appreciate the role of
Physics in different areas of engineering and technology.
Course Outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will have the ability to attain
below Course Outcomes (CO):
Course Outcomes Linked POs Teaching

Periods
Write the correct units and dimensions of physical quantities and
CO 1 PO1,PO2 10
know the concept of friction
Apply knowledge of vectors as a tool to solve engineering
CO 2 PO1, PO2 10
problems
CO 3 Apply knowledge of mechanics to solve engineering problems PO1, PO2 10
Apply knowledge of properties of matter to understand
CO 4 PO1, PO2 10
engineering problems
Apply Heat and thermodynamic processes to solve engineering
CO 5 PO1, PO2 10
problems
Apply conservation laws to engineering problems and utilization PO1, PO2,
CO 6 10
of energy sources PO3,PO6
Course Contents
1. UNIT – 1 UNITS, DIMENSIONS AND FRICTION

Duration: 10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Physical quantity - Fundamental and derived quantities – Unit –definitions - S.I units -
Advantages of S.I. units - Dimensions and dimensional formula - definitions-units and
dimensional formula for physical quantities - Principle of homogeneity - Applications of
dimensional analysis–Friction – causes - types of friction - Normal reaction - Laws of static
friction - coefficients of friction - expression-rough horizontal surface - expressions for
Acceleration, Displacement, Time taken to come to rest and Work done - Advantages and
disadvantages of friction - Methods to reduce friction – Problems on friction only.
2. UNIT – 2 ELEMENTS OF VECTORS Duration: 10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
56
Scalar and vector quantities – definitions and examples –Graphical representation of a vector -
Classification of vectors (Proper vector, Unit vector, Equal vector, Negative vector, Collinear
vector and Position vector) Resolution of a vector - Triangle law of vector addition –
Parallelogram law of vectors – statement- expression for magnitude and direction of resultant
vector –derivation- illustrations (working of sling and flying bird) - Representation of a vector in
unit vectors i, j and k– Scalar product of vectors-definition- application to work done by force –
properties of scalar product - Vector product of vectors –definition – Right hand thumb rule and
right hand screw rule - application to moment of force - properties of vector product - area of
parallelogram and triangle in terms of vector product - related problems
3. UNIT – 3 MECHANICS Duration:10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Projectile motion – definition - examples - Horizontal projection – Time of flight and Horizontal
range – derivations - Oblique projection – Expression for path of a projectile in oblique projection -
derivation– Maximum height, Time of ascent, Time of descent, Time of flight, Horizontal range
and maximum horizontal range - derivations – Circular motion, angular velocity, time period and
frequency of revolutions–Definitions– Relation between linear velocity and angular velocity -
derivation–centripetal force – centrifugal force – definitions and expressions only- application
(banking of curved path) - angle of banking- expression only - related problems
4. UNIT – 4 PROPERTIES OF MATTER Duration: 10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Elasticity and plasticity- definitions – examples - Stress and Strain – definitions and expressions -
elastic limit - Hooke’s law – statement - modulus of elasticity - Young’s modulus – Derivation –
Cohesive and adhesive forces - Surface tension - Illustrations - Capillarity –angle of contact –
definition- examples for capillarity- Formula for Surface tension based on capillarity (no
derivation) – Viscosity - Illustrations of viscosity - Newton’s formula for viscous force –
derivation - Coefficient of viscosity - Poiseuille’s equation - Effect of temperature on viscosity of
liquids and gases– streamlines - laminar flow - turbulent flow - Reynold’s number - equation of
continuity – statement - related problems.
5. UNIT – 5 HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS Duration: 10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Heat – expansion of gases - Boyle’s law –concept of absolute zero - Absolute scale of temperature
– Charles’ laws - Ideal gas equation – derivation - value of universal gas constant ‘R’ –Isothermal
and Adiabatic processes - Differences between isothermal and adiabatic processes - Internal
energy and external work done – Expression for work done – derivation – first law of
thermodynamics –application of first law to isothermal and adiabatic processes - second law of
thermodynamics – specific heat of a gas – molar specific heat of a gas – definitions – derive
relation between CP and Cv - related problems.
6. UNIT – 6 CONSERVATION LAWS AND ENERGY SOURCES

Duration: 10 periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Work and Energy - Potential Energy and kinetic energy–examples – expressions for PE and KE -
derivations - Work-Energy theorem – derivation – Law of conservation of energy – examples -
Law of conservation of energy in the case of freely falling body – proof – Illustration of
conservation of energy in the case of simple pendulum– Non renewable and renewable energy
sources – definition and applications (solar cooker, wind mill and biogas) – Green house effect -
related problems
References:
57
1. Engineering. Physics by R.K. Gaur, S.L. Gupta, Dhanpatrai Publications, New Delhi.
2. ISC Physics, Book I&II, P. Vivekanandan, DK Banerjee, S Chand, New Delhi.
3. Intermediate Physics, Vol. I&II, Telugu Academy, TS, Hyderabad.
4. Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday and Resnick.
Suggested learning outcomes:
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to

1. know the concepts of units, dimensions and friction
1.1 Define Physical quantity, fundamental quantity and derived physical quantities
1.2 Define Unit.
1.3 S.I. Units. List the advantages of S.I. units.
1.4 Define dimensions and dimensional formula.
1.5 Write dimensional formulae of physical quantities.
1.6 State principle of homogeneity of dimensions.
1.7 State applications of dimensional analysis.
1.8 Define friction and state its causes.
1.9 State types of friction.
1.10Explain normal reaction.
1.11State laws of static friction.
1.12Define coefficients of friction.
1.13Derive expression for acceleration of a body moving on rough horizontal surface.
1.14Derive expressions for displacement and time taken to come to rest and work done in the
case of a body moving on a rough horizontal surface.
1.15 List the advantages and disadvantages of friction.
1.16 Solve related numerical problems on friction only.
1.17 Explain the Methods to reduce friction.
2. know the concepts of Elements of Vectors

2.1 Define scalar and vector quantities with examples.
2.2 Represent a vector graphically.
2.3 Classify types of vectors – Proper vector, Unit vector, Equal vector, Negative vector,
Collinear vectors and Position vector.
2.4 Resolve a vector – Vector and Scalar components and relation between them.
2.5 State and explain Triangle law of vector addition.
2.6 State Parallelogram law of vectors – derive expressions for magnitude and direction of
resultant vector.
2.7 Illustrations of parallelogram law – working of sling and flying bird.
2.8 Representation of a vector in terms of unit vectors (i, j ,k)
2.9 Define Scalar product of vectors.
2.10 Application of scalar product for work done by force.
2.11 List the properties of scalar product.
2.12 Define Vector product of vectors.
2.13 Explain Right hand screw rule and right hand thumb rule.
2.14 Apply vector product in the case of moment of force.
2.15 Expressions for area of parallelogram and triangle in terms of cross product.
2.16 List the properties of vector product.
2.17 Solve related problems.
58
3. know the concepts of Mechanics
3.1 Define Projectile motion with examples.
3.2 Define Horizontal projection – Derive expressions for (a) Time of flight and (b)
Horizontal range
3.3 Define Oblique projection- Derive expression for path of a projectile in oblique projection.
3.4 Derive expressions for (a) Maximum height (b) Time of ascent (c) Time of descent
(d) Time of flight (e) Horizontal range and (f) maximum horizontal range in oblique
projection.
3.5 Define circular motion.
3.6 Define angular velocity, time period and frequency of revolutions in circular motion.
3.7 Derive the relation between linear velocity and angular velocity.
3.8 Define centripetal and centrifugal forces. Write their expressions.
3.9 Define angle of banking.
3.10 Explain banking of curved path and write the expression for angle of banking.
3.11 Solve related numerical problems.
4. know the concepts of Properties of matter

4.1 Define the terms Elasticity and Plasticity with examples.
4.2 Define Stress and Strain and write their expressions.
4.3 Define elastic limit and state Hooke’s law.
4.4 Define modulus of elasticity.
4.5 Define Young’s modulus.
4.6 Derive the formula for Young’s modulus.
4.7 Define cohesive force and adhesive force.
4.8 Define Surface tension. Give illustrations of Surface tension.
4.9 Define capillarity and angle of contact.
4.10 List the examples for capillarity.
4.11 Write the formula for Surface tension based on capillarity (T = ½ hdgr). Explain the terms.
4.12 Define Viscosity. Give illustrations of viscosity.
4.13 Derive Newton’s formula for viscous force.
4.14 Define coefficient of viscosity.
4.15 Write Poiseuille’s equation for coefficient of viscosity.
4.16 Discuss effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases.
4.17 Define streamline flow and turbulent flow.
4.18 Define Reynold’s number.
4.19 State equation of continuity and explain the terms with diagram.
4.20 Solve related problems.
5. Know the concepts of Heat and Thermodynamics
5.1 Explain expansion of gases.

5.2 State and explain Boyle’s law. Mention its limitations.
5.3 Explain concept of absolute zero using the relations Pt=P0(1+t/273) and Vt= V0(1+ t/273)
5.4 Define Absolute scale of temperature.
5.5 State Charles’ laws in terms of absolute temperature.
5.6 Define Ideal gas and derive ideal gas equation.
5.7 Calculate the value of Universal gas constant (R).
5.8 State gas equation in terms of density.
5.9 Define Isothermal and Adiabatic processes.
5.10 Distinguish between isothermal and adiabatic processes.
5.11 Explain the terms internal energy and external work done.
5.12 Derive the expression for work done by the gas [W=P(V2-V1)].
5.13 State first law of thermodynamics.
5.14 Application of first law of thermodynamics to isothermal and adiabatic processes.
5.15 State second law of thermodynamics.
5.16 Define specific heat of a gas.
59
5.17 Define molar specific heat of a gas.
5.18 Derive the relation between CP, Cv and R.
5.19 Solve related problems
6. Know the concepts of conservation laws and energy sources
6.1 Define work and energy.

6.2 Define potential energy and kinetic energy with examples.
6.3 Derive the expressions for Potential energy and Kinetic energy.
6.4 State and prove Work-Energy theorem.
6.5 State law of conservation of energy with example.
6.6 Prove law of conservation of energy in the case of a freely falling body.
6.7 Illustrate law of conservation of energy in the case of simple pendulum.
6.8 Define non renewable and renewable energy sources. Give examples.
6.9 Explain solar cooker, wind mill and biogas.
6.10 Explain briefly Green house effect.
60
MID SEM-I EXAM
S.N
Unit Name R U A Remarks
o
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
S.N
Unit Name R U A Remarks
o
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8

61
Legend:
18CM103F
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, (C-18)

MIDSEM – I
FIRST SEMESTER EXAMINATION
BASIC PHYSICS
TIME: 1 Hour TOTAL MARKS: 20
PART - A (4x1 = 4M)
Note: Answer ALL the questions. Each question carries 1 mark.

The length of the answer shall not exceed 1/4 of page
1. Define unit.
2. State principle of homogeneity.
3. Define vector quantity.
4. Define position vector.
PART- B (2 x 3 = 6M)
Note: Answer the following questions. Each question carries 3 marks.

The length of the answer shall not exceed 1 page
5 (a). State three laws of static friction.

(OR)
(b). State three applications of dimensional analysis.
6 (a). State and explain triangle law of vector addition.
(OR)
(b). State any three properties of scalar product of two vectors.
PART-C (2×5=10M)
Note: Answer the following questions. Each question carries 5 marks

The length of the answer shall not exceed 2 pages
7 (a). Derive the expression for acceleration of a body moving on rough horizontal surface.
(OR)
(b). Explain any five methods of reducing friction.
8 (a). Derive the expression for magnitude of resultant of two vectors using parallelogram
law of vectors.
62
(OR)
(b). Find the area of parallelogram formed by two vectors
⃗ ^ ^j+5 k^ ∧⃗
A=2 i+3 ^
B =2 i−3 ^j + k^ as two adjacent sides.
18CM103F

MIDSEM – II
BASIC PHYSICS
Important Note: Wherever any question has choice, marks will be allotted only to first attempted
question. No marks will be allotted for extra questions answered
PART - A (4x1 = 4M)

1. Define projectile.
2. Define centripetal force.
3. Define stress.
4. Write the formula for surface tension based on capillarity.
PART- B (2 x 3 = 6M)

5 (a). A body is projected into air with velocity of 20 ms-1 at an angle 300 with the earth
surface. Find the maximum height reached.
(OR)
(b). Explain banking of curved path.
6 (a). Distinguish between Cohesive force and Adhesive force.

(OR)
(b). Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases.
PART-C (2×5=10M)

7 (a). Derive the expression for path of a projectile in oblique projection.
63
(OR)
(b). Derive the relation between linear velocity and angular velocity.
8 (a). Derive the formula for Young’s modulus.
(OR)
(b). Derive Newton’s formula for viscous force.
18CM103F

MODEL PAPER
COMMON – I SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
BASIC PHYSICS
Time: 2 Hours] [Total Marks: 40
PART – A
Instructions: 1. Answer ALL questions. 8X1=8

2. Each question carries ONE mark.
1. Write dimensional formula of Pressure.

2. Define modulus of elasticity.
3. Define non renewable energy source.
4. Define absolute zero.
5. State Charles’ constant pressure law.
6. Define molar specific heat of a gas.
7. Define Energy.
8. What is basic principle of wind mill?
PART – B
Instructions: 1. Answer any FOUR questions. 4X3=12

2. Each question carries THREE marks.
9(a). State any three laws of friction.

(or)
9(b). State first law of thermodynamics and write mathematical expression for it.
10(a). Distinguish between streamline and turbulent flow.

(or)
10(b). Derive an expression for Potential energy.
11(a). Derive formula for work done by the ideal gas.

(or)
11(b). Calculate the value of universal gas constant ( R ).
12(a). Prove work-energy theorem.

(or)
64
12(b). Explain briefly Green house effect.
PART – C 4X5 = 20
Instructions: 1. Answer any FOUR questions.

2. Each question carries FIVE marks.
13(a). Derive expressions for magnitude and direction of resultant of two vectors using
Parallelogram law of vectors.
(or)
13(b). Show that Cp - Cv = R.
14(a). Show that the path of a projectile is a parabola in case of oblique projection.
(or)
14(b). Prove law of conservation of energy in the case of a freely falling body.
15(a). Derive Ideal gas equation PV=RT

(or)
15(b). Distinguish between Isothermal and adiabatic processes.
16(a). Derive an expression for kinetic energy.

(or)
16(b). Explain solar cooker with neat diagram
** *** ***
65
General Engineering Chemistry
Course Title General Engineering Course Code 18CM104F

Chemistry
Semester I Course Group Foundation
Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture +Tutorial Total Contact 60 periods
Periods
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of chemistry in secondary education.
Course Objectives:
After studying this course, the student will be able to understand and appreciate the role of
Chemistry and environmental studies in different spheres of industries.
Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, the students will have ability to attain below Course
Outcomes (CO):
CO Course outcome CL Linked PO Teaching

periods
Explain Bohr’s atomic model, the different types of

CO1 chemical bonding in certain molecules and concept of R/U/A 1,2,9 12
oxidation, reduction and oxidation number
Understand and explain mole, molarity and normality and

CO2 R/U/A 1,2,9 8
solve the problems and colloids and their applications.
Explain the different theories of acids and bases, concept

CO3 R/U/A 1,2,3,9 12
of pH, buffer solutions and buffer action.
Compare the renewable and non renewable energy sources,

CO4 to take measures to protect the biodiversity and also the R/U/A 1,2,5,6,7,9,10 8
environment.
CO5 Distinguish the temporary and permanent hardness, apply R/U/A 1,2,3,9,10 10
the different methods of softening of hard water and
66
desalination.
Explain electrolysis and applications of electrolysis, Solve

CO6 R/U/A 12,3, 4. 10
the problems on Faraday’s laws of electrolysis
Total Periods 60
Cognitive levels: R = Remember, U= Understand, A = Apply
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I: Fundamentals of Chemistry 12 Periods (L : 9.0 Periods, T : 3.0 Periods)
Atomic Structure: Introduction – Atomic number – Mass number- Bohr's Atomic theory - Aufbau
principle - Hund's rule - Pauli's exclusion Principle- Orbitals, shapes of s, p and d orbitals - Electronic
configuration of elements
Chemical Bonding: Introduction – Electronic theory of valency - Types of chemical bonds - Ionic,
covalent and co-ordinate covalent bond with examples - Properties of Ionic and Covalent compounds
Oxidation-Reduction: Electronic Concepts of Oxidation-Reduction, Oxidation Number- calculations.
UNIT-II: Solutions and Colloids 8 Periods (L : 6.0 Periods, T : 2.0 Periods)

Introduction-Classification of solutions based on physical state- Molecular weights ,Equivalent weights-
Expression of concentration – Mole concept, Molarity, Normality, Numerical problems on Mole, molarity
and normality - Colloids- Types of colloids- Lyophilic and Lyophobic- Industrial applications of colloids.
UNIT-III: Acids and Bases 12 Periods (L : 9.0 Periods, T : 3.0 Periods)

Introduction - theories of acids and bases and limitations - Arrhenius theory-Bronsted -Lowry theory -
Lewis acid base theory - Ionic product of water - pH and related numerical problems - Buffer solutions-
buffer action - applications of buffer solution.
UNIT-IV: Environmental Studies-I 8 Periods (L : 6.0 Periods, T : 2.0 Periods)

Introduction - environment -scope and importance of environmental studies- important terms - renewable
and non renewable energy sources - Concept of ecosystem, producers, consumers and decomposers -
Biodiversity, definition and threats to Biodiversity- Forest resources- Over exploitation-Deforestation.
UNIT-V: Water Technology 10 Periods (L : 7.5 Periods, T : 2.5 Periods)

Introduction -soft and hard water - causes of hardness – types of hardness -disadvantages of hard water -
degree of hardness (ppm) - softening methods - permutit process - ion exchange
process - drinking water - municipal treatment of water for drinking purpose - Osmosis, Reverse Osmosis
- advantages of Reverse osmosis – Desalination by Electro -dialysis – Defluoridation – Nalgonda
technique.
UNIT-VI: Electrochemistry: 10 Periods (L : 7.5 Periods, T : 2.5 Periods)

Conductors, insulators, electrolytes –Types of electrolytes - Arrhenius theory of electrolytic
dissociation - electrolysis –electrolysis of fused NaCl and aqueous NaCl – applications of
electrolysis - Faraday's laws of electrolysis- numerical problems.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering chemistry – Jain & Jain – Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company.

2. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry – S.S.Dara – S.Chand Publications.
3. Environmental Studies – A.K.De.
4. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University Press
5. Intermediate Chemistry I and II – Telugu Academy TS
Specific Learning Outcomes

67
Upon completion of the course, the student will have ability to
UNIT- I: FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY

1.1 Explain the concept of atomic number and mass number
1.2 State the postulates of Bohr's atomic theory and its limitations
1.3 Explain 1.Aufbau's principle, 2.Hund's rule and 3.Pauli's exclusion principle with examples.
1.4 Define Orbital.
1.5 Draw the shapes of s, p and d Orbitals.
1.6 Distinguish between Orbit and Orbital
1.7 Write the electronic configuration of elements up to atomic number 30
1.8 Define chemical bond.
1.9 Explain the Postulates of Electronic theory of valency.
1.10 Define and explain three types of Chemical bonding viz., Ionic, Covalent, Coordinate
Covalent bond with examples.
1.11 Explain bond formation in NaCl and MgO.
1.12 List the Properties of Ionic compounds.
1.13 Explain covalent bond formation in Hydrogen molecule, Oxygen molecule, and Nitrogen
Molecules using Lewis dot method.
1.14 List the Properties of Covalent compounds.
1.15 Distinguish between ionic compounds and covalent compounds.
1.16 Electronic concept of Oxidation and Reduction.
1.17 Define Oxidation Number
1.18 Calculate the Oxidation Number.
UNIT-II: SOLUTIONS AND COLLOIDS

2.1 Define the terms 1.Solution, 2.Solute and 3.Solvent.
2.2 Classify solutions based on physical state.
2.3 Calculate Molecular weight and equivalent weights of acids, bases and salts.
2.4 Define mole.
2.5 Explain Mole concept with examples.
2.6 Define Molarity and Normality.
2.7 Solve Numerical problems on Mole, Molarity and Normality.
2.8 Define Colloids.
2.9 Types of colloids- Lyophilic and Lyophobic.
2.10 Industrial applications of colloids.
UNIT-III: ACIDS AND BASES

3.1 Explain Arrhenius theory of Acids and Bases.
3.2 State the limitations of Arrhenius theory of Acids and Bases
3.3 Explain Bronsted - Lowry theory of acids and bases.
3.4 State the limitations of Bronsted - Lowry theory of acids and bases.
3.5 Explain Lewis theory of acids and bases.
3.6 State the limitations of Lewis theory of acids and bases.
3.7 Explain the Ionic product of water.
3.8 Define pH and explain Sorenson scale.
3.9 Solve the Numerical problems on pH (Strong Acids and Bases).
3.10 Define buffer solutions and give examples of acidic and basic buffers.
3.11 State the applications of buffer solutions.
3.12 Explain the buffer action of acidic and basic buffers.
UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES-I

4.1 Define the term environment
4.2 Explain the scope and importance of environmental studies
4.3 Define and understand the following terms
68
1) Lithosphere, 2) Hydrosphere, 3) Atmosphere, 4) Biosphere, 5) Pollutant, 6) Contaminant
7) Pollution, 8) receptor, 9) sink, 10) particulates, 11) Dissolved oxygen (DO),
12) Threshold limit value (TLV),13).BOD and 14).COD
4.4 Explain the growing energy needs.
4.5 Explain renewable (non-conventional) and non renewable (conventional) energy sources
with examples.
4.6 Define an Ecosystem. Understand biotic and abiotic components of ecosystem.
4.7 Define and explain the terms:
1) Producers, 2) Consumers and 3) Decomposers with examples.
4.8 Explain biodiversity and threats to biodiversity.
4.9 Explain the uses of forests and over exploitation of forest resources and deforestation.
UNIT V: WATER TECHNOLOGY

5.1 State the various Sources of water.
5.2 Define the terms soft water and hard water with examples
5.3 Define hardness of water.
5.4 Explain temporary and permanent hardness of water.
5.5 List the usual chemical compounds causing hardness (with Formulae)
5.6 Disadvantages of using hard water in industries.
5.7 Define Degree of hardness, units of hardness in ppm (mg/L) and numerical problems related
to hardness.
5.8 Explain the methods of softening of hard water: a) Permutit process b).Ion-Exchange
process.
5.9 Essential qualities of drinking water.
5.10 Explain municipal treatment of water for drinking purpose.
5.11 Define Osmosis and Reverse Osmosis (RO).
5.12 List the applications and advantages of RO.
5.13 Desalination of sea water by Electro dialysis.
5.14 Defluoridation - Nalgonda Technique.
UNIT VI: ELECTROCHEMISTRY

6.1 Define the terms1. Conductor, 2. Insulator, 3.Electrolyte and 4.Non - electrolyte
6.2 Types of electrolytes - strong and weak electrolytes with examples.
6.3 Distinguish between metallic conductors and Electrolytic conductors.
6.4 Arrhenius theory of electrolytic dissociation
6.5 Explain electrolysis of fused NaCl and aqueous NaCl
6.6 Applications of Electrolysis- Electroplating-Electrolytic refining of metal (Copper)
6.7 Explain Faraday's laws of electrolysis
6.8 Define chemical equivalent, electrochemical equivalent.
6.9 Relationship between chemical equivalent and electrochemical equivalent
6.10 Solve the Numerical problems based on Faraday's laws of electrolysis
Suggested Student Activities or Induction Program:
Forenoon Afternoon
Day1 Registration Class work as per Time table
Day2 Rules and Regulations Chemistry Lab practice classes may be

conducted
Day3 Getting acquainted with Head and faculty
Day4 Familiarization with Institutional facilities
Day5 Interaction with Class teacher and Seniors
Day6 Introducing the mentor

69
Day7 Parent –Teacher meeting
70
1. Student visits Library to refer to Text books, reference books and manuals to find their specifications
2. Student inspects the available equipment in the Chemistry Lab to familiarize with them.
3. Quiz
4. Group discussion
5. Seminar
6. Surprise test
E - learning links:
https://iupac.org/
https://www.youtube.com
https://www.khanacademy.org/
www.nptel.ac.in
71
Blue Print
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)
3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8

72
Model Question Papers

I SEMESTER, MIDSEM – I
Sub. Code: 18CM104F
Time: 1 Hour Max. Marks: 20
PART – A
Instructions: Answer all questions. Each question carries one mark. 4 X 1 = 4 marks
1. State Hund’s rule.

2. Write the electronic configuration of Cr.
3. Define mole.
4. What are colloids?
PART – B
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries three marks 2 x 3 =6 Marks
5. a. Draw the shapes of s and d orbitals.

or
b. Explain the covalent bond formation in Nitrogen molecule by Lewis dot method.
6. a. Classify solutions based on their physical state.
or
b. Compare any three properties of lyophilic and lyophobic colloids.
PART – C
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries five marks 2 x 5 =10 Marks
7. a. Distinguish the ionic compounds from covalent compounds.

or
b. What is oxidation number? Find the oxidation number of ‘S’ in H2SO4 and ‘Mn’ in
KMnO4.
8. a. Define Molarity. Find the weight of H2SO4 required to prepare 400 ml of 0.5M
solution.
or
b. Define Normality. Calculate the normality of 500 ml solution containing 0.53 grams of
Na2CO3.
73
I SEMESTER, MIDSEM – II
Sub. Code: 18CM104F
Time: 1 Hour Max.Marks : 20
PART – A
Instructions: i. Answer all questions. Each question carries one mark. 4 X 1 = 4 marks
1. What is conjugate acid base pair?

2. Define ionic product of water.
3. Define an ecosystem.
4. What is threshold limit value?
PART – B
5. a. What are the limitations of Arrhenius theory of acids and bases?

or
b. Explain the neutralization according to Lewis theory of acids and bases with an
example.
6. a. Explain the terms producers, consumers and decomposers with example.
or
b. What are renewable and non renewable energy sources? Give examples.
PART – C
7. a. Define pH. Find the pH of 0.5M NaOH solution.

or
b. What are buffer solutions? State the applications of buffer solutions.
8. a. What is Biodiversity? Explain any two threats to biodiversity.
or
b. What is deforestation? What are its consequences?
74
18CM104F
Time: 2 Hours Max.Marks: 40
PART – A
1. Define atomic mass number.
2. What is biodiversity?
3. Define degree of hardness of water.
4. What are buffer solutions?
5. Define soft water and hard water.
6. Name the salts responsible for temporary hardness of water.
7. Define the terms conductor and insulator.
8. What is an electrolyte?
PART – B
9. a. State and explain Hund’ rule.

or
b. Write any six essential qualities of drinking water.
10. a. Explain the terms producers, consumers and decomposers with example.
or
b. What are strong and weak electrolytes? Give examples.
11. a. Define reverse osmosis and state its advantages.
or
b. Explain defluoridation of water by Nalgonda technique
12. a. Distinguish between metallic and electrolytic conductors.
Or
b. State Faraday’s Laws of electrolysis.
PART – C
13. a. Find the molarity and normality of the solution containing 10.6 grams of Na2CO3 in 2
litres of solution. .
or
b. Calculate the temporary and permanent hardness of water containing the following
salts per litre
i. Ca(HCO3)2 =32.4 mg, ii. Mg(HCO3)2 = 29.2 mg, iii. CaSO4 =13.6 mg, iv. MgCl2 =
19 mg
14. a. Explain Lewis theory of acids and bases.
or
75
b. Explain the process of electrolysis of fused NaCl.
15. a. Explain the permutit process of softening of hard water with a neat diagram.
or
b. What are the disadvantages of using hard water in industries?
16. a. Explain the process of electrolytic refining of copper.
Or
b. Calculate the weight of Al deposited on the cathode if 0.5 amperes of electric current is
passed through AlCl3 solution for 1 hour.
.BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Course Title : Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering Course Code : 18CM105C
Semester :I Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 45:15:0 Credits :3
Methodology : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Periods :60 Periods
Prerequisites
Mathematics and Science in 10th class
Course Outcome
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain below Course Outcome (CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Apply the principles of Electricity to DC circuits
CO2 Analyze DC Circuits
CO3 Explain the laws of Electromagnetic induction
CO4 Interpret various types of AC waveforms
CO5 Describe the need of protective devices for computers
CO6 Describe the working principle of stabilizer and UPS
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Basic Principles Of Electricity Duration: 10 Periods

Electric charge, current, potential difference- ohm's Law and limitations Define- Resistance and laws of
Resistance - specific Resistance and conductance –Effect of temperature on Resistance-Temperature
coefficient of Resistance -Resistance in series DC circuits -Resistance in parallel DC circuits -Resistance
in series and parallel and its equivalent resistance – Division of current in parallel circuits
2. DC Circuits Duration: 10 Periods

Star to Delta transformation - Delta to star transformation (no derivation) Active elements and passive
elements - Active circuit & Passive circuit - junction, branch and loop- Kirchhoff's current Law - State and
Explain Kirchhoff’s voltage Law-Electrical work done - Electrical power -Electrical Energy
3. Electromagnetic Induction Duration: 12 Periods
76
Magnetic field- Magnetic Flux-Flux density-Magneto Motive Force (MMF)-Reluctance-Permeability-
Faradays law of Electromagnetic Induction - Dynamically induced emf - Mutual induced emf - Self-
inductance and Mutual inductance- Coefficient of coupling - Write the expression for - Inductances in
series - Inductances in parallel- Lenz’s law -State Fleming's right hand rule and left hand rule -Energy
stored in a magnetic field.
4. AC Fundamentals Duration: 08 Periods

Basic terms: Cycle, Time period & frequency -Peak value ,Average value & R.M.S value- Phase & Phase
difference - Form factor & peak factor- Average value of Sinusoidal wave- RMS value for Sinusoidal
wave-Different types of wave forms
5.Transformers, Stepper Motors and Protective Devices Duration: 10 Periods
Construction and working of Transformer- Turns ratio, current and voltage ratios, ratings of transformers-
Types of transformers and their applications-Applications of Stepper motor, Spindle motor, and Brushless
DC motors-Switch- different types of switches with their symbols, Fuse necessity of fuse, ratings and
types, Relay- symbol, working principle of relay. Necessity of grounding/earthing of any
electrical/electronic equipment. Need of spike busters for protection of computers. Need of antistatic
device and types of antistatic devices for protection of computer components.
6. Basic Electronics and UPS Duration: 10 Periods

Conductor semiconductor and insulator - Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors - P type and N type
semiconductors - PN junction Diode –Transistors- NPN & PNP Transistor - Stabilizer -Types of
stabilizers - Working principle of stabilizer-Rating of stabilizers - UPS and types of UPS - Online UPS -
Off line UPS- UPS ratings and back-up time with example, Criteria for Selection of UPS ; Battery-
Types , Ah rating, Maintenance of battery- SMPS – Meaning,working, block diagram, advantages, ratings
Recommended books:
1. Basic Electricity vol. 1 – vol. 5 by ME Van Valkenburgh
2. Basic Electrical Technology by VK Mehta.
3. Basics Of Electrical Engineering By V.U.Bakshi U.A. Bakshi
4. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 1e By D P Kothari; I J Nagrath
5. A Textbook of Electrical Tech. Vol. 1 Basic Electrical Engineering BL. THERAJA
6. Principles of Electronics by V.K. MEHTA and ROHIT MEHTA
E-Learning links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in
2. http://www.facstaff.bucknell.edu
3. http://electrical4u.com/
4. http://www.electronics-tutorials
1. Basic Principles of Electricity

1.0 Define Electric charge, current, potential difference
1.1 State ohm's Law and limitations of ohms Law
1.2 Define Resistance and laws of Resistance
77
1.3 Define the terms specific Resistance and conductance
1.4 Know about effect of temperature on Resistance
1.5 Derive the formula for resistance at any temperature
1.6 Define temperature coefficient of Resistance
1.7 Derive the formula for temperature coefficient of Resistance at any temperature
1.8 Solve simple problems on specific Resistance
1.9 Solve simple problems on temperature coefficient of Resistance
1.10 Solve the problems in DC circuits with 3 resistors in series
1.11 Solve the problems in DC circuits with 3 resistors in parallel
1.12 Derive the formula for current in parallel circuits with 2 resistors
2. DC Circuits
2.1 Write formula for star to Delta transformation
2.2 Write formula for Delta to star transformation
2.3 Solve simple problems on Resistance connected in series and parallel
2.4 Define the active circuit passive circuit
2.5 Define active elements and passive elements
2.6 Define junction, branch and loop
2.7 State and Explain Kirchhoff's current Law
2.8 State and Explain Kirchhoff's voltage Law
2.9 Define Electrical work done and write it's units
2.10 Define Electrical power and write units
2.11 Define Electrical Energy and write it's units
2.12 Solve simple problem on Electrical Power
2.13 Solve simple problems on Energy
3. Electromagnetic Induction
3.1 Define Magnetic field
3.2 Define Magnetic Flux
3.3 Define Flux density
3.4 Define Magneto Motive Force (MMF)
3.5 Define Reluctance
3.6 Define Permeability,
3.7 State Faraday’s law of Electromagnetic Induction
3.8 State Lenz’s law
3.9 Classify statically induced emf
3.10 Define dynamically induced emf
3.11 Define self-inductance and mutual inductance.
3.12 Define coefficient of coupling
3.13 Write the expression for (a) Inductances in series (b) Inductances in parallel
3.14 State Fleming's right hand rule and left hand rule
3.15 Derive the formula for energy stored in a magnetic field
3.16 Solve simple problems on Faraday’s law and dynamically induced emf
3.17 Solve simple problems on equivalent Inductance when connected in series
4. AC Fundamentals
4.1 Define the terms (a) Cycle (b) Time period (c) frequency.
4.2 Define (a) Peak value (b) Average value (c) R.M.S value.
4.3 Define (a) Phase (b) Phase difference
4.4 Define (a) form factor (b) peak factor
78
4.5 Derive formula for Average value of Sinusoidal wave
4.6 Derive formula for RMS value for Sinusoidal value
4.7 Solve simple problems on average and RMS value of Sinusoidal wave
4.8 Draw the waveforms of i) Square wave ii) Rectangular wave iii) Triangular wave iv) Sine
wave
5. Transformers, Stepper Motors and Protective Devices

5.1 Explain the construction and working principle of Transformer
5.2 Define the terms Turns ratio, current ratio, voltage ratio and ratings of transformers
5.3 State the types of transformers and their applications
5.4 State the applications of Stepper motor, Spindle motor, and Brushless DC motors
5.5 Define Switch- different types of switches with their symbols
5.6 Define Fuse – necessity of fuse, ratings and types
5.7 State the purpose of a Relay- symbol, working principle of relay
5.8 Mention the Necessity of grounding/earthing of any electrical/electronic equipment
5.9 State the Need of spike busters for protection of computers
5.10 State the Need of antistatic device and types of antistatic devices for protection of computer
components
6. Basic Electronics and UPS

6.1. Classify conductor semiconductor and insulator based on valance electrons
6.2. Classify semiconductors
6.3. Distinguish intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors
6.4. Distinguish P- type and N- Type semiconductors
6.5. Working principle of PN junction Diode
6.6. Write application of PN junction Diode and Zener diode.
6.7. Types of Transistors and working principle of Transistors
6.8. Write applications of Transistors
6.9. State the necessity of stabilizer and types of stabilizers
6.10 Describe Working principle of stabilizer with block diagram
6.11 Give the rating of stabilizers
6.12 state the necessity of UPS and types of UPS
6.13 Describe the Working principle of online UPS with block diagram
6.14 Describe the working principle of off line UPS with block diagram
6.15 Mention the UPS ratings and back-up time with example
6.16 Interpret the criteria for Selection of UPS
6.17 state the principle of battery
6.18 Name the Types of battery
6.19 Define AH rating,
6.20 Give the steps involved in Maintenance of battery
6.21 State the need for SMPS
6.22 Draw and explain with block diagram the working of SMPS\
6.23 Mention the advantages of SMPS
Suggested Student Activities:

Student activity like mini-project, surveys, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10students.
1. Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similaractivity related
to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme coordinator
concerned.
79
2. Each group should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
3. Quiz
4. Group Discussion
5. Surprise test
Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Linked
Engineering Tools
Lifelong learning
PO
Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Knowledge
Team work
Discipline
practice
society
Ethics
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO
10
CO1 1,2,10
CO2 2,10
CO3 1,2,10
CO4 2,10
CO5 2,10
CO6 2,10
Internal Evaluation
Test Units Marks
Mid Sem 1 1 and 2 20
Slip Test 1 1 and 2 5
Assignment 1 5
Seminars 1 5
Total 60
80
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR MID SEMESTER EXAMS
Sl.N Description Level No of Marks for Choice Total

o Questions each Marks
question
01 Part-A Remembering(R) 4 1 Nil 4 Marks
02 Part-B Understanding(U) 4 3 2 6 Marks
03 Part-C Application(A) 4 5 2 10 Marks
Total Marks 20 Marks
MID SEM-I EXAM

S.No Unit No R U A Remarks
1 Unit-I 1,2 5(a) 7(a)
5(b) 7(b)
2 Unit-II 3,4 6(a) 8(a)
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM-II EXAM

1 Unit-III 1,2 5(a) 7(a)
5(b) 7(b)
2 Unit-IV 3,4 6(a) 8(a)
6(b) 8(b)
The length of answer for each question framed in respect of Part-A, B&C shall not exceed
¼ of a page,1 page and 2 pages respectively
81
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR SEMESTER END EXAM
Sl.N Description Level No of Marks for Choice Total

o Questions each Marks
question
Questions to be set for SEE

Unit No
R U A
I
Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)
II
III
Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)
IV Q4
Q9(b), Q13(b),
V Q5,Q6
Q11(a), Q11(b) Q15(a), Q15(b)
Q3
Q10(b), Q14(b),
VI Q7,Q8
Q12(a), Q12(b) Q16(a), Q16(b)
82
State Board of Technical Education and Training, Telangana
Model Question paper
DCME I semester Mid Semester-I Examination
Corse Code:18CM105C Duration:1 hour

Course Name: Basic Electrical & Electronics Engg. Max.Marks:20
PART-A
Answer all questions, Each Question carries one mark 4x1 = 4 Marks
1) Mention the unit of charge
2) Write the formula for specific resistance
3) Define active elemnt
4) Define electrical energy
PART-B
Answer two questions. Each question carries three marks 2x 3 = 6 Marks
5(a) State the laws of resistance

Or
5(b) Mention the effect of temperature on resistance
6 (a) Define i) active circuit ii) passive circuit

Or
6 (b) state the kirchoff voltage law
PART-C
Answer two questions. Each question carries five marks 2x 5 = 10 Marks
7(a) Two resistances of 10 Ω and 20 Ω are connected in parallel across a 220 V DC supply. Calculate i)
Equivalent resistance ii) Current in each resistor
OR
7(b) what would be the length of copper wire of 3mm diameter so that the resistance is equal to 0.05
Ω .specific resistance of copper is 1.69 X 10-6 Ωm
8(a) Three resistances 3 Ω, 4 Ω, and 5 Ω are connected in star determine the equivalent resistances in
Delta
OR
8(b) calculate the energy consumed by a by a 100 W bulb connected to a 220 V DC supply for 30 minutes
83
State Board of Technical Education and Training,Telangana
DCME I semester Mid Semester-II Examination
Corse Code:18CM105C Duration:1 hour

Course Name: Basic Electrical & Electronics Engg. Max.Marks:20
PART-A
Answer all questions, Each Question carries one mark 4x1 = 4 Marks
1) Mention the unit of flux density
2) Define reluctance
3) Define phase
4) Write the formula for RMS value of sine wave
PART-B
Answer two questions. Each question carries three marks 2x 3 = 6 Marks
5(a) State Lenzs law

OR
5(b) State Flemings left hand rule
6 (a) Define form factor

OR
6 (b) Define RMS value
PART-C
Answer two questions. Each question carries five marks 2x 5 = 10 Marks
7(a) State and explain the faradays law of electromagnetic induction
OR
7(b) Derive the formula foe energy stored in a magnetic field
8(a) Derive the expression for average value of sinusoidal wave
OR
8(b) The RMS value of voltage of an sinusoidal wave is 230 V. Determine the i) Peak factor ii) form
factor
84
State Board of Technical Education and Training,Telangana
DCME I Semester
Corse Code:18CM105C Duration:2 hours
Course Name: Basic Electrical & Electronics Engg. Max.Marks:40Marks
PART-A
Answer all questions 8x1 =8 Marks
1) Write the formula for current division in a 2 branch parallel circuit
2) Define permeability
3) Define intrinsic semi conductor
4) Write the formula for electrical energy
5) Define turn ratio
6) Draw the symbol for 5 Pin relay
7) Draw the symbol for an NPN transistor
8) State the capacity of a battery
PART-B
Answer four questions 4 x 3 = 12 Marks
9(a) State the laws of resistance

OR
9(b) Write the working principle of relay
10(a) Define coefficient of coupling

OR
10(b) state the working principle of PN junction diode
11(a) State any three applications of BLDC motors

OR
11(b) Mention the need for spike busters for protection of computer
12 (a) Write the application of PN junction diode

OR
12(b) State the types of batteries
PART-C
Answer four questions 4 x 5 = 20 Marks

13(a) State and explain kirchoff’s law
OR
13(b) Explain the working principle of transformer
14(a) Two inductors have self inductances of 3 mH and 4 mH and mutual inductance of 1
mH .determine the equivalent Inductance when the inductors are connected i) Series aiding
ii) Series opposing
85
OR
14(b) Explain with block diagram the working of ON line UPS
15(a) Explain the construction of transformer

OR
15(b) state the applications of i) stepper motor ii) spindle motor
16(a) Distinguish between P-type and N-type semi conductors

OR
16(b) Explain with block diagram the working of SMPS
BASIC ENGINEERING DRAWING
BASIC ENGINEERING
Course Title : Course Code 18CM106P
DRAWING
Semester I Course Group Practical
Teaching Scheme
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
in Hrs (L:T:P)
Total Contact
Methodology Lecture + Practical 45 Periods
Hours:
***This Course is Common to all Programs of Diploma in Engineering Offered by State Board
of Technical Education –Telangana State.
This Course is aimed at developing basic graphic skills to enable them to use these skills in
preparation of engineering drawings, their reading and interpretation.
Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn this course and requires basic knowledge of Mathematics.
Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE
R U A
Unit
Name of the Unit PART-A (2
No Periods PART-B (6
Marks Marks
Questions) Questions)
Importance of Engineering
Drawing and Instruments,
1, 2
Free hand lettering and 12 Q1 Q9(a)
&3
Numbering and Dimensioning
Practice
4 Geometric constructions (i.e. 06 Q2 Q9(b)

86
up to construction of Polygon)
Geometric constructions (i.e.

4 up to construction of general 06 Q3 Q10(a)
curves)
Projection of points, Lines,

5 06 Q4 Q10(b)
Planes
Q11(a), Q11(b),
6 Orthographic projections 15 Q5, Q6, Q7, Q8
Q12(a), Q12(b)
Total Periods / Total Questions 45 8 4
[ R: Remembering, U: Understanding – 2 Marks Questions ] [A: Application – 6 Marks

Questions]
Note: Question Paper consists PART – A and PART-B
PART – A consists 8 (Eight questions) and student have to answer ALL questions, each
question carries 2 marks. (8*2 = 16)
PART – B consists 4 questions (either or / (a) or (b)), student have to attempt FOUR
questions, each question carries 6 marks (4*6=24)
Course Outcomes (CO)
Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following
Course Outcomes (CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Acquire the knowledge on Importance of Engineering drawing and instruments.
CO2 Practice free hand Lettering in different styles.
CO3 Acquire the knowledge on different styles of dimensioning systems.
Appreciate the usage of engineering curves for tracing the paths and surface profile of
CO3
the machine components such as gear profile from involute and cycloid.
Realize the concept of projection and attain visualization projection of points, Lines and
CO3 Planes. The student will also be able to draw the views related to projection of Points,
Lines and Planes.
CO4 Realize the concept of orthographic projections and student will be able to draw
orthographic views of an object from its pictorial drawing.
87
Course Contents
NOTE
1. B.I.S Specification should invariably be followed in all the topics.
2. A-3 Size Drawing Sheets are to be used for all Drawing Practice Exercises.
1.0 The importance of Engineering Drawing and Engineering Instruments (Periods: 3)

Explanation of the scope and objectives of the subject of Engineering Drawing Its
importance as a graphic communication -Need for preparing drawing as per standards –
(SP-46 –1988) – Mention B.I.S - Role of drawing in -engineering education – Link
between Engineering drawing and other subjects of study.
Engineering drawing Instruments

Classifications: Basic Tools, tools for drawing straight lines, tools for curved lines, tools
for measuring distances and special tools like mini drafter & drafting machine –
Mentioning of names under each classification and their brief description -Scales:
Recommended scales reduced & enlarged -Lines: Types of lines, selection of line
thickness - Selection of Pencils -Sheet Sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, Layout of drawing
sheets in respect of A0, A1, A3 sizes, Sizes of the Title block and its contents, Care and
maintenance of Drawing Sheet,
Drawing plate: La out of sheet – as per SP-46-1988 to a suitable scale.
2.0 Free hand lettering & numbering (Periods: 3)

Importance of lettering – Types of lettering -Guide Lines for Lettering
Practicing of letters & numbers of given sizes (7mm, 10mm and 14mm)
Advantages of single stroke or simple style of lettering - Use of lettering stencils
3.0 Dimensioning practice (Periods: 6)

Purpose of engineering drawing, Need of B.I.S code in dimensioning -Shape description
of an Engineering object - Definition of dimensioning size description -Location of
features, surface finish, fully dimensioned Drawing -Notations or tools of dimensioning,
dimension line, extension line, leader line, arrows, symbols, number and notes, rules to be
observed in the use of above tools -Placing dimensions: Aligned system and
unidirectional system (SP-46-1988)-Arrangement of dimensions - Chain, parallel,
combined progressive and dimensioning by co-ordinate methods- Rules for dimensioning
standard - features: Circles (holes) arcs, angles, tapers, chamfers, and dimension of
narrow spaces.
4.0 Geometric Construction (Periods: 12)

Division of a line: to divide a straight line into given number of equal parts internally
examples in engineering application. Construction of tangent lines: to draw tangent lines
touching circles internally and externally.
Construction of tangent arcs
a) To draw tangent arc of given radius to touch two lines inclined at given angle
(acute, right and obtuse angles).
b) Tangent arc of given radius touching a circle or an arc and a given line.
c) Tangent arcs of radius ‘R’, touching two given circles internally and externally.
Construction of polygon: construction of any regular polygon of given side length using
general method.
88
Conical Curves: Explanation of Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola, as sections of a double
cone and a loci of a moving point, eccentricity of above curves – Their engineering
application viz. Projectiles, reflectors, P-V Diagram of a hyperbolic process.
Construction of any conic section of given eccentricity by general method.
Construction of ellipse by concentric circles method.
Construction of parabola by rectangle method.
Construction of rectangular hyperbola.
General Curves: Involute, Cycloid and Helix, explanations as locus of a moving point,
their engineering application, viz, Gear tooth profile, screw threads, springs etc. - their
construction
5.0 Projection of points, lines and planes (Periods: 6)

Projecting a point on two planes of projection -Projecting a point on three planes of
projection -Projection of straight line.
a) Parallel to both the planes.
b) Perpendicular to one of the planes.
c) Inclined to one plane and parallel to other planes.
Projection of regular planes.
a) Plane perpendicular to HP and parallel to VP and vice versa.
b) Plane perpendicular to HP and inclined to VP and vice versa.
6.0 Orthographic Projections (Periods: 15)

Meaning of orthographic projection -Using a viewing box and a model – Number of
views obtained on the six faces of the box - Legible sketches of 3 views for describing
object -Concept of front view, top view, and side view for sketching these views of
engineering objects - Explanation of first angle projection. – Positioning of three views in
First angle projection - Projection of points as a means of locating the corners of
the surfaces of an object – Use of miter line in drawing a third view when other two views
are given -Method of representing hidden lines -Selection of minimum number of views
to describe full object.
Reference Books
1. Engineering Drawing by Kapildev – (Asian Publisher)
2. Engineering Drawing by BasantAgarwal&C.M Agarwal - (McGraw-hill)
3. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt. (Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.)
4. A Textbook on Engineering Drawing by P. Kannaiah, K. L. Narayana, K. Venkata
Reddy
5. NPTEL Videos of Engineering Dwawing.
Suggested Specific Learning Outcomes

Upon completion of the subject, the student shall be able to -
1.0 Understand the basic concepts of engineering drawing
1.1 State the importance of drawing as an engineering communication medium
1.2 State the necessity of B.I.S. Code of practice for Engineering Drawing.
1.3 Explain the linkages between Engineering drawing and other subjects of study in
diploma course.
Use of Engineering Drawing Instruments
1. 4 select the correct instruments and draw lines of different orientation.
1.5 Select the correct instruments and draw small and large Circles.
1.6 Select the correct instruments for measuring distances on the drawing.
89
1.7 Use correct grade of pencil for different types of lines, thickness and given
function.
1.8 Select and use appropriate scales for a given application.
1.9 Identify different drawing sheet sizes as per I.S. and Standard Lay- outs.
1.10 Prepare Title block as per B.I.S. Specifications.
2.0 Write Free Hand Lettering and Numbers

2.1 Write titles using sloping lettering and numerals of 7mm, 10mm and 14mm height
2.2 Write titles using vertical lettering and numerals of 7mm, 10mm and 14mm height
2.3 Select suitable sizes of lettering for different layouts and applications
2.4 Practice the use of lettering stencils.
3.0 Understand Dimensioning Practice

3.1 Define “Dimensioning.
3.2 State the need of dimensioning of drawing according to accepted standard.
3.3 Identify notations of Dimensioning used in dimensioned drawing.
3.4 Identify the system of placement of dimensions in the given dimensioned drawing.
3.5 Dimension a given drawing using standard notations and desired system of
dimensioning.
3.6 Dimensioning standard features applying necessary rules.
3.7 Arrange dimensions in a desired method given in a drawing.
3.8 Identify the departures if any made in the given dimensioned drawing with
reference to SP-46-1988, and dimension the same correctly.
4.0 Apply Principles of Geometric Constructions

4.1 Divide a given line into desired number of equal parts internally.
4.2 Draw tangent lines and arcs.
4.3 Use General method to construct any polygon.
4.4 Explain the importance of conics.
4.5 Construct conics (ellipse, parabola and hyperbola) by general method.
4.6 Construct ellipse by concentric circles method.
4.7 Construct parabola by rectangle method.
4.8 Construct rectangular hyperbola from the given data.
4.9 Construct involute from the given data.
4.10 Construct cycloid and helix from the given data.
4.11 State the applications of the above constructions in engineering practice.
5.0 Apply Principles of Projection of points, lines and planes

5.1 Visualize the objects
5.2 Explain the I-angle and III-angle projections
5.3 Practice the I-angle projections
5.4 Draw the projection of a point with respect to reference planes (HP&VP)
5.5 Draw the projections of straight lines with respect to two reference
Planes (up to lines parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane)
5.6 Draw the projections of planes (up to planes perpendicular to one plane and
inclined to other plane)
6.0 Apply principles of orthographic projection

6.1 Explain the principles of orthographic projection with simple sketches.
6.2 Draw the orthographic view of an object from its pictorial drawing.
6.3 Draw the minimum number of views needed to represent complete engineering
component.
90
CIE Question Paper Pattern and Syllabus
Unit R U A
Unit Name
No
6 Marks
2 Marks Questions
Questions
Mid Semester - I Examination
Free hand lettering,

1, 2,
Numbering & Dimensioning Q1, Q2 Q5 (a), Q5(b),
3
Practice

4 Q3, Q4 Q6(a), Q6(b)
up to construction of Polygon)
Total 4 2
Mid Semester - II Examination

4 up to construction of general Q1, Q2 Q5 (a), Q5(b),
curves)
Projection of points, Lines,

5 Q3, Q4 Q6(a), Q6(b)
Planes
Total 4 2
[R: Remembering, U: Understanding – 2 Marks Questions ] [A: Applying – 6 Marks

Questions]
CIE Question Paper Pattern:
Maximum Marks: 20, Time: 1 Hour
Part A:
Consists 4 Short questions, students have to attempt 4 questions and each question carries 2
Marks.(4 X 2 = 08 Marks)
91
Part B:
Consists 2 (Either or type) Essay type questions, students have to attempt 2 questions and
each question carries 06 Marks.(2 X 6 = 12 Marks)
Linked Program
Cognizant Objectives
Course Outcome
Level
(PO)
Acquire the knowledge on Importance of

CO1 R 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
Engineering drawing and instruments.
CO2 Practice free hand Lettering in different styles. R/U 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
Acquire the knowledge on different styles of

CO3 R/U 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
dimensioning systems.
Appreciate the usage of engineering curves for

tracing the paths and surface profile of the
CO3 R/U/A 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
machine components such as gear profile from
involute and cycloid.
Realize the concept of projection and attain

visualization projection of points, Lines and
CO3 Planes. The student will also be able to draw the R/U/A 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
views related to projection of Points, Lines and
Planes.
Realize the concept of orthographic projections

CO4 and student will be able to draw orthographic R/U/A 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10
views of an object from its pictorial drawing.

Course Program Outcomes (PO)
Name
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Basic
Engineering 3 3 3 2 -- -- -- -- 3 3
Drawing
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed

92
MID SEMESTER – I MODEL PAPER
18CM106P
I SEMESTER
MID SEMESTER - I EXAMINATION
Time: 1 Hour] [Total Marks: 20
___________________________________________________________________________
PART-A
04X02=08
Instructions : 1. Answer ALL questions.

2. Each question carries TWO marks.
1. Write freehand the following, using single stroke vertical CAPITAL letters:
BE A LEADER NOT A FOLLOWER (h = 10)
2. Represent the following Figure in Chain Dimensioning Method.
3. To divide a straight line of 90mm into 5 equal parts.

4. Bisect a given angle of 65 Degrees.
PART-B
02X06=12
Instructions : 1. Answer any TWO questions.
2. Each question carries SIX marks.
5. (a)Redraw the following Figure with Correct Dimensioning Rules.

93
(or)
5. (b) Represent the following Figure in a) parallel and b) Uni-directional system.
6. (a) Draw an arc of given radius 30 mm touching two straight lines at right angles to each
other.
(or)
6. (b) Draw a tangent to a circle from a point P at 50 mm distance on the circle of Radius 30
mm.
94
MID SEMESTER – II MODEL PAPER
18CM106P
I SEMESTER
MID SEMESTER - II EXAMINATION
___________________________________________________________________________
PART-A
04X02=08

1. Draw an arc of given radius 30 mm touching two straight lines at right angles to each
other.
2. Draw a tangent to a circle from a point P at 50 mm distance on the circle of Radius 30
mm.
3. Draw the projections of a point A lying on VP and 70 mm above HP.
4. A line of 30 mm long is parallel to both the planes. The line is 40 mm above HP and
20 mm in front of VP. Draw its projection.
PART-B
02X06=12
5. (a) Draw a parabola with the distance of the focus from the directrix at 50 mm using
Eccentricity method also draw a normal and tangent through a point 40 mm from the
directrix.
or
5. (b) Draw a cycloid, given the radius 30 mm of the generating circle.
6. (a) Draw the projections ofstraight line AB 60 mm long parallel to HP and inclinedat
an angle of 400 to VP. The end A is 30 mm above HP. and 20 mm in front of VP.
or
6. (b) Rectangle 30mm and 50mm sides is resting on HP on one small side which is 300
inclined to VP, while the surface of the plane makes 450 inclination with HP. Draw
it’s projections.
95
18CM106P
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, (C–18)
Time: 2hours] [Total Marks:40
Important Note: Wherever any question has choice, marks will be allotted only to first
attempted question. No marks will be allotted for extra questions answered.
PART-A
08X02=16
3. All the dimensions are in mm.
1. Write freehand the following, using single stroke vertical CAPITAL letters:
BE A LEADER NOT A FOLLOWER (h = 10)
2. Bisect a given angle of 450.
3. Inscribe a hexagon in a given circle of Radius 60 mm.
4. Draw the projections of a point A lying on VP and 70 mm above HP.
5. Draw the top view of the cone resting base on the ground with base diameter 50mm
height 60mm.
6. Draw the top view with the given front and right side views of the componenet shown
in Figure (1) assuming suitable dimentions.
Right Side View Front View
Figure (1)
7. Draw the front view of the block shown in Figure (2)
8. Draw the front view of the block shown in Figure (3)
Figure (2) Figure (3)
96
PART-B
04X06=24
Instructions : 1. Answer any FOUR questions.
9. (a) Draw the below Figure (4) with correct dimensioning principles.
Figure (4)
(or)
9. (b) Circumscribe a hexagon on a given circle of radius R is 30mm.
10. (a) Draw a parabola with the distance of the focus from the directrix at 50 mm using
eccentricity method and draw a normal and tangent through a point 40 mm from the
directrix.
(or)
10. (b) A line AB 40 mm long is parallel to V.P. and inclined at 30 0 to H.P. The end A is 15
mm above H.P and 20 mm in front of V.P. Draw the projections of the line and find its
traces.
11. (a) Draw the front view of the component shown in Figure (5).
Figure (5). Figure (6).

(or)
11. (b) Draw the Top View from the component as shown in Figure (6).
12. (a) Draw the Top View of component shown in Figure (7)
97
(or)
12. (b) Develop the Top View from the Front and Right side views as shown in Figure (8)
assuming suitable dimensions.
98
Basic Computer Aided Drafting
Course Title : Basic Computer Aided Drafting Course Code 18CM107P
Teaching Scheme in
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact periods 45 Periods
Pre requisites
This course requires the Basic Computer Skills and Practice concepts of engineering drawing
Course Outcomes
CO1 Importance and advantages of CAD. Set drawing area and draw geometric shapes and
modify as per requirement
CO2 Add text with required font and size and also dimension by various methods
CO3 Generate isometric model and draw circle on three iso planes
CO4 Create 2D drawings with front, side view with all above features
UNIT -1 Duration: 15 periods
1.1 The Computer Aided Drafting and its software

Course Content
Definition of Computer Aided Drafting, the Advantages and importance of CAD software LIKE
Auto CAD, Intelli Cad, ProG CAD etc., the features of Graphic Work station, CAD Environment:
Screen, Various tool bars and menus.
1.2 Selection of commands

Commands using toolbars, menus, command bar. Repeating a command, Nesting a command and
modifying a command.Use of prompt history window and scripts, mouse shortcuts.Creating the
drawing.Opening existing and, saving of drawing, setting up a drawing. Setting and changing the
grid and snapping alignment, and the Entity snaps.
1.3 Use of viewing tools of CAD & Use of coordinate systems of the drawing
Use of mouse, Scroll bar to move around within drawing, changing of magnification of drawing.
Displaying of multiple views, the use of controlling visual elements like Line weight.
Two dimensional coordinates such as Absolute, Cartesian, Relative Cartesian and Polar coordinates
and direct method of drawing line.
99
1.4 Creating simple and complex entities
Drawing of lines, circles, arcs, ellipses, elliptical arcs, rays and infinite lines, rectangles, polygons,
1.5 Use the Modifying tools to modify the properties of entities
Entity selection and de selection methods, the Deletion of entities.Copying of entities within a
drawing, between drawings, parallel copies, Mirroring entities and arraying entities.The
Rearranging of entities by Moving, Rotating and Reordering.The Resizing of entities by Stretching,
Scaling, Extending, Trimming, and editing the length.The Braking and joining of entities. Editing
of polylines: The Exploding of entities, the Chamfering and Filleting of entities
2.1 Creating complex entities

Drawing of shapes like polylines, Splines, donuts, and adding of hatch pattern
2.2 Use the drawing information retrieving tools Measure, Divide, Calculate and Display
Creating and editing of point entities. Dividing the entities in to segments. Calculation of areas of
defined by points, closed entities, and combined entities, calculate the distance and angle between
the entities. Displaying the information about the entities and drawing status.
2.3 Use the Text tool to create and formatting the various types of text Fonts and its styles
The creating, naming and modifying the text fonts, the Creation of line text, paragraph text, setting
of line text style and its alignment.The Setting of Paragraph text style and its alignment, and
modifying the text.
2.4 Use Dimensioning concepts to create, Edit ,Control dimension styles & variables and Adding
geometric tolerances
The creating of linear, Angular, Diametral, Radial, Ordinate dimensions. The creating leaders and
annotations, making dimensions oblique, Editing the dimension text, controlling of dimension
arrows and format. The Controlling of line settings and dimension text, the Controlling of
dimension units, and dimension tolerance.
2.5 Isometric Views

Setting of isometric grid – change of iso planes, drawing straight line and circle
Create Isometric views of simple objects
Practice of 2D Drawings consisting of different line types, line weights, hatch, dimensioning and Text
Using
Specific appropriate
Learning commands creation of 2D drawings of standard components
Outcomes
1 Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to Understand about the Computer
Aided Drafting and its software
1.1 Define Computer Aided Drafting
1.2 List the Advantages of CAD and also various CAD software’s
1.3 Explain the importance of CAD software
1.4 Explain the features of Graphic Work station
1.5 Explain CAD Screen, Various tool bars and menus
1.6 Explain the benefits of Templates
100
2 Use appropriate selection commands
2.1. Practice commands using toolbars, menus, command bar
2.2. Practice repeating a command, Nesting a command and modifying a command
2.3. Use prompt history window and scripts
2.4. Practice mouse shortcuts
2.5. Practice the Creating the drawing, saving the drawing with .drawing extension and Opening
Existing drawing
2.6. Practice the setting up a drawing with drawing limits and drawing units.
2.7. Practice the setting and changing the grid and snapping alignment
2.8. Practice the Entity snaps
3 Use viewing tools of CAD & Use coordinate systems of the drawing
3.1. Practice the use of Scroll bar, pan command and rotating view to move around within
drawing
3.2. Practice the changing of magnification of drawing
3.3. Practice how the coordinate system work and it is displayed
3.4 Practice the Find tool to determine the coordinates of a point
3.5. Practice the Two dimensional coordinates such as Absolute Cartesian, Relative Cartesian,
Polar coordinates and direct method to draw a line.
3.6. Explain importance and use of Osnap/ Esnap points.
3.7. Practice to draw with other drawing commands like circle, polygon and other.
4 Create the simple and complex entities

4.1. Draw the lines, circles, arcs, ellipses, elliptical arcs, rays and infinite lines and shapes like
Rectangles, Polygons, Polylines, Splines, donuts
4.2. Practice the adding of hatch with required pattern and adjusting line angle and line space.
5 Use the modifying tools to modify the properties of entities

5.1. Practice the various methods of entity selection like window, cross window, fence, last and
previous methods and deselection method
5.2. Practice the Deletion, breaking and trimming of entities
5.3. Practice the Copying of entities within a drawing, between drawings
5.4. Practice the Chamfering and Filleting of entities
5.5. Practice the making of parallel copies, Mirroring entities and Arraying entities
5.6. Practice the Rearranging of entities by Moving, Rotating and Reordering
5.7. Practice the Resizing of entities by Stretching, Scaling, and Extending.
5.8. Practice the Editing of polylines: Opening, Closing, Curving, Decurving, Joining, Changing
width and editing vertices
5.9. Practice the Exploding of entities
6. Use the drawing information retrieving tools Measure, Divide, Calculate, Display, and
Track
6.1. Divide the entities in to required number of segments
6.2. Calculate the areas defined by points, of closed entities, and combined entities
6.3. Calculate the distance between the entities
6.4. Calculate the angle between the entities
6.5. Display the information about the entities and drawing status
6.6. Track time spent working on a drawing
7. Use the Text tool to create and formatting the various types of text fonts and its styles
101
7.1. Practice the creating, naming and modifying the text fonts
7.2. Practice the Creation of line text, paragraph text
7.3. Practice the Setting of line text style and its alignment
7.4. Practice the Setting of Paragraph text style and its alignment
7.5. Practice the Changing of line text and Paragraph text
7.6. Practice the use of alternate text editor
8 Use Dimensioning concepts to create dimensions, Edit dimensions,Control dimension styles

& variables and Adding geometric tolerances
8.1. Practice the creating of linear, Angular, Diametral, Radial, Ordinate dimensions
8.2. Practice the creating leaders and annotations
8.3. Practice the making dimensions oblique,
8.4. Edit the dimension text
8.5. Practice the Controlling of dimension properties like arrow types, size, dim line adjustment,
dim offset, text size: primary and secondary units and format
8.6. Practice the Controlling of dimension units, and dimension tolerance
9 Create 2D Drawings
Create 2D drawings of standard mechanical components
Recommended Books
1. Auto cad by George Omura
2. 4MCAD User Guide- IntelliCAD Technology Consortium
Key competence to be achieved by students / Suggested Learning Outcomes

S.No Experiment Title Key components
 Open / close AutoCAD program

1 Introduction to CAD
 Understands AutoCAD Graphic User
 Interface(GUI) and various toolbars
2 Selecting commands &  Use prompt history window and scripts
Working withdrawing  Practice the setting up a drawing
 Practice the Entity
 Use Scroll bar, pan command, and rotating view
to move around within drawing
a) Viewing drawing
 Control visual elements like Fill, Text, Blips and
 Line weight
3
 Use Two dimensional coordinates and Three
 dimensional coordinates
b) Working with coordinates
 Use right-hand rule
 Use filters in two and three dimensions
 Define user coordinate system
Creating simple and complex  Draw the simple shapes like lines, circles, arcs
4
entities and complex shapes like polygons, planes etc.,
 Practice adding of hatch pattern
 Measure the intervals and distance between
Entities.
5 Getting Drawing information
 Divide the entities in to segments
 Calculate the areas defined by points, of closed
entities, and Combined entities
102
 Calculate the areas defined by points, of closed
entities, and Combined entities
Use the Text tool to create various
6  Use filters in two and three dimensions
types of text fonts and its styles
 Draw the simple shapes like lines, circles, arcs
and complex shapes like polygons, planes etc.,
 Practice the adding of hatch pattern
 Practice the Controlling of dimension properties like

arrow types, size, dim line adjustment, dim offset, text
7 Dimensioning drawing
size , primary and secondary units and format
 Practice the Controlling of dimension units, and
dimension tolerance
8 Isometric Views Use Iso snap command to create Isometric views
9 2D Drawings Use proper 2D commands to create 2D drawings
Teaching
Course Outcomes CL Linked PO
Hours
Importance and advantages of CAD. Set drawing area and 15

CO1 U/A 1,2,3,9,10
draw geometric shapes and modify as per requirement
Add text with required font and size and also dimension by 9
CO2 U/A 1,2,3,9,10
various methods
Generate isometric model and draw circle on three iso 6

CO3 U/A 1,2,3,9,10
planes
Create 2D drawings with front, side view with all above 15

CO4 A 1,2,3,10
features
103
MID SEM-I EXAM
S.No Unit Name R A Remarks
1 Unit-I 1, 2,3,4 5,6
Total Questions 4 2
MID SEM –II EXAM
S.No Unit Name R A Remarks

1 Unit-II 1, 2,3,4 5,6
Total Questions 4 2

SN Unit name
R,U (Q No’s) A (Q No’s)
1 Unit-1 1,2
Unit-2 3,4
Unit-3 5,6
104
18CM107P- Basic CAD LAB PRACTISE
MODEL PAPER FOR MID -1 (CIE)
TIME: 1hr Marks: 20M
PART-A
NOTE: Answer all questions 4 X 2 = 8marks
1. Draw a rectangle of 80x30mm by using any CAD software.
2. Draw an equilateral triangle of 50mm side by using any CAD software.
3. Draw a pentagon by circumscribe method for a radius of 60mm by using any CAD software.
4. Draw an ellipse of major and minor axis of 60 & 25mm respectively by using any CAD
software.
PART-B
NOTE: Answer any one questions 1 X 12 = 12marks
5. Draw the following using any CAD software without dimensioning.
105
6. Draw the following using any CAD software without dimensioning.
106
18CM107P- CAD LAB PRACTISE
PART-A
1. Write text ”CAD Lab” with Calibri font style and font size 10 by using any CAD software.
2. Draw a line of 10mm and divide it into four equal parts by modifying the point style to x
shape.
3. Add continuous dimensions to divided line drawn in Q no. 2 .
4. Draw a pentagon of side 60mm and calculate its area by using any CAD software.
PART-B
5. Draw the following using any CAD software and add dimensioning.
107
108
18CM107P- Basic CAD LAB PRACTICE
MODEL PAPER FOR SEE
PART-A
1. Draw the following fig by using any CAD software, change the line type and add dimensions.
Also list the commands used in sequence.
2. Draw the following arrow mark by using any CAD software, and add complete dimensions.
Also list the commands used in sequence.
.
3. Redraw the following figure and add dimensions as shown in figure.
4. Draw isometric view of acube of 100mm side by using any CAD software.
109
PART-B
NOTE: Answer any one question 1 X 24 = 24marks
5. (a) Draw the following using any CAD software and add dimensioning. 15+5+4 marks
(b) List the commands in sequence and also write the procedure
(c) Add title box containing Student PIN, name and college name
110
6. (a) Draw the following using any CAD software and add dimensioning. 15+5+4 marks
(c) Add title box containing Student PIN, name and college name
111
Basic Electrical &Electronics Engineering Lab practice
Course Title : Basic Electrical Course Code 18CM108P
&Electronics Engineering
lab Practice
Teaching Scheme in 15:0:30 Credits 1.5

Periods(L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact

Periods : 45 Periods
Pre requisites
This course requires the basic skills of Handling Domestic tools
Course outcomes
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching

Hours
CO1 Identify the significance of Safety Hazards and preventive methods, R/U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 6
and apply them for safe and efficient Laboratory practice.
CO2 Identify of different wires, cables and apply them for simple House R/U/A 1,2,3,4 15
wiring applications
CO3 Apply the use of basic Electronic measuring Instruments R/U/A 1,2,3 9
CO4 Design simple circuit using Electronic components A 1,2,3,10 15
TOTAL 45
Course Contents
Identification of different wires cables and House wiring
1. Identify conductors insulating materials semiconductors and magnetic materials

2. Identify different wires and cables
3. Practice wire joints
4. Practice Termination of wires
5. Identify the Electrical accessories and their terminals
6. Identify the mains supply Phase ,Neutral ,Ground By observation and testing
112
7. Verify the difference between AC and DC by Experimenting with 12 V battery &Transformer
8. Identify and Draw the electrical symbols of the corresponding component /item
9. Make simple switch connections using low voltage transformer and 12V lamp
10. Make either of two lamps glow by two way switch
Electronic components
11. Identify and work with Resistors

12. Measure DC Voltage and DC current using Voltmeter , ammeter & DMM
13. Verify Ohms Law and kirchoff’s laws
14. Measure unknown Resistance using Voltmeter and DRB
15. A) Verify the laws of Resistance using a nichrome wire and Multimeter
B) Verify the effect of temperature
16. A.) Verify voltage and current relationship in series and parallel resistive circuits.
B) Connect Resistors in series and parallel combination to get the required value and Verify with
DMM
113
Basic Science Lab Practice (Physics Lab + Chemistry Lab)
Course Title Basic Science Lab Course Code 18CM109P

Practice (Physics Lab +
Chemistry Lab)

Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact Periods 45 Periods
Physics Lab – 109P(A)
Pre requisites: Knowledge of basic concepts of High School Science, Basic Mathematics
Course objectives: To provide practical knowledge about the basics of Physics instrumentation
and calculations/measurements.
Lecture and Demonstration: 15 Periods
1. Introduction to Physics practical and its importance, safety precautions in maintenance of

equipment in the laboratory.
2. Maintenance of apparatus and equipment.
3. Following Do’s and Don’ts.
4. Maintenance of data in manual and record book.
5. Write the procedure of the experiment before the commencement of each experiment.
6. Strictly following of instructions given from time to time by the lecturer-in-charge.
7. Demonstration of each experiment by the lecturer in charge.
Conduct of an experiment: 30 Periods
Course outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will have ability to:
1. Use Vernier caliper to determine the volumes of objects like cylinder and sphere.
2: use Screw gauge to determine thickness /diameter of small objects like glass plate and wire.
3: prove Boyle’s law employing Quill tube.
4: determine the viscosity of liquid using capillary method.
5: verify the parallelogram law and triangle law of forces.
References:
1. Basic Applied Physics – R.K. Gaur

114
2. Laboratory manual for class XI and XII - NCERT
PHYSICS PRACTICALS
List of experiments
Semester I
1. Vernier calliper - determine the volumes of a cylinder and sphere.

2. Screw gauge - determine thickness of a glass plate and cross section of a wire.
3. Boyle’s law - verification using Quill tube.
4. Coefficient of viscosity of liquid - using capillary method.
5. Parallelogram law and Triangle law of forces – verification.
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures, class room interaction, group discussions, graded exercises,
demonstration and practice.
Conduction of experiments: 2 periods/Experiment.
Student must perform experiment individually under the supervision of the lecturer-in charge.
On successful completion of the course, the student will have the ability to attain below Course outcomes
(CO):
Course Outcomes CL Linked Teaching

POs Periods
CO 1 Hands on practice on Vernier Caliper U/A 1,2,3,8,9 L:P::1:2
CO 2 Hands on practice on Screw gauge U/A 1,2,3,8,9 L:P::1:2
CO 3 Boyle’s law verification U/A 1,2,3,8,9 L:P::1:2
CO 4 Coefficient of Viscosity by capillary method U/A 1,2,3,8,9 L:P::1:2
CO 5 Verification of Parallelogram law of forces U/A 1,2,3,8,9

and Triangle law of forces L:P::1:2
CO 6 Relate the answers to the oral questions
Cognitive levels (CL): U=Understand, A=Application
115
Specific learning outcomes:
Name of the Experiment

Competencies Key competencies
1. Hands on practice on Vernier  Find the Least count  Read the scales
 Fix the specimen in position  Calculate the volume
Calipers – Cylinder and sphere  Read the scales of given object
 Calculate the volume of given
object
2. Hands on practice on Screw  Find the Least count  Read the scales
gauge – Wire and glass plate  Fix the specimen in position  Calculate thickness of
 Read the scales given glass plate
 Calculate thickness of glass plate  Calculate cross section
and cross section of wire
of wire
3. Boyle’s law verification – Quill  Find the length of air
tube  Note the atmospheric pressure column
 Fix the quill tube to retort stand  Find the pressure of
 Find the length of air column enclosed air
 Find the pressure of enclosed air  Find the value P x l
 Find and compare the calculated
value P x l
4. Coefficient of viscosity by  Find the least count of vernier  Find the pressure head
capillary  Fix the capillary tube to aspiratory  Calculate rate of
bottle volume of liquid
Method - water  Find the mass of collected water collected
 Find the pressure head
 Find the radius of
 Calculate rate of volume of liquid
collected capillary tube
 Find the radius of capillary tube  Calculate the
 Calculate the viscosity of water viscosity of water
using capillary method
5. Verification of Parallelogram  Fix suitable weights  Find the angle at

law of forces and Triangle law of  Note the positions of threads on equilibrium point
forces drawing sheet  Constructing
 Find the angle at equilibrium point parallelogram
 Construct parallelogram
 Compare the measured diagonal  Construct triangle
 Construct triangle  Compare the ratios of
 Find the length of sides force and length
 Compare the ratios
116
EXAMINATION & EXPERIMENTS
S.NO EXAMINATION EXPERIMENTS
1 MIDSEM-I EXPERIMENT NO 1 & 2
2 MIDSEM-II EXPERIMENT NO 3 & 4
3 SEMESTER END EXAMINATION EXPERIMENT NO 1,2,3,4 and 5
Scheme of Valuation of SEE
S.No Particulars Marks
1. Objective/Aim 01
2. Apparatus/Equipment 02
3. Observations 02
4. Principle including formula 02
5. Experiment (Tabular form, readings, etc) 05
6. Calculation and Result 05
7. Viva Voce 03
Total 20
Chemistry Lab - 109P(B)

Prerequisite:
Knowledge of basic concepts of chemistry of secondary education.
Course Objectives:
To provide practical knowledge about the basics of preparation of chemical solutions and volumetric
analysis of chemical compounds.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will have ability to attain CO:

117
Periods
CO1 Prepare the standard U/A 1,2,3,8 L:P ::1:2

solution.
CO2 Estimate the amount of the U/A 1,2,3,8 L:P ::1:2

chemical substance in the
given sample of
solutions(HCl, NaOH&
H2SO4).
CO3 Determination of hardness U/A 1,2,3,8 L:P ::1:2

of water in the given
sample.
CO4 Relate the answers to the U/A

oral questions
U = Understand, A = Application
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, group discussion,
demonstration and practicals.
Conduction of experiments: Lecture 1 period + Experiment 2 periods.
Student must conduct experiment individually under the supervision of the staff-in-charge.

1. Introduction of chemistry practical and its importance, safety precautions in maintenance of
cleanliness and orderliness of chemicals in the laboratory.
3. Follow of DO’s and Don’ts.
4. Maintenance of data in record book.
6. Strict following of instructions given from time to time by the staff-in- charge.
7. Demonstration of each experiment by the staff in charge.
Course content
Volumetric Analysis: 30 Periods
Volumetric analysis by Titrimetric Method:-
Volumetric Analysis -Titration – Standard Solutions- Concentration of solutions-

Indicators- acid base indicators- selection of indicators-endpoint of titration-Neutralization.
List of experiments:
1. Preparation of 0.05M sodium carbonate solution.
2. Estimation of hydrochloric acid present in 250 ml of solution by using
Standard sodium carbonate solution.
3. Estimation of sodium hydroxide present in 250ml of solution by using standard hydrochloric acid
solution.
4. Estimation of sulphuric acid present in 250ml of solution by using standard sodium hydroxide
solution.
118
5. Determination of total hardness of water sample by 0.02N EDTA solution.

1. Prepare standard sodium carbonate solution.
2. Estimate hydrochloric acid present given volume of solution by using
standard sodium carbonate solution.
3. Estimate sodium hydroxide present in the given volume of solution by using standard
hydrochloric acid solution.
4. Estimate sulphuric acid present in the given volume of solution by using standard sodium
hydroxide solution.
5. Determine the total hardness of water sample by using 0.02N EDTA solution.
Reference Books:
1. Vogel’s Inorganic Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.

2. Practical chemistry by O.P.Pande& others.
3. Qualitative and quantitative analysis by Alex.
Scheme of Valuation for MID I & II and SEE
Sl. No. Particulars Marks
1 Identification of apparatus/equipment/chemical 2
compounds/tools/etc.
2 Writing Procedure 5
3 Conducting of experiment 4
4 Observation and Results 6
5 Viva-voice 3
Total 20
18CM109P
119
MIDSEM – I
BASIC SCIENCE LAB PRACTICE
Instructions: (1) Answer both PART-A AND PART-B on separate answer sheets.
(2) Each question carries TEN marks.
PART-A (PHYSICS LAB)
Perform ONE experiment allotted by the examiner. 1 x 10 = 10
1. Find the volume of given sphere using Vernier caliper.

2. Find the volume of given cylinder using Vernier caliper.
3. Determine the thickness of given glass plate using Screw gauge.
4. Find the cross sectional area of given wire using Screw gauge.
PART-B (CHEMISTRY LAB)
5. Prepare 250 ml of 0.05M sodium carbonate solution.

6. Estimate the amount of hydrochloric acid present in 500 ml of the given solution using 0.02M
sodium carbonate solution.
18CM109P

120
MIDSEM – II
1. Verify Boyle’s law using Quill tube.

2. Determine coefficient of viscosity of water using capillary method.
3. Estimate the amount of NaOH present in 500 ml solution using 0.02M HCl solution
4. Find the Molarity and estimate the amount of Sulphuric acid present in 250 ml solution using
0.01M NaOH solution.
18CM109P
121
MODEL PAPER
COMMON – I SEMESTER END EXAMINATION

(2) Each question carries TWENTY marks.
1. Find the volume of given sphere using Vernier caliper.

2. Find the volume of given cylinder using Vernier caliper.
3. Determine the thickness of given glass plate using Screw gauge.
4. Find the cross sectional area of given wire using Screw gauge.
5. Verify Boyle’s law using Quill tube.
6. Determine coefficient of viscosity of water using capillary method.
7. Verify parallelogram law of forces.
8. Verify triangle law of forces.
9. Prepare 250 ml of 0.05M sodium carbonate solution.

12. Find the Molarity and estimate the amount of NaOH present in 100 ml of the given solution using
0.01M HCl solution.
13. Estimate the amount of Sulphuric acid present in a litre of solution using 0.01M NaOH solution.
14. Determine the total hardness of the given water sample using 0.02N EDTA solution
COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS LAB PRACTICE

122
Course Title : COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS LAB Course Code : 18CM110P
PRACTICE
Course Group : Practical
Semester :I
Credits :3
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) :15:0:30
Total Contact Hours : 45 Periods
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical
SEE : 40 Marks
CIE : 60 Marks
Prerequisites
Knowledge of English comprehension, Basic Computer operation and IO devices.
Course Outcome
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hours
CO1 Identify hardware and software components and work R,U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 5
with DOS OS
CO2 Operate the computer system with Windows OS R,U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
CO3 Access the internet R,U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 5
CO4 Draft the documents using word processing R,U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 20

software
Total Sessions 45
Legends: R = Remember U= Understand; A= Apply and above levels (Bloom’s revised taxonomy)
Course Contents
COMPUTER BASICS
1. Identify the various components of a Computer system

2. Differentiate between hardware and software
3. State the configuration of a computer system
4. Practice on DOS Internal and External commands.
5. Create and use Batch Files.
6. Know the usage of Editors.
WINDOWS Operating System
7. Exercise on creation of text Files using Notepad, WordPad

8. Exercise on creation of .jpeg, .bmp files using MS Paint
9. Exercise how to use calculator
10. Exercise on creation of folders and organizing files in different folders
11. Exercise on use of Recycle Bin, My Computer and My Documents
12. Exercise on creation of shortcut to files and folders (in other folders) on Desktop
13. Exercise on arranging of icons – name wise, size, type, Modified
14. Exercise on searching, accessing and organizing files / folders
15. Change resolution, colour, appearance, screen server options of Display, date and time
123
INTERNET
16. Importance of web browser software
17. Structure of URL
18. Create an E-mail account
19. Send & Receive an E-mail
20. Browse the Internet using various search engines
WORD Processing Software
21. Open MS-word and Identify the components on the screen

22. Create a document using MS-word and save it.
23. Create a table using MS-Word and save it.
24. Apply formulas in table & sort the table
25. Convert text into table & table into text.
26. Insertion of new rows and columns in the existing table and changing background colour in Table
27. Merge and split cells in a Table
28. Change the font of a text
29. Exercise with Headers and Footers, paragraph tool bar
30. Insert objects into the document like pictures, shapes, charts, and word-art.
31. Printing a document , page setting, different views of a document
32. Import & export files to & from Word.
33. Create a letter and send to multiple users using mail merge tool of MS-word
34. Create a Simple Newsletter with minimum three columns. Insert a Clip Art in the Newsletter.
35. Create a Resume for a Job Application.
36. Create the Cover Page of a Project Report (use Word Art, insert Picture Image).
37. Prepare the class time table of your class.
Resources:
1. Computer Fundamentals Concepts, Systems, Application, D.P.Nagapal, S.Chand
Publication, RP-2014, ISBN: 81-219-2388-3
2. http://www.tutorialsforopenoffice.org/
3. http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documentation/
Software Tool
Any open source tool or equivalent proprietary tools
Composition of Educational Components:
Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No. Bloom’s Category %

1 Remembrance 20
2 Understanding 20
3 Application 60
Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

(Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level)
Course Outcome Experiment Linked Linked PO CL Lab

124
Sessions
CO1 Identify hardware and software 1,2,3,4,5,6 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 R, U, A 5

components and work with DOS
OS
CO2 Operate the computer system 7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 R, U, A 15
with Windows OS
14,15
CO3 Access the internet 16,17,18,19,20 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 R,U, A 5
CO4 Draft the documents using word 21,22,23,24,25,26, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 U, A 20

processing
27,28,29,30,31,32,
software
33,34,35,36,37
U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application
Student Activity
1. Observe newspaper pattern of printing.
2. Submit a report of one page
3. Collection of data
Internal Assessment
Activity Marks
Writing the experiment, record evaluation 30
Execution of the given experiment 20
Viva-voce 10
Total 60
Model Question Bank
1. Identify Physical components of a Computer System.

2. Demonstrate Internal and External DOS Commands and differentiate between them.
3. Create and Rename the file using DOS Commands.
4. Create a directory and copy a file inside the directory using DOS Commands.
5. Demonstrate the basic formatting features in Text Editors.
6. Create two file in a folder and place the shortcut of these files on the desktop.
7. Demonstrate how search engine may be used in browsing Internet.
8. Create an E-mail account
9. Create and Send an E-mail with a picture attachment.
10. Demonstrate how documents can be downloaded using Internet.
11. Using Word Processor Application create a Simple Newsletter with minimum of three
columns. Insert a Clip art in the newsletter.
12. Using Word Processor Application create a Resume for a Job application.
13. Using Word Processor Application create the cover page of a Project Report (use
Word Art, insert Picture Image).
14. Prepare the class time table for your class using Word Processor Application.
SKILL Upgradation-I
125
Course Title : Skill Upgradation-I Course Code : : -
Semester : I Course Group : -
Teaching Scheme in periods : 0:0:7 Credits : 2.5
( L :T:P) :P)
Methodology : Activities Total Contact Periods : 105
Periods
CIE : Rubrics SEE : Nil
Rationale: This course is introduced for all semesters with a purpose of providing outside
classroom experiences that lead to overall development of the students. One whole day is
allocated for activities.
Course Objective
1. To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.
2. To instill Moral, Social Values and Loyalty.
3. Create awareness about social responsibilities of Engineers
4. To improve Communication and Participation skills
Activity
Periods Frequency
No Activity
Haritha Haram(plantation &Maintenance) 9 3 times in a
1
semester
Waste management 12 3 times in a
2
semester
Swachh Bharat 28 4 times in a
3
semester
Mini projects 7 1 time in a
4
semester
Video Clips 9 3 times in a
5
semester
Seminar/Quiz/Presentation/Group discussion 18 6 times in a
6
semester
7 Local Visits (also within the campus) 6
2 times
Expert Lectures
 Human Values 16
8 4 Times
 Anti-ragging Laws
 Responsibilities of a good citizen
105
Total Periods
Note: in case Expert faculty are not available English faculty should handle the expert lectures or Video
clips on the suggested lectures may be played
Course Outcomes
CO Outcome CO/PO
126
Mapping
CO1 Practice the moral values that ought to guide the Engineering 1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
profession.
CO2 Develop the set of justified moral principles of obligation, 8,10
ideals that ought to be endorsed by the engineers and apply
them in real life situations
CO3 Create awareness of saving environment through activities 3,4,5,8,9
CO4 Create awareness of Constitution of india 1,4,7,8,9,10
COURSE CONTENT:
Professional Ethics-Objectives of study of professional ethics-Human values- Definition of

Morals and Ethics-Difference between Morality and Ethics-Values-Definition-Types of values-
Definition of Integrity- Concept of Work Ethic- Service Learning - Definition Virtues-Definition-
Civic Virtue-Duties and Rights - Respect for Others – Attitude and values, opinions-changing
attitude-beliefs-Reliability-Living Peacefully-Means to be adopted for leaving peacefully-Caring-
Sharing-Honesty-ValuingTime-Co-operation-Commitment-Empathy-Self-Confidence-
Spirituality. –Responsibilities of a good citizen
Evaluation:
The student must maintain a record of all activities conducted on skill upgradation/ Activities
day and prepare a soft copy of report and submit it to their mentor or upload to the institute
website or mail.
The reports shall be evaluated by the mentors though rubrics and accordingly give the eligibility
for 2.5 credits. The student must have participated in at least 75% of activities to get eligibility.
CO-PO Mapping Matrix

Engineering Tools
Course Outcome
Experiments and
Lifelong learning
Basic knowledge
Communication
Mapped PO
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Team work
Knowledge
Discipline
practice
society
Ethics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1
0
CO1   5,10
CO2   5,10
CO3     6,7,9,10
CO4    5,7,10
127
Diploma in
II Semester
128
Sl Cours Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme
N e
o Code
per week ds
per
semes
ter
L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total Min

Sem1 Sem 2 Evaluat Mark Mar Mark marks for
ion s ks s Passing
including
internal
1 18CM Advanced English
201F 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
2 18CM Engineering 3 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
202F Mathematics 1 0
3 18CM Applied Physics 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
203F
18CM Engineering Chemistry
4 204F & Environmental 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
3 1 0
studies
5 18CM Programming in C
205C 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
3 1 0
6 18CM Advanced Engineering

1 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 20 100 50
206P Drawing 0 2
7 18CM Advanced Computer

207P Aided Drafting 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
8 18CM Programming in C lab

208P practice 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
9 18CM Applied Science lab 2 45 1.5 20 50

209P practice 1 0 20 20 20 40 100
1018CM Information
210P Technology lab 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
practice
11 Skill Upgradation-II 7 2.5 -
0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
129
Advanced English
Course Title :Advanced English Course Code : 18CM201F
Semester : II Course Group : Foundation
45:15:0
Methodology : Communicative Language Total Contact Hours : 60 periods
Lecture + Tutorial
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of English Language.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the students will have the ability to:
201.1 communicate effectively in English
201.2 listen for specific details and use prepositions appropriately.
201.3 learn vocabulary and use them in professional interaction
201.4 analyze errors and make communication flawless
201.5 comprehend central idea and minute details
201.6 make notes, write resumes, prepare cover letters and draft reports
CO-PO Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 Mapping POs
201.1 2 2 2 -- 1 -- -- 3 3 3 1,2,3,5,8,9,10
201.2 2 2 1 2 -- -- -- 3 3 3 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
201.3 2 2 -- 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
201.4 2 2 2 2 1 -- 2 3 3 3 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10
201.5 2 2 2 -- 1 -- 2 3 3 3 1,2,3,57,8,9,10
201.6 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- 3 3 3 1,2,8,9,10
COURSE CONTENTS
130
UNIT – 1 SPEAKING Duration: 12 Periods
1. Expressing Obligation
2. Fixing and Cancelling Appointments
3. Extending and Accepting Invitations
4. Giving Instructions
5. Asking for and Giving Directions
UNIT - 2: LISTENING Duration: 6 Periods

6. The Here and Now!
UNIT –3: VOCABULARY Duration: 8 Periods

7. How to Learn a New Word
8. Synonyms, Antonyms and One word Substitutes
UNIT -4: GRAMMAR Duration: 12 Periods

9. Reported Speech
10. Error Analysis - I
11. Error Analysis - II
12. Error Analysis - III
UNIT - 5: READING Duration: 6 Periods
13. An Environmental challenge

14. The Will to Succeed
15. Waiting for Mr. Clean
UNIT- 6: WRITING Duration: 16 Periods

16. Data Interpretation- I
17. Data Interpretation- II
18. Data Interpretation- III
19. Writing a Resume
20. Writing a Cover Letter
21. Note Making
22. Writing a Report
On completion of the course the students will be able to:
131
 Express obligation, fix and cancel appointments
 Extend, accept and decline invitations.
 Give instructions and directions
 Identify and use prepositions
 Enhance their vocabulary
 Learn synonyms, antonyms and use one word substitutes
 Read and understand main ideas and answer the questions
 Write in reported speech
 Identify and correct common errors
 Interpret data and write a paragraph
 Learn to prepare cover letter and resume
 Make notes and write reports
Internal evaluation
Test Units Marks Pattern
Mid Sem 1 Speaking 20 Part A 4 short answer questions

Listening Part B 2 short essay questions with internal choice
Mid Sem 2 Vocabulary 20 Part A 4 short answer questions

Grammar Part B 2 short essay questions with internal choice
Slip Test 1 Speaking 5 2 questions out of 3 questions

Listening
Slip Test 2 Vocabulary 5 2 questions out of 3 questions

Grammar
Assignment One assignment per one 5 Different group assignments of higher order questions
semester that develop problem solving skills and critical thinking
should be given
Seminars One seminar per one 5 Oral presentations using audio –visual equipment,
semester charts, etc.
Total 60
 Listen to a passage /conversation / dialogue / speech and answer the questions

 Group Discussions
 Seminars
 Review a movie
132
 Review a book
 Narrating a story
 Chain stories
 JAM
 Speak about incidents /events /memories /dreams /role model
 Interview with famous personalities
 Reading for main ideas and specific details
 Summarizing
 Picture description
 Writing a recipe
 Describing a process
 Giving directions using maps
 Surveys
 Filling forms
 e-mail etiquette
 Preparing reports on field visits, experiments, projects
Textbook: English for Polytechnics

(English Textbook for the First-Year Diploma Students)
REFERENCES:
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J Thomson and A.V. Martinet
2. A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English by J. Sethi and P.V Dhamija
3. Word Power Made Easy by Norman Lewis
4. Keep Talking by Friederike Klippel
5. More Grammar Games by Mario Rinvolucri and Paul Davis
6. Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy
7. Spoken English-A Self Learning Guide to Conversation Practice by V Sasi Kumar
E-learning:
1.www.duolingo.com
2. www.bbc.co.uk
3. www.babbel.com
4. www.merriam-webster.com
5. www.ello.org
6. www.lang-8.com
7. youtube.com
8. Hello English(app)
9. mooc.org
10. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in
133
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)
3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8


134

SECOND SEMESTER 18CM201F
ADVANCED ENGLISH
MID SEM - I
PART-A 4X1=4
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question carries one mark.
1. I strongly recommend you to read this novel. (Rewrite the sentence using suitable words of
obligation).
2. Invite your friend to attend a seminar on Yoga.
3. Fill in the blanks using suitable prepositions.
a. I usually go to polytechnic _______ foot.
b. Suman has been suffering ___________ malaria.
4. Fill in the blanks using suitable preposition.

a. She is jealous ______________ her best friend.
b. Madhu jumped __________ the well.
PART-B 2X3=6
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries three marks.
5. a) Extend an invitation to your friend to attend your brother’s marriage and write
expressions showing his / her acceptance or inability.
Or
b) Give directions to your sister on how to reach the nearest branch office of State Bank
of India from your house.
6. a) Give directions to your house from polytechnic using at least three prepositions.
Or
b) Complete the paragraph using suitable prepositions.
135
We went _____the zoo ____ Sunday. We saw a python ____ a branch of a tree.
There were several parrots _______ the cages. In the zoo, we boarded a train that
passed __________ a tunnel. There we saw a lion going ______ its cave.
PART-C 2 X 5 = 10
7. a) Write on how to send an image from your mobile to another mobile number using
WhatsApp.
Or
b) Write a dialogue to fix an appointment with an orthopedic surgeon on 5th January at
10.00 a.m.
8. a) Use the following words or phrases in your own sentences.
i) across ii) against iii) in front of iv) since v) along
Or
b) Correct the words in italics.
i. I’ve got the key on my pocket.
ii. She was sitting among her two friends.
iii. There is a tree besides the house.
iv. I was born in Monday.
v. He came in the room.
136
ADVANCED ENGLISH
MID SEM - II
PART - A 4X1=4
Instructions: Answer all the questions. Each question carries one mark.
1. Write the synonym and antonym of lazy.

2. Write any two different forms of the word, ‘beauty’.
3. Rewrite the following making necessary corrections.
a) She travelled to her village every week.
b) Raghu returned the money back.
4. Change as directed.
a) Sita said, “She is a teacher.” (Change it into indirect speech)
b) He told me that she was going to market. (Change it into direct speech.)
PART - B 2X3=6
5. a. Write down the one word substitutes of the following.

a) A person who does not believe in God.
b) The study of planets.
c) A person who loves reading books.
(Or)
b. Write antonyms for the words in italics.
My friend Rani is young and attractive. She is very sharp and loves to eat fresh food.
6. a. Rewrite the following making necessary corrections.

I go to college everyday by walk. I am getting up late every morning. I work very
hardly.
(Or)
b. Change the following as directed.
137
i. He said to her, “I will teach you Chemistry today.” (Change it into Reported
speech)
ii. She said to him, “Take me to Central Library now.” (Change it into reported
speech)
iii. Gopal said to Mamatha, “ Please lend me your calculator.”
PART-C 2 X 5 = 10
7. a) What are the five aspects you learn when you learn a new word?
(Or)
b) Suggest any five ways to improve your vocabulary.

8. a) Rewrite the following making necessary changes.
a. My luggage were in the store room.
b. The teacher stressed on the importance of team work.
c. My friend and I gone for a movie.
d. The team is loving the food.
e. I have three son –in –laws.
(Or)
b) Rewrite the following sentences as directed.
i. He said that he was not feeling well. (Change to direct speech).
ii. Amala said that she would visit us the next day. (Change to direct speech).
iii. She said that their team had won the match. (Change to direct speech).
iv. The teacher said, “Australia is an island.” (Change to reported speech).
v. She says, “They will help us.” (Change to reported speech).
138
ADVANCED ENGLISH
SEMESTER END EXAM
Time : 2 Hours Total Marks: 40 Marks
PART-A 8X1=8
Instructions: Answer all questions.
Each question carries one mark.
1. Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions.
a) They went___ a walk.
b) He went to college____bus.
2. Write one word substitutes for the given meanings.
a) Study of planets.
b) Something that cannot be heard.
3. What will you write under achievements secton in your resume?
4. Fill in the blanks with words of obligation.
a) I ____wear a helmet when I drive a two wheeler.
b) We ____- respect our elders.
5. Answer the questions given in 5 and 6 after reading the passage,
Mammals are among the most successful animals to have lived. Because they are warm
blooded, they can survive in almost any environment. To take advantage of different
environments mammals have evolved different body shapes.
a) Why do mammals have different body shapes?
139
6. How can mammals survive in any environment?
7. Make notes for the given passage.
About 40 million years ago new kinds of primates — monkeys and apes—- began to take
over lemurs. Today, there are two groups of monkeys: the old world monkeys which live in
Africa and Asia and the New world monkeys which live only in Central America.
8. Write a short paragraph based on the flowchart given.
Finding a lost Item
Part -B 4 X3 = 12
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries three marks.
9.(a) Invite a celebrity to your college sports day. The celebrity accepts your invitation. Write a
conversation.
(Or)
(b) Answer the questions after reading the passage
There are almost 2,400 species of snake. From the 20 cm long thread snake to the gaint
anaconda, which can reach 36 feet. Snakes have many colours, patterns and ways of killing their
prey. They eat everything from ants, eggs , snails to animals as big as goats.
1. What is the largest snake?
2. What do snakes eat?
3. Are all snakes similar?
10 (a). Write three things you learn when you learn a new word?
OR
140
10 (b) Write a paragraph based on the tree diagram
11. (a). Read the following passage and answer the questions given in 11 a or 11 b
Humans communicate with each other everyday using sounds and body movements .Most
commonly , we share information about the world around us through spoken languages. These
are in special sounds we make to represent objects, actions, numbers, colours and other features.
We use our brains to remember words, put them in the correct order and make the larynx, or
voice ,box,produce the correct sounds. If a person is unable to speak they can communicate by
using sign language. We also have written and pictorial languages.
1. How do human beings communicate?
2. What is the larynx?
3. When do we use sign language?
(Or)
(b) 1. What do we use to remember words?
2. How do we share information?
3. What are some forms of communication mentioned in the passage ?
12 (a). Make notes for the given passage
Sleep is as important to healthy life style as eating and exercising. On an average healthy adult
requires just over eight hours of sleep at night. Yet polls show that the increasing numbers of
people are suffering from sleep disorder or significant sleep loss. A study shows that 29% of
Indians sleep only after midnight and 61% slept for seven hours or less. Sleep is crucial to
141
maintain one’s health. Without it, you increase your susceptibility to a wide range of health
problems .including heart disease, stroke, diabetes, obesity and depression. Not sleeping enough
can affect the immune system. The immune system works when you are asleep. That is when
natural killer cells are generated in the bone marrow. These killer cells help in protecting the
body against the viruses, bacteria and even cancer.
(Or)
12 (b) Write a paragraph based on the table given
Apes Country Habitat

Orangutan Sumatra live in trees
Gorilla Africa live on ground
Chimpanzee Africa live on ground
Part-C 4X5=20M
Instructions: Answer the following questions. Each question carries 5 marks.
13(a) Take an appointment with a doctor for your grandmother.
(Or)
(b) Read the passage and answer the questions.
Reading skills are considered the most important tools for academic success. Printed
materials serve as a source of information and entertainment. Reading is an important activity in
life with which one can update one’s knowledge . Speech precedes reading and reading is the
input for writing. Reading is an active process which involves recognition and comprehension. A
reader can understand a text only when he or she uses his or her mental faculties. A reader should
have the knowledge of the writing system, the knowledge of the language , the ability to interpret
, the knowledge of the world, a reason for reading and a reading style.
1. What are the advantages of reading?
2. What comes before reading?
3. What does the process of reading involve?
4. What are the inputs required by a reader to read something?
5. What is the purpose of printed information?
14 (a). Correct the following sentences.
142
1. My friend like me very much.
2. This is the best if the two.
3. He sat among the two girls.
4. He is running daily.
5. This is the boy which won the race.
OR
(b) Write a cover letter applying for the post of a software engineer at an MNC.
15 ( a). Read the given passage and answer questions given in 15 a or 15 b
The first elephants were pig-sized creatures without tusks or trunks that lived in Northern
Africa about 150 million years ago. Today there are only two species of elephant: the Indian
Elephant and the African elephant - the largest mammal living on land. Both species live in
family groups, which sometimes join to from herds of hundreds of animals. Elephants spend upto
twenty on hours a day eating as much as 320kgs of leaves ,bark , fruit and grass. An adult
elephant needs to drink 90 litres of water a day. Elephants travel through forests on traditional
paths called elephants’ roads .These intelligent animals have good memories and can live for
more than 60 years. Both Indian and African elephants are endangered because humans take
over their habitats for farming and poachers kill them for their tusks.
1. What is the largest mammal on land?
2. What is an elephant road?
3. Which word in the passage means home?
4. Do elephants live alone?
5. Why are elephants killed?
(Or)
(b)
1. What do elephants eat?
2. How long does an elephant live?
3. Who is putting elephants in danger?
4. What was the size of the first elephants?
5. Elephants have tusks and_______.
16 (a). Write your resume for the post of an Assistant Engineer at TESCO Company.
(Or)
(b) Write a report about an industry you visited.
143
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Course Title : ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Course Code : 18CM202F

SEMESTER : II Course Group : Foundation
Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) : 45:15: 0 Credits : 3 Credits
Methodology : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Periods : 60 periods
Pre requisites:
This course requires the basic knowledge of Algebra, Trigonometry in Mathematics at

Secondary school level and Basic Engineering Mathematics at Diploma 1st Semester level
CO 1 Formulate the equations of Straight Line, Circle and Conic Sections
CO 2 Evaluate the Limits of different Functions
CO 3 Determine the Derivatives of Various Functions
CO 4 Find the Successive Derivatives and Partial Derivatives of Functions
CO 5 Use Differentiation in Geometrical and Physical Applications
CO 6 Use Differentiation for finding Maxima and Minima.
Course Contents:
Co-ordinate geometry
Unit – I Duration: 10 Periods (L: 7.5 – T:2.5)
1. Straight lines: Write the different forms of a straight line – point slope form, two point
form, intercept form, normal form and general form - Find distance of a point from a line,
acute angle between two lines, intersection of two non-parallel lines and distance
144
between two parallel lines - perpendicular distance from a point to a line - Solve
simple problems on the above forms
2. Circle: Define locus of a point, circle and its equation. Find equation of the Circle given (i)
Centre and radius, (ii) two ends of a diameter (iii) Centre and a point on the circumference
(iv) three non collinear points and (v) Centre and tangent equation - general equation of a
circle - finding Centre, radius - tangent, normal to circle at a point on it - simple problems.
3. Conic Sections: Define a conic section, focus, directrix, eccentricity, axes and latus rectum –
Find equation of a conic when focus directrix and eccentricity are given. Properties of
parabola, ellipse and hyperbola - standard forms with Vertex (Centre) at the Origin and Axis
(Axes) along Co – Ordinate Axes only – Simple Problems.
Differential Calculus
4. Functions & Limits : Concept of Limit- Definition- Properties of Limits and Standard Limits
( without proof ) -
- Simple Problems . Evaluate the limits of the type and
5. Differentiation – I : Concept of derivative - definition from first principle as
- different notations - derivatives of elementary functions like xn , ax, ex,

log x, sin x, cos x, tanx, Secx, Cosecx and Cotx. Derivatives of sum, product, quotient, scalar
multiplication of functions - problems. Derivative of function of a function (Chain rule) with
illustrative examples such as
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) .

Unit – IV
Duration: 12 Periods (L: 9.0 – T:3.0)
6. Differentiation – II: Derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions, derivative of a function

with respect to another function, derivative of parametric functions, derivative of hyperbolic,
implicit functions, logarithmic differentiation – problems in each case. Higher order
145
derivatives - examples – functions of several variables – partial differentiation, Euler’s
theorem-simple problems.
Applications of Derivatives:
Unit – V Duration: 8 Periods (L: 6.0 – T:2.0)
7. Geometrical Applications: Geometrical meaning of the derivative, equations of Tangent

and normal to a curve at any point on the curve. Lengths of tangent, normal, sub tangent
and subnormal to the curve at any point on it. Angle between two intersecting curves -
problems.
Unit – VI Duration: 10 Periods (L: 7.5 – T:2.5)
8. Physical Applications: Physical applications of the derivative – Explain the derivative as a

rate of change in distance-time relations to find the velocity and acceleration of a moving
particle with examples. Explain the derivative as a rate measure in the problems where the
quantities like volumes, areas vary with respect to time- illustrative examples– Simple
Problems.
9. Maxima & Minima: Applications of the derivative to find the extreme values – Increasing and
decreasing functions, finding the maxima and minima of simple functions - problems leading
to applications of maxima and minima.
References
1. Co - Ordinate Geometry – by S.L. Loney
2. Thomas Calculus, Pearson Addison – Wesley Publications
3. Calculus – I by Shanti Narayan and Manicavachagam Pillai, S.V Publications.
4. NCERT Mathematics Text Books Of ClassXI,XII.
5. Intermediate Mathematics Text Books (Telugu Academy)
2.E-books:www.mathebook.net
Learning Outcomes
146
Coordinate Geometry
Unit – I
1.0 Solve the problems on Straight lines
1.1 Write the different forms of a straight line – point slope form, two point form,
intercept form, normal form and general form
1.2 Solve simple problems on the above forms
1.3 Find distance of a point from a line, acute angle between two lines, intersection
of two non-parallel lines and distance between two parallel lines.
2.0 Solve the problems on Circles
2.1 Define locus of a point, circle and its equation.
2.2 Find the equation of a circle given
(i) Centre and radius
(ii) Two ends of a diameter
(iii) Centre and a point on the circumference
(iv) Three non collinear points
(v) Centre and tangent
2.3 Write the general equation of a circle and find the centre and radius.
2.4 Write the equation of tangent and normal at a point on the circle.
2.5 Solve the problems to find the equations of tangent and normal.
Unit – II
3.0 Appreciate the properties of Conics in engineering applications
3.1 Define a conic section.
3.2 Understand the terms focus, directrix, eccentricity, axes and latus rectum of a conic
with illustrations.
3.3 Find the equation of a conic when focus, directrix and eccentricity are given
3.4 Describe the properties of Parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola
3.5 Solve problems in simple cases of Parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola.
Differential Calculus
UNIT - III
4.0 Use the concept of Limit for solving the problems
4.1 Understand the concept of limit and meaning of and state the properties
of limits.
4.2 Mention the Standard limits
(All without proof).
147
4.3 Solve the problems using the above standard limits
4.4 Evaluate the limits of the type and
5.0 Appreciate Differentiation and its meaning in engineering situations

5.1 State the concept of derivative of a function y = f(x) – definition, first principle as
and also provide standard notations to denote the derivative of a

function.
5.2 State the significance of derivative in scientific and engineering applications.
5.3 Find the derivatives of elementary functions like x n , ax, ex, log x, sin x, cos x, tanx,
Secx, Cosecx and Cot x using the first principles.
5.4 Find the derivatives of simple functions from the first principle.
5.5 State the rules of differentiation of sum, difference, scalar multiplication, product and
quotient of functions with illustrative and simple examples.
5.6 Understand the method of differentiation of a function of a function (Chain rule) with
illustrative examples such as
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) .
Unit – IV
6.0 Appreciate Differentiation and its meaning in engineering situations
6.1 Find the derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric functions and examples.
6.2 Understand the method of differentiation of a function with respect to another
function and also differentiation of parametric functions with examples.
6.3 Find the derivatives of hyperbolic functions.
6.4 Explain the procedures for finding the derivatives of implicit function with examples.
6.5 Explain the need of taking logarithms for differentiating some functions with examples
like [f(x)]g(x).
6.6 Explain the concept of finding the higher order derivatives of second and third order
with examples.
6.7 Explain the concept of functions of several variables, partial derivatives and difference
between the ordinary and partial derivatives with simple examples.
6.8 Explain the definition of Homogenous function of degree n
6.9 Explain Euler’s theorem for homogeneous functions with applications to simple
problems.
Applications of Differentiation
UNIT - V
7.0 Understand the Geometrical Applications of Derivatives
148
7.1 State the geometrical meaning of the derivative as the slope of the tangent to the
curve y=f(x) at any point on the curve.
7.2 Explain the concept of derivative to find the slope of tangent and to find the equation
of tangent and normal to the curve y=f(x) at any point on it.
7.3 Find the lengths of tangent, normal, sub-tangent and sub normal at any point on the
curve y=f(x) .
7.4 Explain the concept of angle between two curves and procedure for finding the angle
between two given curves with illustrative examples.
Unit – VI
8.0 Understand the Physical Applications of Derivatives

8.1 Explain the derivative as a rate of change in distance-time relations to find the velocity
and acceleration of a moving particle with examples.
8.2 Explain the derivative as a rate measurer in the problems where the quantities like
volumes, areas vary with respect to time- illustrative examples.
9.0 Use Derivatives to find extreme values of functions
9.1 Define the concept of increasing and decreasing functions.
9.2 Explain the conditions to find points where the given function is increasing or
decreasing with illustrative examples.
9.3 Explain the procedure to find the extreme values (maxima or minima) of a function of
single variable - simple problems yielding maxima and minima.
9.4 Solve problems on maxima and minima in applications like finding areas, volumes,
etc.
2. Quiz
3. Group discussion
4. Surprise tests
5. Seminars
6. Home assignments.
CO / PO - MAPPING
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
149
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO6 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
@@@
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

150
Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
Code: 18CM202F
MID SEM –I, MODEL PAPER, II SEMESTER
PART-A
1. Find the slope of the straight line 3x + 4y + 9 = 0
2. Write the equation of circle whose centre (h,k) and radius r given.
3. Define conic section.
x2 y2
4. Find the Length of major and minor axes of the Ellipse + =1
16 9
PART-B
. 5 a) Find the distance between parallel lines 2x + 3y + 5 =0 and 2x + 3y + 9 = 0
Or
5 b) Find the centre and radius of the circle x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 12 = 0.
6 a) Find the vertex , focus ,equation of directrix and length of latus-rectum of the parabola
y2 = 20x
Or
2 2
x y
6 b) Find the centre, vertices and foci of Ellipse + =1
25 16
PART C
151
7 a) Find the angle between the lines 2x – y + 3 = 0 and x + y – 2 = 0
Or
7b) Find the equation of the Circle passing through the points (0, 0), (1,0) and (0,2)
8 a) Find the equation of the Parabola with focus at (2 , -3 ) and whose directrix is
3x – 4y + 16 = 0
Or
8 b) Find the Centre,Vertices, Eccentricity, Foci, Lengths of axes, Length of Latus Rectum,
2 2
x y
and equations of directrices of the Hyperbola − =1
16 9
@@@
Code: 18CM202F
MID SEM –II, MODEL PAPER, II SEMESTER
PART-A

3 2
Lt 2 x −3 x +1
9 x 2 + 8 x +7
x →0
1. Evaluate
2. Differentiate x3 + Tanx w.r.t. x
3. Differentiate log(sinx) w.r.t x
∂u
4. Find if U=x 3 + y 3
∂x
PART-B
5 a). Evaluate ; lim

n→∞ ( 1+2+3+… .+ n
n2 )
Or
dy
. If y = ex.cotx , find dx
5 b)
152
dy 2
6 a). Find if x=at , y=2 at .
dx
Or
dy
2
+ y2 + 3xy = 7, then find dx
6 b) If x
PART C
dy 1+ x
2
log
7 a). Find dx , If y =
2
1−x
Or
7 b) Differentiate log[log(logx)] w. r. t. x
2
8 a). If y=sin ( logx ) , prove that x y 2 + x y 1+ y =0.
Or
8 b) If U =sin−1 ( x+ y )
x 2+ y 2
then prove that x
∂u
∂x
+y
∂u
∂y
=tanu
@@@
18CM202F
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION,(C-18)
MODEL PAPER
II SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
PART-A
1. Write the intercept form of a straight line ax +by +c =0
3
x −8
2. Evaluate lim
x →2 x−2
3. Write the conditions for an increasing function and a decreasing function of f (x) in the
interval [ a , b ]
4. Write the equation of a circle whose centre is ( h , k ) and radius is r .
5. Write the slope of a curve y=f ( x ) at the point ( x 1 , y 1 ) .
6. Define Orthogonal curves.
7. Write the conditions for a point to be a maximum point on the curve y=f ( x ) .
8. Write the quantities to denote the rate of change of volume and area with respect to t.
153
PART-B
9(a). Find the perpendicular distance of the point (2, 4) from the line 4 x−3 y−6=0.
OR
9(b). Find the length of the tangent to the curve y=x 2 +2 x+1 at (1,4).
10(a). Differentiate log ⁡(tanx ) with respect to x.
OR
1 3 2
10 (b). A particle is moving along a line such that s= t −3t +8 t+5. Find its velocity and
3
acceleration at t=2 sec .
11 (a). Find the equation of the normal to the curve y 2=16 x at (2,4).
OR
11 (b). Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y=x 3−2 x +5 at (1,4).
12 (a). Find the rate of change of Area of the circle with respect to the radius when r =6 cm .
OR
12 (b). Find the maximum value of 2 x3 −9 x 2+12 x+ 5.
PART C
13(a). Find the equation of the parabola whose focus is the point (3, -4) and directrix is the
line x− y +5=0.
OR
13 (b). Find the angle between the curves y 2=2 x , x + y = 8 at their point of intersection
(2, 2)
dy
14 (a). Find , if x=a ( θ−sinθ ) , y=a ( 1−cosθ ) .
dx
OR
14 (b). The sum of two numbers is 24. Find them if their product is maximum
15(a). Find the lengths of the normal, subtangent and subnormal to the curve
y=x 3−3 x +2 at ( 0,2 ) .
OR
154
2 k
15 (b). show that the curves y =x∧ y = cut at right angles if 8 k 2−1=0.
x
16 (a). A circular metal plate expands by heat so that its radius is increasing at the rate of 0.02
cm/sec. At what rate its area is increasing when the radius is 10 cms.
OR
16 (b). A wire of length 40 cm is bent so that to has to form a rectangle. Find the maximum
area that can be enclosed by the wire.
Applied Physics
Course Title Applied Physics Course Code 18CM203F

Semester II Course Group Foundation
Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact 60 Periods
Periods
Pre requisites: Basic High School Science, Basic Mathematics
Course Objectives: After studying this course, the student will be able to understand and appreciate the role of
Physics in different areas of engineering and technology.
Course outcomes: On successful completion of the course, the student will have the ability to attain
below Course outcomes (CO):
Course Outcomes Linked POs Teaching

Periods
155
Apply knowledge of waves and sound in engineering problems.
CO 1 PO1,PO2 10
Apply knowledge of Simple Harmonic Motion to solve

CO 2 PO1, PO2 10
engineering problems
PO1,
CO 3 Use modern instruments in engineering PO2,PO3, 10
PO4
PO1,
CO 4 Use various magnetic materials in engineering equipments 10
PO2,PO3
PO1,
Use various electrical measuring instruments as tools in
CO 5 PO2,PO3,PO 10
engineering
4
PO1,
CO 6 Apply Electronics principles in engineering problems PO2,PO3,PO 10
4
Course Contents
1. UNIT – 1 WAVES AND SOUND Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)

Wave motion – definition and characteristics – audible range – infrasonic and ultrasonic –
longitudinal and transverse waves – examples – Relation between wavelength, frequency and
velocity of a wave – derivation –stationary waves- beats - applications of beats - Doppler effect –
list the applications – ultrasound and radar in medicine and engineering as special emphasis- echo
–definition - applications - relation between time of echo and distance of obstacle –derivation-
Reverberation and time of reverberation - Sabine’s formula - Free and forced vibrations -
Resonance - Conditions of good auditorium - noise pollution – definition – causes, effects and
methods to minimize noise pollution - problems
2. UNIT – 2 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)

Periodic motion - Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM)– definition - examples - Conditions
for SHM –Projection of circular motion on any diameter of a circle is SHM - Expressions
for Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration of a particle executing SHM – derivations -
Time period, frequency, amplitude and phase of a particle in SHM - Ideal simple
pendulum – time period of simple pendulum –derivation - laws of simple pendulum-
Seconds pendulum- problems.
3. UNIT – 3 MODERN PHYSICS Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T:

2.5)
Photo electric effect - Einstein’s photo electric equation – Work function and threshold frequency
- laws of photo electric effect - applications of photo electric effect – photo cell - concept of
Refraction of light - critical angle and total internal reflection - principle of Optical fiber -
Applications of optical fiber – LASER – definition and characteristics – principle of LASER -
spontaneous emission and stimulated emission - population inversion - examples of LASER –
Uses.
4. UNIT-4 MAGNETISM Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)

Magnetic field - magnetic lines of force -properties - Uniform and Non-uniform magnetic field –
Magnetic length, pole strength – magnetic induction field strength- definition - Coulomb’s inverse
square law of magnetism - expression for moment of couple on a bar magnet placed in a uniform
magnetic field – derivation - expression for magnetic induction field strength at a point on the
axial line of a bar magnet –derivation - Dia, Para and Ferro magnetic materials – examples -
related problems.
5. UNIT-5 ELECTRICITY AND MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

156
Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)
Ohm’s law – Ohmic and non ohmic conductors – examples - Temperature dependence of
resistance – coefficients of resistance with examples - Specific resistance – units – conductance-
series and parallel combination of resistors - moving coil galvanometer - conversion of
galvanometer into ammeter and voltmeter with diagram (qualitatively) – Kirchhoff’s current and
voltage laws in electricity – Expression for balancing condition of Wheatstone’s bridge –
derivation – Meter bridge –working with neat diagram –Superconductivity-definition-
superconductors - definition and examples – applications - related problems.
6. UNIT – 6 ELECTRONICS Duration: 10 periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)

Solids – definition – energy bands in solids- valence band, conduction band and forbidden band –
Energy band diagram of conductors, insulators and semiconductors – concept of Fermi level -
Intrinsic semiconductors - examples - Concept of holes in semiconductors - Doping - Extrinsic
semiconductor - P-type and N-type semiconductors - PN Junction diode – Forward Bias and
Reverse Bias - Applications of PN diode - Diode as rectifier – principle – principle of Light
Emitting Diode and solar cell.
References:
1. Engineering Physics by R.K. Gaur, S.L. Gupta, Dhanpatrai Publications, New Delhi.
2. ISC Physics, Book I&II, P. Vivekanandan, DK Banerjee, S Chand, New Delhi.
3. Intermediate Physics, Vol. I&II, Telugu Academy, TS, Hyderabad.
4. Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday and Resnick.
Suggested learning outcomes:

1. know the concept of Waves and Sound

1.1 Define wave. Explain the characteristics of a wave (frequency, wavelength, amplitude,
time period).
1.2 Explain audibility range of sound.
1.3 Define infrasonic and ultrasonic sounds.
1.4 Define longitudinal and transverse wave motion. Write examples for each. Distinguish
between them.
1.5 Derive the relation between wavelength, frequency and velocity of a wave (v ꞊ nλ)
1.6 Define stationary waves.
1.7 Explain the phenomenon of beats. List the applications of beats.
1.8 Explain Doppler Effect. List the applications of Doppler Effect.
1.9 Application of Doppler Effect in medicine and engineering - ultrasound and radar.
1.10 Define echo. List the applications of echo.
1.11 Derive the relation between time of echo and distance of obstacle.
1.12 Explain Reverberation and time of reverberation.
1.13 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the terms.
1.14 Define free and forced vibrations.
1.15 Define resonance with examples.
1.16 State the conditions of a good auditorium.
1.17 Define noise pollution.
1.18 List the causes, effects and methods to minimize noise pollution.
157
2. know the concept of Simple Harmonic Motion
2.1 Define periodic motion.
2.2 Define Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM).
2.3 List the examples of SHM.
2.4 State the conditions of simple harmonic motion.
2.5 Projection of circular motion on any diameter of a circle is SHM.
2.6 Define the terms time period, frequency, amplitude and phase of particle in SHM.
2.7 Derive the expressions for Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration of a particle executing in
SHM.
2.8 Define Ideal simple pendulum and derive the expression for time period of simple pendulum.
2.9 State the laws of simple pendulum.
2.10 Define seconds pendulum.
3. know the concept of Modern Physics

3.1 Explain Photo electric effect.
3.2 Define the terms work function and threshold frequency.
3.3 State Einstein’s photo electric equation and explain the terms.
3.4 State laws of photo electric effect.
3.5 List the applications of photo electric effect.
3.6 Explain working of photocell.
3.7 Explain the concept of refraction of light.
3.8 Define critical angle.
3.9 Define Total internal reflection.
3.10 State conditions for Total internal reflection.
3.11 Explain principle and working of optical fiber.
3.12 List the applications of optical fiber.
3.13 Define LASER. State the characteristics of LASER.
3.14 Explain the principle of LASER.
3.15 Define spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.
3.16 Define population inversion.
3.17 List the examples of LASER.
3.18 List the uses of LASER.
4 know the concept of Magnetism
4.1 Define magnetic field.
4.2 Define magnetic lines of force.
4.3 State the properties of magnetic lines of force.
4.4 Define Uniform and Non-uniform magnetic field.
4.5 Define the terms magnetic length and pole strength of a bar magnet.
4.6 Define magnetic induction field strength.
4.7 State and explain Coulomb’s inverse square law of magnetism.
4.8 Derive the expression for moment of couple on a bar magnet placed in a uniform
magnetic field.
4.9 Derive the formula for magnetic induction field strength at a point on the axial line of a bar
magnet.
4.10 Define Dia, Para and Ferro magnetic materials with examples.
5 know the concept of Electricity and measuring instruments

5.1 State Ohm’s law – Define ohmic and non ohmic conductors with examples
5.2 Explain temperature dependence of resistance – types of temperature coefficients with examples
5.3 Define specific resistance. Write its units.
5.4 Define conductance.
5.5 Write the formulae for effective resistance in series and parallel combination of resistors with
diagram.
5.6 Explain moving coil galvanometer.
158
5.7 Conversion of a galvanometer into ammeter and voltmeter. Explain with diagram.
5.8 State and explain Kirchhoff’s current and voltage laws in electricity.
5.9 Derive an expression for balancing condition of Wheatstone’s bridge with legible sketch.
5.10 Explain briefly Meter Bridge with neat diagram.
5.11 Define superconductivity.
5.12 Define superconductor. Give examples.
5.13 List the applications of superconductors.
6 know the concepts of Electronics and applications

6.1 Define solid.
6.2 Define valence band, conduction band and forbidden band in solids.
6.3 Explain conductors, insulators and semiconductors on the basis of energy band diagram.
6.4 Explain the concept of Fermi level.
6.5 Define intrinsic semiconductors.
6.6 List the examples for intrinsic semiconductors.
6.7 Explain the concept of hole in semiconductors.
6.8 Define doping.
6.9 Define extrinsic semiconductors.
6.10 Explain P-type and N-type semiconductors.
6.11 Explain PN Junction Diode (formation only).
6.12 Explain forward and reverse bias of PN diode (biasing and flow of majority and
minority carriers with diagram only)
6.13 List the applications of PN Diode.
6.14 Explain the principle of diode as a rectifier.
6.15 Explain working principle of Light Emitting Diode (LED)
6.16 Explain the working principle of solar cell.
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

159
1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
18CM203F
MID SEM – I
SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION
APPLIED PHYSICS
PART - A (4x1 = 4M)

1. Write the Sabine’s formula.

2. Define longitudinal wave.
3. Define Second’s pendulum.
160
4. Define SHM.
PART- B (2 x 3 = 6M)

5 (a). Write any three applications of Beats.

(OR)
(b). Write any three effects of noise pollution.
6 (a). Write the conditions for SHM.

(OR)
(b). The displacement of a particle executing SHM is given by
Y=8Sin( πt + π /4 ) m. Find i) Amplitude ii) Angular velocity
and iii) Time period
PART-C (2×5=10M)

7 (a). Derive relation between time of echo and distance of obstacle.

(OR)
(b). State five conditions of a good auditorium.
8 (a). Derive the expression for time period of a simple pendulum.

(OR)
(b). Derive the expressions for velocity and acceleration of a particle in SHM.
*** ** ***
18CM203F
MID SEM – II
APPLIED PHYSICS
PART - A (4x1 = 4M)

5. Define photoelectric effect.

6. Define total internal reflection.
7. Define magnetic field.
161
8. Write the formula for magnetic moment of a bar magnet.
PART- B (2 x 3 = 6M)

5 (a). State three laws of photo electric effect.

(OR)
(b). Distinguish between spontaneous and stimulated emission.
6 (a). Write three properties of magnetic lines of force.

(OR)
(b). Explain Coulomb’s inverse square law of magnetism.
PART-C (2×5=10M)

7 (a). Explain the principle of LASER.

(OR)
(b). Explain working principle of optical fiber.
8 (a). Derive the formula for moment of couple acting on a bar magnet placed in uniform
magnetic field.
(OR)
(b). Derive the expression for magnetic induction field strength at a point on the axial line
of a bar magnet.
** *** **
.
18CM203F
MODEL PAPER
COMMON – II SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
APPLIED PHYSICS
PART – A
Instructions: 1. Answer ALL questions. 8X1=08

2. Each question carries ONE mark.
1. Define an echo.
2. Write any two uses of optical fiber.
3. State Ohm’s law.
162
4. Write any two laws of Reflection.
5. Write SI unit of specific resistance
6. Define non ohmic conductors and give one example.
7. Define Fermi level.
8. Write any two advantages of LED’s.
PART – B
Instructions: 1. Answer any FOUR questions. 4X3=12

2. Each question carries THREE marks.
9(a). Derive V= nλ.

(or)
9(b). Explain the temperature dependence of resistance on conductor.
10(a). Explain photo cell with neat diagram.

(or)
10(b). Define magnetic induction field strength, write its formula and SI unit.
11(a). State and explain Kirchhoff’s voltage law.

(or)
11(b). Write any three applications of Superconductors.
12(a). Explain principle of diode as a rectifier.

(or)
12(b). Write any three applications of p-n diode.
PART – C 4X5 = 20
Instructions: 1. Answer any FOUR questions.

2. Each question carries FIVE marks.
13(a). Derive the relation between time of an echo and distance obstacle
(or)
13(b). Derive the expression for balancing condition of Wheatstone’s bridge.
14(a). Explain working principle of optical fiber with neat diagram.

(or)
14(b). Explain forward and reverse bias of PN diode.
15(a). Explain briefly with neat diagram .

(or)
15(b). Explain moving coil galvanometer.
16(a). Explain the working principle of LED with neat diagram.

(or)
163
16(b). Explain the working principle of solar cell.
*** ** ***
Engineering Chemistry and Environmental Studies
Course Title Engineering Chemistry Course Code 18CM204F

and Environmental Studies
Semester II Course Group Foundation
Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture +Tutorial Total Contact 60 periods
Periods
Prerequisite:
Basic knowledge of chemistry in secondary education.
164
Course Objectives: After studying this course the student will be able to understand and appreciate the
role of Chemistry and environmental studies in different spheres of industries.
Course Outcome:
On successful completion of the course, the students will have ability to attain below Course Outcomes
(CO):
CO Course outcome CL Linked PO Teaching
periods
CO1 Understand and explain the different metallurgical processes, R/U/A 1,2,9,10 10
alloys and applications of alloys
CO2 Understand and explain corrosion and preventive methods of R/U/A 1,2,9,10 10
corrosion
CO3 List out the different methods of preparation and industrial uses R/U/A 1,2,5,6,7, 12
of plastics, rubber and fibers. vulcanization of rubber and its 10
applications
CO4 Classify the fuels and explain basic terms of fuel, outline the R/U/A 1,2,10 8
composition and industrial use of gaseous fuels
CO5 Understand and Explain Galvanic cell, emf of cell -electro R/U/A 1,2,5 12
chemical series-Applications of Galvanic cells, batteries and cells
and distinguish the Galvanic and electrolytic cell
CO6 Explain the causes, effects and controlling methods of air and R/U/A 1,2,5,7 8
water pollutions.
Total Periods 60
Legends: R = Remember, U= Understand, A = Apply
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I: Metallurgy: 10 Periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)

Characteristics of Metals - distinguish between Metals and Non Metals- Ore, Gangue, Flux, Slag -
Concentration of Ore -Froth floatation - Methods of Extraction of crude Metal - Roasting, Calcination,
Smelting – Alloys-purpose of making alloys - Composition of Brass, German silver, Nichrome, Stainless
steel and Duralumin
UNIT – II: Corrosion: 10 Periods (L:7.5 – T: 2.5)
Introduction - factors influencing the rate of corrosion - electrochemical theory of corrosion -

composition, stress and concentration cells- rusting of iron and its mechanism - prevention of corrosion -
coating methods, Paints-constituents and characteristics of paints-cathodic protection.
UNIT – III: Polymers: 12 Periods (L : 9.0 - T : 3.0)
Introduction - polymerization - types of polymerization - addition, condensation with examples - plastics -

types of plastics - advantages of plastics over traditional materials - Disadvantages of using plastics -
preparation and uses of the following plastics: 1. Polythene 2. PVC 3.Teflon 4.
165
Polystyrene 5.Urea formaldehyde 6. Bakelite - Rubber - Elastomers –Preparartionof Butyl rubber, Buna-
s, Neoprene rubber and their uses-Fibres-Preparation and uses of fibres-Nylon 6,6-Polyester.
UNIT – IV: Fuels: 8 Periods (L : 6.0 - T : 2.0)

Definition and classification of fuels- characteristics of good fuel - Calorific value-HCV and LCV-
Calculation of oxygen required for combustion of methane and ethane - composition and uses of gaseous
fuels- a) water gas b) producer gas, c) natural gas, d) coal gas, e) Bio gas
and f) acetylene.
UNIT – V: Electro Motive Force: 12 Periods (L : 9.0 - T : 3.0)
Galvanic cell – standard electrode potential –electro chemical series -emf of cell-Batteries-Types of
batteries-Fuel cells.
UNIT – VI: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES-II : 8 Periods (L : 6.0 - T : 2.0)
Introduction- classification of air pollutants based on origin and states of matter-Air pollution - causes-
Effects - control methods - Water pollution - causes - effects - control measures.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering chemistry – Jain & Jain – DhanpatRai Publishing Company.
2. A Text book of Engineering Chemistry – S.S.Dara – S.Chand Publications.
3. Environmental Studies – A.K.De.
4. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University Press
5. Intermediate Chemistry I and II – Telugu Academy TS
UNIT – I: METALLURGY
1.1. List the Characteristics of Metals.
1.2. Distinguish between Metals and Non Metals
1.3. Define the terms 1.Mineral, 2.Ore, 3. Gangue, 4. Flux and 5.Slag
1.4. Describe Froth Floatation method of concentration of ore.
1.5. Describe the methods involved in extraction of crude metal- Roasting, Calcination and
Smelting.
1.6. Define an Alloy
1.7. Explain the purpose of making of alloys
1.8. Write the Composition of the following alloys:1.Brass, 2.German silver, 3.Nichrome
4. Stainless steel, 5. Duralumin
1.9. List the uses of following Alloys: Brass, German silver, Nichrome, Stainless steel,
Duralumin
UNIT – II: CORROSION

2.1. Define the term corrosion
2.2. Explain the Factors influencing the rate of corrosion
2.3. Explain the concept of electrochemical theory of corrosion
2.4. Describe the formation of a) composition cell, b) stress cell c) concentration cell
2.5. Define rust and explain the mechanism of rusting of iron with chemical reactions.
2.6. Explain the methods of prevention of corrosion:
a) Protective Coatings i) Metallic coatings (Anodic and cathodic coatings) ii) Inorganic
coatings iii) Organic coatings, paint,constituent of paint and characteristics of good paint.
b) Cathodic protection (Sacrificial anode process and Impressed - voltage process).
UNIT – III: POLYMERS

3.1. Explain the concept of polymerization
166
3.2. Describe the methods of polymerization a) addition polymerization
b) condensation polymerization with examples.
3.3. Define the term plastic
3.4. List the Characteristics of plastics.
3.5. State the advantages of plastics over traditional materials
3.6. State the disadvantages of using plastics.
3.7. Types of plastics with examples.
3.8. Distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics
3.9. Explain the methods of preparation and uses of the following plastics:
1. Polythene, 2. PVC, 3.Teflon, 4.Polystyrene 5.Urea formaldehyde 6. Bakelite
(only flow chart for Bakelite i.e. without chemical equations).
3.10. Define the term natural rubber
3.11. Explain preparation of natural rubber
3.12. State the structural formula of Natural rubber
3.13. List the Characteristics of natural rubber
3.14. Explain the process of Vulcanization
3.15. List the Characteristics of Vulcanized rubber
3.16. Define the term Elastomer
3.17. Describe the preparation and uses of the following synthetic rubbers a) Butyl rubber,
b) Buna-s and c) Neoprene rubber.
3.18. Define fibre.
3.19. Explain the preparation and uses of fibres –Nylon 6,6 and Polyester
UNIT – IV: FUELS

4.1. Define the term fuel
4.2. Classify the fuels based on physical state - solid, liquid and gaseous fuels with examples.
4.3. Classify the fuels based on occurrence- primary and secondary fuels with examples.
4.4. List the characteristics of a good fuel
4.5. Advantages of gaseous fuels
4.6. Define Calorific value- HCV and LCV.
4.7. Calculate the oxygen required for the combustion of Methane and Ethane fuel gases.
4.8. State the composition and uses of the following gaseous fuels:
a) water gas, b) producer gas, c) natural gas, d) coal gas, e) Bio gas and f) acetylene
UNIT – V: Electro Motive Force

5.1. Define Galvanic cell
5.2. Explain the construction and working of Galvanic cell
5.3. Distinguish between electrolytic cell and galvanic cell
5.4. Explain standard electrode potential
5.5. Explain standard hydrogen electrode
5.6. Define electrochemical series and explain its significance.
5.7. Define and explain emf of a cell.
5.8. Solve the numerical problems on emf of cell
5.9. Explain Batteries (Cells) and types of batteries with examples –working and applications of
Dry cell (Leclanche cell), Lead storage battery, Ni-Cd cell
5.10. Explain working and advantages of Fuel cell (Hydrogen - Oxygen Fuel Cell)
UNIT – VI: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES-II

6.1. Define air pollution
6.2. Classify the air pollutants- based on origin and states of matter
6.3. Explain the causes of air pollution
6.4. Explain the effects of air pollution on human beings, plants and animals
6.5. Explain the green house effect - ozone layer depletion and acid rain
6.6. Explain the methods of control of air pollution
6.7. Define water pollution
6.8. Explain the causes of water pollution
6.9. Explain the effects of water pollution on living and non living things
167
6.10. Explain the methods of control of water pollution.
Suggested Student Activities for Induction Program:
Forenoon Afternoon
Day1 Registration Class work as per Time table
Day2 Rules and Regulations Chemistry Lab practice classes may be

conducted
Day3 Getting acquainted with Head and faculty
Day4 Familiarization with Institutional facilities
Day5 Interaction with Class teacher and Seniors
Day6 Introducing the mentor
Day7 Parent –Teacher meeting

1. Student visits Library to refer to Text books, reference books and manuals to find their specifications
2. Student inspects the available equipment in the Chemistry Lab to familiarize with them.
3. Quiz
4. Group discussion
5. Seminar
6. Surprise test
E learning links:
https://iupac.org/
https://www.youtube.com
https://www.khanacademy.org/
www.nptel.ac.in
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
168
Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)
3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8


169
II SEMESTER, MIDSEM – I
Sub. Code: 18CM204F
PART – A
1. Define the terms mineral and ore.

2. Define an alloy.
3. Define corrosion.
4. What is paint?
PART – B
Instructions: Answer all questions. Each question carries three marks 2 x 3 =6 Marks
5. a. List any six characteristics of metals.

or
b. Explain the process of roasting of ore with an example.
6. a. List any six factors influencing the rate of corrosion.
or
b. Explain the formation of stress cell with an example.
PART – C
Instructions: Answer all questions. Each question carries five marks 2 x 5 =10 Marks
7. a. Explain the froth floatation process of concentration of ore .

or
b. Write the composition and uses of Brass, German silver .
8. a. Explain the mechanism of rusting of iron with chemical equations.
or
b. Explain sacrificial anode method of prevention of corrosion with a neat diagram.
170
II SEMESTER, MIDSEM – II
Sub. Code: 18CM204F
PART – A
1. What is the chemical name of natural rubber?

2. Define polymerization.
3. What are fuels?
4. Mention any two characteristics of good fuel.
PART – B
5. a. Write any three advantages of plastics over traditional materials.

or
b. Write a method of preparation and uses of Nylon-6,6 .
6. a. Define colorific value and differentiate lower and higher calorific values.
or
b. Classify the fuels based on their physical state.
PART – C
7. a. What is vulcanization of rubber and explain with chemical equations.

or
b. Distinguish thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics.
8. a. Write the composition and uses of water gas and producer gas.
or
b. Calculate the mass and volume of the oxygen required for the complete combustion of
8 grams of CH4.
171
18CM204F
II SEMESTER EXAMINATION
Time: 2 Hours Max.Marks : 40
PART – A
1. Define gangue.
2. What are the different types of plastics?
3. Define Galvanic cell.
4. What is the chemical formula of rust?
5. What is electrochemical series?
6. What are the different types of batteries?
7. Define air pollution.
8. Define water pollution.
PART – B
9. a. Write any three differences between metals and non-metals.

or
b. Write any three significances of electrochemical series.
10. a. Write a method of preparation and two uses of polystyrene.
or
b. Classify the pollutants based on origin and give examples.
11. a. Write any three differences between electrolytic cell and galvanic cell.
or
b. Write the electrode reaction of lead storage battery during discharging.
12. a. Write a short note on Green house effect.
or
b. Write a note on Ozone layer depletion.
PART – C
13. a. Explain the formation of composition cell and stress cell.

or
b. Describe the construction and working principle of Leclanche cell.
14. a. Calculate the mass and volume of oxygen required for the complete combustion of 15
gm of
ethane( C2H6).
or
b. Explain the causes of water pollution.
15. a. Explain the construction and functioning of Galvanic cell.
or
b. Explain working principle of H2-O2 fuel cell.
16. a. Explain the control methods of water pollution.
Or
b. Explain the causes of air pollution.
172
PROGRAMMING IN C
Course Title : Programming in C Course Code : 18CM205C
Semester : II Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P) : 45:15:0 Credits :3
Type of course : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Hours :60 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of basic mathematics and IT skills.
Course Outcome
Upon completion of the course the students shall be able to:
Course Outcome
CO1 Write Algorithms and draw flow charts for given problems
CO2 Use data types and classify operators
CO3 Develop programs using Decision making and looping statements
CO4 Create arrays and know usage of strings
CO5 Develop programs using different types of functions
CO6 Differentiate between Structures and Unions and manage Files
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Programming Methodology and Introduction to C Language Duration: 10 Periods

Steps involved in problem solving - Define algorithm , Program - Characteristics of algorithm -
Differentiate between program and algorithm- Steps involved in algorithm development -
Differentiate algorithm and flowchart - Algorithms for simple problems -Symbols used in
flowcharts -Flowcharts for simple problems - Define High level language and low level language-
history of C language - importance of C language – Define & Differentiate Compiler, Assembler
- structure of C language - programming style of C language - steps involved in executing the C
program
2. Understand Constants, Variables and Data Types in C and Understand Operators and
Expressions in C Duration: 10 Periods
Character set - C Tokens - Keywords and Identifiers- Constants and Variables - data types and
classification - declaration of a variable - Assigning values to variables
Define an operator - Define an expression -Classify operators - List and explain various arithmetic
operators with examples -Illustrate the concept of relational operators - List logical operators -
173
various assignment operators - Nested assignment - Increment and decrement operators -
Conditional operator - List bitwise operators -List various special operators- Arithmetic
expressions- precedence and associativity of operators- Evaluation of expressions - Various type
conversion techniques and discuss them -Reading and writing characters - formatted input and
output - Evaluate a logical expression
3. Decision making and Looping statements and Preprocessor directives Duration: 10

Periods
Decision making in programming -simple if statement with sample program-Classification of
various loop statements- while statement – do-while statement - for loop statement - nesting of
loops- Comparisons of different loop statements - break and continue statements - Infinite loop
and steps to avoid it - go to statement Need of Preprocessor directives - Various Preprocessor
directives
4. Arrays and Strings Duration: 10 Periods

Arrays -declaration and initialization of One Dimensional -Array -Accessing the elements in the
Array - ‘accessing array out of bounds’ problem - Reordering an array in ascending order –
average of elements in an array – largest element in an array - Declaration and initialization of two
Dimensional Arrays - sample programs on matrix addition and matrix multiplication, transpose-
Strings - Declaration and initialization of String variables - Reading of strings from terminal -
writing strings to screen - String handling functions with sample programs - Arithmetic operations
on Characters
5. User defined functions Duration: 10 Periods

Function -Need for user defined functions - Advantages of functions - elements of function -
Return values and their types - function call - function prototype – Scope, visibility and lifetime
of variables in functions- Local and External variables -Global variable-Functions with no
arguments and no return values - functions with arguments with no return values - functions with
arguments with return values - functions with no arguments with return values - Recursion -
sample programs on recursion - passing arrays to functions - passing the global variables as
parameters
6. Structures and Unions and File Management Duration: 10 Periods

Structures and Unions Structure- Creating a structure - Declaring structure variables -Accessing
the structure members - Array of structures - Concept of structure assignment -Find size of a
structure - Nested structure concept - Structure as function arguments and structures as function
values - Structures containing arrays, arrays of structures containing arrays - Self referential
structures with examples - Union and illustrate usage of a union – difference between Structures
and Union.
Files management File - Declare file pointer to a file - file opening in various modes - Concept of
closing of a file - Input / Output operations on a file - Random access to files.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Let Us C -- YeshwanthKanetkar BPB Publications
2. Programming in ANSI C -- E. Balaguruswamy Tata McGrawHill
3. Programming with C -- Gottfried Schaum’outline
4. C The complete Reference -- Schildt Tata McGraw Hill
174
Specific Learning Outcomes:
1.0 Programming Methodology and Introduction to C Language
1.1. State different steps involved in problem solving
1.2. Define algorithm and know its characteristics
1.3. Define a program and differentiate between program and algorithm
1.4. State the steps involved in algorithm development
1.5. Differentiate algorithm and flowchart
1.6. Develop algorithms for simple problems
1.7. Draw the symbols used in flowcharts and draw flowcharts for simple problems
1.8. Define High level language and low level language
1.9. Describe the history of C language and state the importance of C language
1.10. Define &differentiate Compiler, Assembler
1.11. Explain the structure of C language
1.12. Explain the steps involved in executing the C program
2.0 Constants, Variables , Data Types in C and Operators and Expressions and Input , Output
functions in C
2.1 Describe character set, C Tokens-Keywords, Variables, Identifiers, Constants
2.2 Define Data type. Classify data types and explain with examples
2.3 Explain declaration of a variable and assigning values to variables
2.4 Define an operator and expression
2.5 Classify and Explain all the eight operators with examples
2.6 Describe precedence and associativity of operators
2.7 Describe evaluation of expressions
2.8 Illustrate type conversion techniques and discuss them
2.9 Illustrate getchar(),putchar(),scanf(),printf() with programs
3.0 Decision making , Looping statements and Pre-processor directives

3.1 Discuss decision making in programming and explain decision makingstatements- if , if-else,
nested if else, else if ladder, switch statement - with syntax and programs
3.2 Define looping and list loop statements
3.3 Explain the loop statements – while, do- while, for statement- with syntax and programs
3.4 Define nesting of loops and implement it
3.5 Compare different loop statements
3.6 Differentiate break and continue statements
3.7 Know about Infinite loop and steps to avoid it
3.8 Know about GO TO statement
3.9 Define and state the need of Pre-processor directives
3.10 Explain macro substitution using #define with an example
4.0 Arrays and Strings

4.1 Define Array. Describe declaration and initialization of One Dimensional Array with syntax and
program
4.2 Explain about ‘accessing array out of bounds’ problem
4.3 Explain reading elements of an array, accessing the elements and display them with program
4.4 Explain sorting elements in an array in ascending order
4.5 Explain finding the average of elements in an array and finding the largest element in an array
4.6 Explain declaration and initialization of two Dimensional Arrays
4.7 Illustrate the concept of arrays with sample programs on matrix addition, subtraction, matrix
multiplication and transpose of a matrix
175
4.8 Define String and know about declaration and initialization of a String variable.
4.9 Know about reading & writing of strings with programs
4.10 Explain about various String handling functions with sample programs.
4.11 Explain Arithmetic operations on Characters
5.0 User defined functions and Applications

5.1 Define function, state the need for user defined functions, advantages of functions
5.2 Discuss the elements of function , know about return values and their types
5.3 Define a function call, function prototype and know about function declaration in programs
5.4 Discuss the scope, visibility and lifetime of variables in functions
5.5 Differentiate Local and Global variables
5.6 Illustrate functions with no arguments and no return values with programs
5.7 Illustrate functions with no arguments and with return values with programs
5.8 Illustrate functions with arguments and with no return values with programs
5.9 Illustrate functions with arguments and with return values with programs
5.10Illustrate passing arrays to functions with programs
5.11 Illustrate structure as function arguments and returning of structure variables as function
values
5.12Define recursion, illustrate recursion with programs
6.0 Structures and Unions and File Management

Structures and Unions
6.1 Define a structure Illustrate creating a structure and declaring structure variables, accessing
structure members
6.2 Explain size of a structure, structure assignment
6.3 Discuss nested structure concept.
6.4 Illustrate array of structures, structures containing arrays, arrays of structures containing arrays.
6.5 Define Union and illustrate usage of a union.
6.6 Know the differences between Structures and Union
Files management
6.7 Define file
6.8 Know how to declare file pointer to a file
6.9 Illustrate the concept of file opening in various modes
6.10 Illustrate the concept of closing of a file
6.11 Illustrate the concept of Input / Output operations on a file
6.12 Illustrate the concept of random access to files

1. Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similaractivity related
to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme coordinator
concerned.
3. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill bytaking Quiz/ tests/
assignments. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
4. Create a power point presentation on the topic relevant to course or advanced topicas an extension to
the course to improve the communication skills. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
5. Visit different sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten report
6. Coding competitions
176
Suggested E-learning links:
1. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
2. http://www.indiabix.com/online-test/c-programming-test/
3. https://fresh2refresh.com/c-programming/
4. http://www.learn-c.org/
5.https://www.javatpoint.com/c-programming-language-tutorial
6.https://www.cprogramming.com/tutorial/c-tutorial.html
7. https://www.w3schools.in/c-tutorial/
CO-PO Mapping Matrix:
CO1 Write Algorithms and draw flow charts for given problems R, U, 1,2,3,4,10 10
A
CO2 Use data types and classify operators R, U, 1,2,3,4,10 10

A
CO3 Develop programs using Decision making and looping U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10

statements
CO4 Create arrays and know usage of strings U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO5 Develop programs using different types of functions U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO6 Differentiate between Structures and Unions and manage R, U, 1,2,3,4,10 10

Files A
Total Sessions 60
177
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


178
MODEL QUESTION PAPER

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEM-1 EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-II-SEMESTER
18CM205C– PROGRAMMING IN C
TIME: 1 HOUR MAXIMUM MARKS: 20

PART-A MARKS: 4 X1=4
NOTE: 1. Answer all questions.

1. List any two differences between algorithm and flowchart.

2. Define Low level language
3. List various types of constants.
4. Define an expression.
PART-B MARKS: 2 X 3=6
NOTE: 1. Answer any one question from 5 and 6.

5.a)Write any three differences between algorithm and flowchart
(OR)
b)Write any three differences between high level language and low level language
6.a)How to declare variable in C ? Give examples.
(OR)
b)Evaluate an expression (2+5)*(10-4)%10.
PART-C MARKS: 2 X 5=10

2. Each question carries five marks.
7. a)Draw a flowchart to find factorial of given number N.
(OR)
b) Draw a flowchart to find biggest of three numbers.
8. a)Explain different data types in C with examples.
(OR)
b)Explain operators in C with examples.
179
DCME-II-SEMESTER


1. Give the syntax of if statement in C.
2. Give the syntax of while statement in C.
3. Define an array.
4. Give the syntax for declaring and initializing of one dimensional array.
PART-B MARKS: 2 X3=6

5. a)Write any three differences between break and continue statements.
(OR)
5. b) Write any three differences between while and do-while statements.
6. a)Write a C program to find largest number in array.
(OR)
6. b)Explain any three String handling functions .

7. a) Explain do-while statement with syntax and sample program
(OR)
7. b) Explain switch statement with syntax and sample program .
8. a)Write a C program to find the multiplication of two matrices.
(OR)
8. b) Write a C program to find the addition of two matrices.
180
BOARD DIPLOMA END SEMESTER EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-II-SEMESTER
TIME: 2 HOURS MAXIMUM MARKS: 40

PART-A MARKS: 8 X 1=8

1. List any two differences between algorithm and flowchart..
2. Give the syntax of if statement in C.
3. List any two advantages of functions.
4. Give the syntax for declaring and initializing of one dimensional array.
5. Define function.
6. Define recursion.
7. What is a structure?
8. What is a file?
PART-B
NOTE: 1. Answer any one question from 9, 10, 11 and 12. MARKS: 4 X 3=12
9. a) Write any three differences between algorithm and flowchart.
(OR)
9. b)Write a C program to find factorial of a number using recursion.
10. a) Write any three differences between break and continue statements.
(OR)
10. b) Write any three differences between structure and union statements.
11. a) Explain elements of function in C.
(OR)
11. b) Write any three differences between local variable and global variable statements.
12. a)Explain various modes to open a file.
(OR)
12. b) Explain how to access structure members.
PART-C
NOTE: 1. Answer any one question from 13, 14, 15 and 16 MARKS: 4 X 5=20
13. a) Draw a flowchart to find biggest of three numbers.
(OR)
13. b)Write a C program to illustrate functions without arguments and without return values.
14. a) Write a C program to find the multiplication of two matrices.
181
(OR)
14. b) Explain random handling functions.
15. a) Write a C program to illustrate functions with arguments and without return values.
(OR)
15. b) Write a C program to illustrate functions with arguments and with return values.
16. a) Write a C program to implement nested structures.
(OR)
16. b) Write a C program to implement array of structures.
Advanced Engineering Drawing

Advanced Engineering
Drawing
Semester II Course Group Practical
Teaching Scheme
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
in Hrs (L :T:P)
Total Contact
Methodology Lecture + Practical 45 periods
Hours :
***This Course is Common to all Programs of Diploma in Level Offered by State Board of
Technical Education – Telangana State
Prerequisites: Knowledge of Basic Engineering Drawing and Clear visualization and sound
pictorial intelligence to learn this course.
This Course is aimed at developing basic graphic skills so as to enable them to use these skills in
preparation of engineering drawings, their reading and interpretation.

R U A
Unit
Name of the Unit
No Periods PART-B (6
PART-A (2 Marks
Marks
Questions)
Questions)
1 Projection of Solids 10 Q1 Q9(a)
2 Sectional Views 08 Q2 Q9(b)
3 Auxiliary views 08 Q3 Q10(a)
4 Pictorial drawing 08 Q4 Q10(b)
Q11(a), Q11(b),
5 Development of surfaces 11 Q5, Q6, Q7, Q8
Q12(a), Q12(b)
Total Periods / Total Questions 45 8 4
[ R: Remembering, U: Understanding – 2 Marks Questions ] [A: Application – 6 Marks

Questions]
Note: Question Paper consists PART – A and PART-B, Total Marks: 40, Time: 2 Hours
182
PART – A consists 8 (Eight questions) and student have to answer ALL questions, each question
carries 2 marks. (8*2 = 16)
PART – B consists 4 questions (either or / (a) or (b)), student have to attempt FOUR questions,
each question carries 6 marks (4*6=24)
Course Outcomes (CO)

Upon successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain the following
Course Outcomes (CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Apply the principles of Projection of solids also draw the projections of solids.
Appreciate the need of Sectional views also draw the sectional views and true
CO2
sections of the engineering components.
Escalate the need of auxiliary views and draw the auxiliary views of the given
CO3
engineering components.
Gainthe knowledge of Isometric views of engineering components also draw
CO4
the isometric views of given components.
Grasp the knowledge and draw the development of surfaces of different
CO5
engineering components
Course Contents
1.0 Projection of solids (10 Periods)

Projection of regular solids
(a) Axis perpendicular to one of the planes
(b) Axis parallel to VP and inclined to HP and vice versa.
2.0 Sectional views (08 Periods)
Need for drawing sectional views – what is a sectional view - Location of cutting plane –
Purpose of cutting plane line – Selection of cutting plane to give maximum information
(vertical and offset planes) - Hatching – Section of regular solids inclined to one plane
and parallel to other plane
3.0 Auxiliary views (08 Periods)
Need for drawing auxiliary views -Explanation of the basic principles of drawing an
auxiliary views - explanation of reference plane and auxiliary plane -Partial auxiliary
view.
4.0 Pictorial Drawings (08 Periods)
Brief description of different types of pictorial drawing viz., Isometric, oblique, and
perspective and their use - Isometric drawings: Iso axis, angle between them, meaning of
visual distortion in dimensions - Need for an isometric scale, difference between
Isometric scale and ordinary scale difference between Isometric view and Isometric
projection - Isometric and non-Isometric lines -Isometric drawing of common features
like rectangles, circular shapes, non-isometric lines - Use of box and offset methods.
5.0 Development of Surfaces (11 Periods)
Need for preparing development of surface with reference to sheet metal work -Concept
183
of true length of a line with reference to its orthographic projection when the line is (i)
parallel to the plane of projection (ii) inclined to one principal and parallel to the other -
Development of simple solids like cubes, prisms, cylinders, cones, pyramid (sketches
only) -Types of development: Parallel line and radial line development -Procedure of
drawing development, drawings of trays, funnels, elbow pipes and rectangular ducts.
Reference Books
1. Engineering Drawing by Kapil dev – (Asian Publisher)
2. Engineering Drawing by Basant Agarwal& C.M Agarwal - ( McGraw-hill)
3. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt. (Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.)
4. A Textbook on Engineering Drawing by P. Kannaiah, K. L. Narayana, K. Venkata Reddy

1.0 Apply Principles of Projection of solids
1.1. Draw the projections of solids to axis of solids parallel to one plane.
1.2. Draw the projections of solids to axis of solid inclined to other plane.
2.0 Appreciate the need of Sectional Views

2.1 Explain the need to draw sectional views.
2.2 Select the section plane for a given component to reveal maximum information.
2.3 Explain the positions of section plane with reference planes
2.4 Differentiate between true shape and apparent shape of section
2.5 Draw sectional views and true sections of regular solids discussed in 6.0
2.6 Apply principles of hatching.
3.0 Understand the need of auxiliary views
3.1 State the need of Auxiliary views for a given engineering drawing.
3.2 Draw the auxiliary views of a given engineering component
3.3 Differentiate between auxiliary view and apparent view
4.0 Prepare pictorial drawings
4.1 State the need of pictorial drawings.
4.2 Differentiate between isometric scale and true scale.
4.3 Prepare Isometric views for the given orthographic drawings.
5.0 Interpret Development of surfaces of different solids
5.1 State the need for preparing development drawing.
5.2 Prepare development of simple engineering objects (cubes, prisms, cylinders,
cones, pyramid) using parallel line and radial line method.
5.3 Prepare development of surface of engineering components like trays,funnel, 900
elbow & rectangular duct.
Course Program Outcomes (PO)

Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Advanced
Engineering 3 3 3 2 -- -- -- -- 3 3
Drawing
184
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed
CIE Question Paper Pattern and Syllabus

Unit
Unit Name R U A
No
2 Marks Questions 6 Marks Questions
Mid Semester - I Examination
1 Projection Solids Q1, Q2 Q5 (a), Q5(b),
2 Sectional Views Q3, Q4 Q6(a), Q6(b)

Total 4 2
Mid Semester - II Examination
3 Auxiliary views Q1, Q2 Q5 (a), Q5(b),
4 Pictorial drawing Q3, Q4 Q6(a), Q6(b)
Total 4 2
[R: Remembering, U: Understanding – 2 Marks Questions ] [A: Applying – 6 Marks Questions]
CIE Question Paper Pattern: Total Marks : 20, Time: 1 Hour

Maximum Marks: 20, Time: 1 Hour
Part A: Consists 4 Short questions, students have to attempt 4 questions and each question carries 2
Marks.(4 X 2 = 08 Marks)
Part B: Consists 2 (Either or type) Essay type questions, students have to attempt 2 questions and each question carries
Marks)
185
MODEL PAPER MID SEMESTER – I
18CM206P
DCME – II SEMESTER
MID SEMESTER - I EXAMINATION
ADVANCED ENGINEERING DRAWING
___________________________________________________________________________
PART-A
04X02=08
2. Each question carries TWO mark.
1. Draw the projections of a cube 0f 35mm side, resting on one of its faces (bases) on H.P
such that one of its face is parallel to and 15 mm in front of V.P.
2. Draw the projections of the cylinder base resting on HP with diameter 30mm and height
60mm.
3. A cone of base 50 mm diameter and axis 70 mm long lies on its base on H.P. A sectional
plane parallel to H.P passes through the axis at a 40 mm from the base. Draw the top view
of the reaming Cone.
4. Draw the top view of the pyramid base resting on HP with side 20mm and height 60mm,
the same pyramid was cut by a section plane horizontally at 30mm from the HP.
PART-B
02X06=12
5. (a) A hexagonal prism with side of base 30 mm and axis 70 mm long, is lying one of its
rectangular faces on H.P. Draw the projections of the prism, when its axis is parallel to
both H.P and V.P
or
5. (b) A cylinder with base 40 mm diameter and 60 mm long rests on a point of its base on
H.P such that the axis makes an angle of 30 degrees with H.P. Draw the projections of the
cylinder.
6. (a) A cylinder of diameter 50 mm and axis 70 long rests with its base on H.P. It is cut by a
section plane parallel to V.P and passing through the solid at a distance 10 mm from the
axis. Draw the projections.
or
186
6. (b) A cube of edge 40 mm rests on H.P one of its edges and a face is parallel to V.P. One
of the face containing the resting edge is inclined at 30 degrees to H.P. It is cut by
horizontal section plane at 10 mm away from the axis. Draw the projections of the cube.
MODEL PAPER MID SEMESTER – II

18CM206P
DCME – II SEMESTER
MID SEMESTER - II EXAMINATION
___________________________________________________________________________
PART-A
04X02=08
1. What is the importance of auxiliary view?
2. A cube of side 30mm placed on HP and sectioned diagonally, draw the auxiliary view
of the inclined surface.
3. Draw the isometric view of a circular plane of diameter 60mm whose surface is
vertical.
4. Draw the isometric view of a pentagonal plane of 30mm side when one of its sides is
parallel to H.P, when it is horizontal.
PART-B
02X06=12
5. (a) Draw the isometric drawing of a cone of base diameter 30mm and axis 50mmlong.
or
5. (b) Draw the auxiliary view of the slopping surface of the cast iron block as shown in
the Figure. 1
Figure. (1) Figure. (2)
187
6. (a) Draw the auxiliary view of the slopping surface of the cast iron block as shown in
the Figure. 2
or
6. (b) Draw the isometric drawing of a cylinder of base diameter 20mm and axis 35mm
long.
18CM206P
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, (C–18)

II SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
Time: 2hours] [Total Marks:40
Important Note: Wherever any question has choice, marks will be allotted only to first
attempted question. No marks will be allotted for extra questions answered.
PART-A
08X02=16
1. Draw the projections of the cylinder with 30mm height and 10mm radius, whose axis is
parallel to VP?
2. A cylinder with base radius 30mm height 60mm and based resting on the ground, a
section plane cuts the cylinder at 30mm from the ground. Draw the sectional top view of
the cylinder.
3. Draw the auxiliary view of sloping surface of the object whose isometric view is givenin
Figure (1).
4. Draw the isometric view of a block whose orthographic views are shown in Figure (2)
5. Draw the development of a cylinder with diameter 40mm and length 50mm.
6. Draw the development of a pyramid of side 20mm and height 50mm.
7. Draw the development of a cube of side 30 mm.
188
8. Draw the development of cone 25 mm base diameter and 40 mm height.
PART-B
04X06=24
Instructions : 1. Answer any FOUR questions.
9. a) Draw the projection of a cylinder of a diameter of base 50 mm and height 80 mm when
its axis is making an angle of 300 to the H.P and parallel to the V.P.
or
9. b) A cylinder of 50 mm diameter and 60 mm long is resting on its base on the ground and
the axis 30 mm in front of V.P It is cut by a section plane perpendicular to the V.P the
vertical trace of which cuts the axis at a point 40 mm from the base and makes an angle of
450 with H.P. Draw its front view, sectional top view.
10. a)Draw the auxiliary view of sloping surface of the guide object shown infigure (3).

or
10. b) Draw the isometric view of the block, whose orthographic views are shown in
figure(4).
11. a) Draw the development of the truncated cylinder as shown in figure (5).
Figure (5) Figure (6) Figure (7)
or
11. b) Draw the development of truncated cone shown in below figure (6)
189
12. a) A right circular cylinder of 55 mm diameter and 66 mm long is cut by a section plane
perpendicular to VP and inclined at an angle of 600 to the HP. It is passing through a point
on the axis at a height of 45 mm from its base. Draw the development of bottom position
of the truncated cylinder.
or
12. b) Draw the development of the right circular cylinder shown in below figure (7).
Advanced Computer Aided Drafting

Advanced Computer Aided
Drafting
Teaching Scheme
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
in pds(L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact Hours : 45 Periods
Prerequisites
This course requires the Basic CAD Skills and concepts of engineering drawing
Course Outcomes
CO1 Significance of Layers. Create and assign properties to layers and modify layers
CO2 Importance and advantages of blocks. Use of standard blocks and user defined blocks
CO3 Need of solid modeling and various methods of solid modeling with different surfaces
CO4 Create and modify 3D drawings
Course Contents
1.1 Organize the information on layers

Setting a current layer, layers color, line type, line weight, print style locking and unlocking of layers, the
layer visibility and layer printing. Setting of current line type. The loading of additional line types,
creating and naming of line type, editing of line type.
1.2 Use the Blocks, Attributes and External references to manage the drawing blocks
The purpose of a block, creating a block, inserting a block, redefining a block, exploding a block
1.3 Attribute
190
Editing attribute definitions, attaching attribute to blocks. Editing attributes attached to blocks, Extracting
attributes information.
2.0 Viewing entities in three dimensions
Setting a new viewing direction

Dynamically setting a view direction
2.1 Creation of three-dimensional entities using different methods
Drawing of two dimensional entities in three dimensional space.

Converting two dimensional planar entities into three dimensional entities by applying elevation
and thickness.
Converting two dimensional planar entities into three dimensional entities by revolving or
extruding.
Creation of three-dimensional faces, rectangular meshes, ruled surface meshes, extruded surface
meshes, revolved surface meshes, three dimensional entities such as boxes, Cylinders, Cones,
Spheres, wedges, torus, Regions, extruded solids, revolved solids, composite solids, intersect
solids
Boolean operations like union, subtract and interfere.
2.2 Editing in three dimensions
Rotating in three dimensions, Array in three dimensions (Rectangular and polar).
Mirroring in three dimensions, aligning in three dimensions.
2.3 Editing of three dimensional solids
Sectioning and Slicing of solids, hiding, shading and rendering.
2.4 Selection of material from library
Enable the material library, editing materials and material library.
UNIT- 3
Application of above three units
Recommended Books
1. Auto cad by George Omura

2. 4MCAD User Guide- IntelliCAD Technology Consortium
1.0 Organize the information on layers

1.1 Explain the need and importance of Layers.
1.2 Practice creating new layer, naming the layer and assigning properties like Layer colour,
Line type and line weight and setting the current layer
1.3 Practice the locking and unlocking of layers
1.4 Practice the Freezing and thawing of layers
1.5 Practice the layer visibility and layer printing
1.6 Practice the loading of additional line types
2.0 Use the Blocks, Attributes and External references to manage the Drawing
2.1 Define a block
2.2 Explain the purpose of a block
191
2.3 Practice the creating a block
2.4 Practice the inserting a block
2.5 Practice the redefining a block
2.6 Practice the exploding a block
2.7 Define an Attribute
2.8 Practice the editing attribute definitions
2.9 Practice the attaching attribute to blocks
2.10 Edit attributes attached to blocks
2.11 Extract attributes information
2.12 Define external reference
2.13 Practice the Attaching, Removing, and Reloading of external references
2.14 Practice the Binding, Clipping and changing the path of external references
3.0 Understand the concepts of 3D
View entities in three dimensions
3.0.1 To set a new viewing direction
3.0.2 To dynamically set a view direction
3.1 Create three-dimensional entities using different methods
3.1.1 Draw two dimensional entities in three dimensional space.
3.1.2 Convert two dimensional planar entities into three dimensional entities by applying
elevation and thickness.
3.1.3 Convert two dimensional planar entities into three dimensional entities by revolving or
extruding.
3.1.4 Create three-dimensional faces.
3.1.5 Create rectangular meshes.
3.1.6 Create ruled surface meshes.
3.1.7 Create extruded surface meshes.
3.1.8 Create revolved surface meshes.
3.1.9 Create three dimensional entities such as boxes, Cylinders, Cones, Spheres, wedges, torus,
Regions.
3.1.10 Create extruded solids.
3.1.11 Create revolved solids.
3.1.12 Create composite solids.
3.1.13 Create intersect solids.
3.2 Editing in three dimensions
3.2.1 Rotate in three dimensions
3.2.2 Array in three dimensions (Rectangular and polar)
3.2.3 Mirror in three dimensions
3.2.4 Align in three dimensions
3.3 Edit three dimensional solids
3.3.1 Practice Sectioning and Slicing solids
3.3.2 Practice hiding, shading and rendering
4 Practice applications on above units
Exercise Key components

 Importance of layers
Layers  Creation of new layers and controlling properties of
layers
 Create, insert and explode a block
Working with blocks  Attach attribute to blocks
 Edit and extract attributes attached to blocks
192
 Set a new viewing direction
View entities in three dimensions
 Set dynamically view direction
 Create three-dimensional faces
 Create rectangular meshes, ruled surface meshes,
Create three-dimensional entities extruded surface meshes, revolved surface meshes
 Create three dimensional entities such as boxes,
Cylinders.
 Rotate in three dimensions
 Array in three dimensions (Rectangular and polar)
Edit in three dimensions
 Mirror in three dimensions
 Align in three dimensions
 Practice Sectioning and Slicing solids
Edit three dimensional solids
 Practice hiding, shading and rendering
Practice the selection of material from  Enable material library

library  Edit materials and material library
Course Outcome Cognizant Linked PO Teaching

Level Hours
Significance of Layers. Create and assign

CO1 U/A 1,2,3,9,10 15
properties to layers and modify layers
Importance and advantages of blocks. Use of

CO2 U/A 1,2,3,9,10 9
standard blocks and user defined blocks
Need of solid modeling and various methods of

CO3 U/A 1,2,3,9,10 6
solid modeling with different surfaces
CO4 Create and modify 3D drawings A 1,2,3,10 15
193
MID SEM-I EXAM
SN Unit name R,U (Q No’s) A (Q No’s) Remarks
1 Unit-1 1,2,3,4 5,6
MID SEM-2 EXAM
SN Unit name R,U (Q No’s) A (Q No’s) Remarks
1 Unit-2 1,2,3,4 5,6
SEE

SN Unit name
R,U (Q No’s) A (Q No’s)
1 Unit-1 1,2
Unit-2 3,4
Unit-3 5,6
194
18CM207P- Advanced CAD LAB PRACTISE
PART-A
1. Create four layers, name the layers and assign different properties like line color, line type,
line weight to different layers.
2. Write the procedure to create a block.
3. What is meant by attribute..
4. What do you mean by layer and what are the advantages of it.
PART-B
5. Draw the following using Layers. Use different layers to different line types, text, dimension
and main figure.
195
6. Draw the following using Layers. Use different layers to different line types, text, dimension
and main figure.
196
PART-A
1. Draw rectangle of 100x60 and extrude to a depth of 25mm.
2. Draw a cylinder of dia 50mm and height 100mm.
3. List various Boolean operations
4. Draw a cube of 100mm side and make a hole of 25mm.
PART-B
197
198
MODEL PAPER FOR SEE
PART-A
NOTE: Answer all questions 4 X 4 = 16marks.
1. Write the procedure to create and insert a block.
2. Create four layers, name the layers and assign different properties like line color, line
type, line weight to different layers.
3. Draw a 3D cone of base 30mm and height 50mm
4. Draw to 2 boxes of 50x30x20 and 30x50x20 mm and union them
.
PART-B
NOTE: Answer any one question 1 X 24 = 24marks
5 (a) Draw the following 3D object CAD software. 20+4 marks

199
6 (a) Draw the following 3D object CAD software. 20+4 marks
200
PROGRAMMING IN C LAB PRACTICE
Course Title : Programming in C lab practice Course Code 18CM208P
Teaching Scheme in
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites
Basic knowledge of Computer Operation.
Course outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1
Write programs using input/output statements, variables and operators
CO2
Work on Constants, Variables, Data Types, Operators and Expressions in C
CO3
Construct programs on Decision making and Looping statements.
CO4
Develop programs using arrays, Strings and structures
Course Content
1. Programming Methodology and Introduction to C Language Duration: 5 Periods

Program - Define High level language and low level language-history of C language - importance
of C language – Define & Differentiate Compiler, Assembler - structure of C language -
programming style of C language - steps involved in executing the C program
2. Understand Constants, Variables and Data Types in C and Understand Operators and
Expressions in C Duration: 15 Periods
Character set - C Tokens - Keywords and Identifiers- Constants and Variables - data types
and classification - declaration of a variable - Assigning values to variables - Define an
operator - Define an expression -Classify operators - List and explain various arithmetic
operators with examples -Illustrate the concept of relational operators - List logical
operators - various assignment operators - Increment and decrement operators -
Conditional operator - List bitwise operators -List various special operators- Arithmetic
expressions- precedence and associativity of operators- Evaluation of expressions -
formatted input and output.
201
3. Decision making and Looping statements Duration: 10 Periods
Simple if statement with sample program – if else statement – else if statement – switch statement
- Classification of various loop statements- while statement – do-while statement - for loop
statement - break and continue statements.
4. Arrays and Structures Duration: 15 Periods

Arrays - declaration and initialization of One Dimensional - Accessing elements in the Array -
Declaration and initialization of two Dimensional Arrays - sample programs on matrix addition
and matrix multiplication –Strings – String handling functions - Declaration of a Structure –
Structure members – Array of structures.
Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
Hours
CO1 Write programs using input/output statements, variables R, U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 5

and operators
CO2 Work on Constants, Variables, Data Types, Operators and R, U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15

Expressions in C
CO3 Construct programs on Decision making and Looping R,U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10

statements.
CO4 U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
Develop programs using arrays, Strings and structures
Total Sessions 45
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Let Us C -- YeshwanthKanetkar BPB Publications

2. Programming in ANSI C -- E. Balaguruswamy Tata McGrawHill
3. Programming with C -- Gottfried Schaum’outline
4. C The complete Reference -- Schildt Tata McGraw Hill
List of Experiments
1. Exercise on structure of C program

2. Exercise on Keywords and identifiers
3. Exercise on constants and variables
4. Execution of simple C program
5. Exercise on operators and expressions
6. Exercise on special operators
7. Exercise on input and output of characters
8. Exercise on formatted input and output
9. Exercise on simple if statement
202
10. Exercise on if else statement
11. Exercise on else if ladder statement
12. Exercise on switch statement
13. Exercise on conditional operator
14. Exercise on while statement
15. Exercise on for statement
16. Exercise on do...while statement
17. Exercise on one dimensional arrays
18. Exercise on two dimensional arrays
19. Exercise on string handling functions.
20. Exercise on structure
21. Exercise on array of structures
203
Applied Science Lab Practice (Physics Lab + Chemistry Lab)
Course Title Applied Science Lab Course Code 18CM209P

Practice (Physics Lab +
Chemistry Lab)

Periods (L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact Periods 45 periods
Physics Lab – 209P(A)

Pre requisites: Knowledge of basic concepts of High School Science, Basic Mathematics
Course objectives: To provide practical knowledge about the basics of Physics instrumentation
and calculations/measurements.

1. Introduction to Physics practical and its importance, safety precautions in maintenance of equipment in
the laboratory.
3. Follow of Do’s and Don’ts.
4. Maintenance of data in manual and record book.
6. Strictly following of instructions given from time to time by the lecturer-in-charge.
7. Demonstration of each experiment by the lecturer in charge.
Conduct of an experiment: 30 Periods
Course outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will have ability to:
1: Determine the Focal length and focal power of convex lenses using U-V and graphical method.
2: Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity using Simple Pendulum and verify with L-T 2 graph.
3: Determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature.
4: Determine the refractive index of a solid using travelling microscope.
5: Practice the mapping of magnetic lines of force-locating neutral points.

References
1. Basic Applied Physics – R.K. Gaur
2. Laboratory manual for class XI and XII - NCERT
PHYSICS PRACTICALS
204
List of experiments
Semester II
1. Convex lens-Determination of Focal length and focal power using U-V and graphical method.
2: Simple Pendulum-Determination of the value of acceleration due to gravity and verify
with L-T2graph.
3: Resonance apparatus-Determination of velocity of sound in air at room temperature .
4: Travelling microscope-Determination of refractive index of a solid.
5: Practice the mapping of magnetic lines of force-location of neutral points
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures, class room interaction, group discussions, graded exercises,
demonstration and practice.
Conduction of experiments: 2 periods/Experiment.

Student must perform experiment individually under the supervision of the lecturer-in charge.
On successful completion of the course, the student will have the ability to attain below Course outcomes
(CO):
CL Linked Teaching
Course Outcomes
POs Periods
CO 1 Focal length and Focal power of convex lens U/A 1,2,3,8,9

(Separate & Combination) L:P::1:2
CO 2 Acceleration due to gravity using simple U/A 1,2,3,8,9

pendulum L:P::1:2
CO 3 Velocity of sound in air – (Resonance U/A 1,2,3,8,9

method) L:P::1:2
CO 4 Refractive index of solid using traveling U/A 1,2,3,8,9

microscope L:P::1:2
CO 5 Mapping of magnet lines of force-locating U/A 1,2,3,8,9

neutral points L:P::1:2
CO 6 Related the answers to the oral questions
Cognitive levels (CL): U=Understand, A=Application
205
Name of the Experiment Competencies Key competencies
1. Focal length and Focal power of  Calculate the focal

 Fix the object distance
convex lens (Separate & length and power of
Combination)  Find the Image distance
convex lens
 Calculate the focal length and
 Draw u-v and 1/u – 1/v
power of convex lens and
graph
combination of convex lenses
 Draw u-v and 1/u – 1/v curves
2. Simple pendulum – acceleration due to  Fix the simple pendulum to the  Find the time for number
gravity – length of seconds pendulum stand of oscillations
 Adjust the length of pendulum  Find the time period
 Find the time for number of  Calculate the acceleration
oscillations due to gravity
 Find the time period  Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
 Calculate the acceleration due to
gravity
 Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
3. Velocity of sound in air  Adjust the reservoir level

–Resonance method  Arrange the resonance apparatus  Find the first and second
 Adjust the reservoir level for resonanting lengths
booming sound  Calculate velocity of
 Find the first and second sound
resonanting lengths  Calculate velocity of
 Calculate velocity of sound sound at 00 C
4. Refractive index of solid using  Find the least count of vernier on  Read the scale
traveling microscope microscope  Calculate the refractive
 Place the graph paper below index of glass slab
microscope
 Read the scale
 Calculate the refractive index of
glass slab
5. Mapping of magnet lines of  Draw magnetic meridian
Force – neutral points  Place the bar magnet in  Draw magnetic lines
NN(North pole of bar of
magnet pointing North) and force
NS (South pole of bar
magnet pointing North)  Locate the neutral
directions points
 Draw magnetic lines of along equatorial and
force axial lines
 Locate the neutral points
along equatorial and axial
lines
EXAMINATION & EXPERIMENTS
206
S.NO EXAMINATION EXPERIMENTS
1 MIDSEM-I EXPERIMENT NO 1 & 2
2 MIDSEM-II EXPERIMENT NO 3 & 4
3 Scheme of Valuation of SEE

SEMESTER END EXAMINATION EXPERIMENT NO 1,2,3,4 and 5
S.No Particulars Marks
1. Objective/Aim 01
2. Apparatus/Equipment 02
3. Observations 02
4. Principle including formula 02
5. Experiment (Tabular form, readings, etc) 05
6. Calculation and Result 05
7. Viva Voce 03
Total 20
207
Chemistry Lab – 209P(B)
Prerequisite:
Knowledge of basic concepts of chemistry of secondary education.
Course Objectives:
To provide practical knowledge about the basics of volumetric analysis of chemical compounds.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will have ability to attain CO:

Periods
mohr’s salt in the given
solution
CO2 Determination of acidity , U/A 1,2,3,8 L:P ::1:2
alkalinity and pH of given
water samples/
solutions.
chlorides in the given
solution.
CO4 Relate the answers to the U/A
oral questions
U = Understand, A = Application
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, group discussion,
demonstration and practicals.
Conduction of experiments: Lecture 1 period + Experiment 2 periods..
Student must conduct experiment individually under the supervision of the staff-in-charge.
1. Introduction of chemistry practical and its importance, safety precautions in maintenance of

cleanliness and orderliness of chemicals in the laboratory.
3. Follow of DO’s and Don’ts.
4. Maintenance of data in record book.
6. Strict following of instructions given from time to time by the staff-in- charge.
7. Demonstration of each experiment by the staff in charge.
Course content
Volumetric Analysis: (30 Periods)
Volumetric analysis by Titrimetric Method:-
Volumetric Analysis -Titration – Standard Solutions- Concentration of solutions-

Indicators- acid base indicators- selection of indicators-endpoint of titration-Neutralization.
208
List of experiments:
1. Estimation of Mohr’s salt by using 0.02M potassium permanganate
solution.
2. Determination of acidity of water sample by using 0.02N NaOH solution.
3. Determination of alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N H2SO4 solution.
4. Estimate the chloride content present in water sample by using 0.0141N
AgNO3 solution.
5. Find out the pH of the given solution by using pH meter.

1. Estimate Mohr’s salt by using standard potassium permanganate solution.
2. Determine the partial and total acidity of water sample by using 0.02N
NaOH solution.
3. Determine the partial and total alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N
H2SO4 solution.
AgNO3 solution.
Reference Books:
1. Vogel’s Inorganic Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.

2. Practical chemistry by O.P.Pande & others.
3. Qualitative and quantitative analysis by Alex.
Scheme of Valuation for MID I & II and SEE

Sl. No. Particulars Marks
1 Identification of apparatus/equipment/chemical 2
compounds/tools/etc.
2 Writing Procedure 5
3 Conducting of experiment 4
4 Observation and Results 6
5 Viva-voice 3
Total 20
209
18CM209P

MIDSEM – I
APPLIED SCIENCE LAB PRACTICE
1. Determine the Focal length and focal power of given convex lense using U-V method.
2. Determine the Focal length and focal power of given convex lense by U-V graph method.
3. Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity at your place sing Simple Pendulum.
4. Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity at your place sing Simple Pendulum by L-T 2
graph.
5. Estimate the amount of Mohr’s salt present in the given 500 ml of solution
by using 0.02M potassium permanganate solution.
6. Determine the partial acidity of water sample by using 0.02N NaOH solution.
7. Determine the total acidity of water sample by using 0.02N NaOH solution
210
18CM209P

MIDSEM – II
1. Determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature by resonance method.

2. Determine the refractive index of a solid using travelling microscope.
3. Determine the partial alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N H 2SO4 solution.
4. Determine the total alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N H 2SO4 solution
AgNO3 solution
211
18CM209P

MODEL PAPER
COMMON – II SEMESTER EXAMINATION

(2) Each question carries TWENTY marks.
1. Determine the Focal length and focal power of given convex lens using U-V method.
2. Determine the Focal length and focal power of given convex lens by U-V graph method.
3. Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity at your place sing Simple Pendulum.
4. Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity at your place sing Simple Pendulum by L-T 2
graph.
5. Determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature by resonance method.
6. Determine the refractive index of a solid using travelling microscope.
7. Draw magnetic lines of force around a bar magnet placed in NN position of earth’s magnetic field
and locate neutral points.
8. Draw magnetic lines of force around a bar magnet placed in NS position of earth’s magnetic field
and locate neutral points.
9. Estimate the amount of Mohr’s salt present in the given one litre of solution
by using 0.02M KMnO4 solution.
10. Determine the partial acidity of water sample by using 0.02N NaOH solution.
11. Determine the total acidity of water sample by using 0.02N NaOH solution
12. Determine the partial alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N H2SO4 solution.
13. Determine the total alkalinity of water sample by using 0.02N H 2SO4 solution
AgNO3 solution
212
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB PRACTICE
Course Title : INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB Course Code : 18CM210P
PRACTICE Course Group : Practical
Semester : II Credits :3
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 15:0:30 Total Contact Hours : 45 Periods
Type of course : Lecture + Practical
Prerequisites
Knowledge of Computer basics and DOS
Course Outcome
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Practical hrs
CO1 Demonstrate skills using spreadsheet software A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
CO2 Demonstrate skills using presentation software A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
CO3 Demonstrate skills using database software A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
Total Sessions 45
Course Content
Spread Sheet
1. Open MS-Excel and identify the components on the screen
2. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it in .xls or .xlsx format
3. Inserting column and row in Excel
4. Creation of new worksheet in the existing Excel Book file
5. Generate a Chart using the data in Excel-worksheet
6. Automate calculations in a worksheet using formula
7. Sort and filter data in a worksheet
8. Protecting a worksheet, working with multiple sheets
Presentation Software
9. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small topic and saving in .ppt or pptx format
10. Inserting a new slide in the existing PowerPoint file
11. Inserting chart or image in a PowerPoint slide
12. Exercise with animation and sound features in PowerPoint
13. Exercise with Rehearse Timings feature in PowerPoint
14. Exercise in printing the PowerPoint file in (a) Slides (b) Handouts
213
Database Management System
15. Create a table for given data and save in .mdb or .accdb format
16. Add, Delete and rename fields
17. Use the Primary key field
18. Enter and edit data
19. Use Relationships option
20. Create forms
21. Modify and save forms
22. Create and use queries
23. Sort data
24. Display data
25. Create and print reports
Resources:
1. Computer Fundamentals Concepts, Systems, Application, D.P.Nagapal, S.Chand
Publication, RP-2014, ISBN: 81-219-2388-3
2. http://www.tutorialsforopenoffice.org/
3. http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/documentation/
Composition of Educational Components:

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No. Bloom’s Category %
1 Remembrance 20
2 Understanding 20
3 Application 60

Course Outcome Experiment Linked Linked PO CL Practical
Sessions
CO1 Demonstrate skills using 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 A 15

spreadsheet software
CO2 Demonstrate skills using 9,10,11,12,13,14 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 A 15

presentation software
CO3 Demonstrate skills using database 15,16,17,18,19,20,21, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 A 15

software
22,23,24,25

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
214
Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through tutorial of one hour and one & half hours of hands on practice per
week.

1. Create a spreadsheet for the class
2. Create power point presentation for a course
3. Create a database for the class
Format for Student Activity Assessment

Internal Assessment
Activity Marks
Writing the experiment, record evaluation 30
Execution of the given experiment 20
Viva-voce 10
Total 60
Model Question Bank
Course Title: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB PRACTICE Course Code: 18CM210P
1. Using Spreadsheet Application, create a worksheet with five columns. Enter ten records and find the
sum of all columns using auto sum feature.
2. You have a monthly income of Rs.10000. Your monthly expenditures are Rent- Rs 3000, Food- Rs.
1500, Electricity- Rs.100, Phone- Rs. 150, and Cable TV-Rs. 200. Prepare a worksheet with the Monthly
Income, the Monthly Expenditures listed and summed, monthly savings amount (what’s left over each
month) calculated, and the amount saved per day (assuming 30 days in a month). Use Spreadsheet
Application.
3. Using Spreadsheet Application, create a worksheet containing the pay details (containing Basic pay,
DA, HRA ,Other Allowance , Deductions- PF, PT, Insurance, Gross and Net salary) of the employees
using formulas.
4. Using Spreadsheet Application, create a Simple Bar Chart to highlight the results of your institute for
three years.
5. Using Spreadsheet Application, create a Pie Chart for a sample data and give legends.
6. Using presentation tool, Create a simple Presentation consisting of 4-5 slides about Input and Output
Devices.
7. Create a presentation about a book containing Title, Author, Publisher and Contents.
8. Create an automated (timings & animation) Presentation with five slides about different Models of
Computers. Use Presentation tool.
215
SKILL Upgradation-II
Course Title : Skill Upgradation -II Course Code : : -

Semester : II Course : -
Teaching Scheme in periods ( L :T :P) : 0:0:7 Credits
Group : 2.5
Methodology : Activities Total : 105

Contact
Periods
Rationale: This course is introduced for all semesters with a purpose of providing outside classroom
experiences that lead to overall development of the students. One whole day is allocated for activities.
Course Objectives:

Activity
Periods Frequency
No Activity
Haritha Haram(plantation &Maintenance) 9 3 times in a
1
semester
Waste management 12 3 times in a
2
semester
Swachh Bharat 28 4 times in a
3
semester
Mini projects 7 1 time in a
4
semester
Video Clips 9 3 times in a
5
semester
Seminar/Quiz/Presentation/Group discussion 18 6 times in a
6
semester
7 Local Visits (also within the campus) 6 2 times
Expert Lectures
 Engineering ethics-
 moral issues
8 16 4 Times
 Ethical theories Personality– Self control-
Self-interest –Self-respect.
 Emerging technologies
216
Total Periods 105
Note: in case Expert faculty are not available English faculty should handle the expert lectures or Video
clips on the suggested lectures may be played
Course Outcomes:
CO Outcome CO/PO
Mapping
profession.
CO2 Develop the set of justified moral principles of obligation, ideals 8,10
that ought to be endorsed by the engineers and apply them in real
life situations
CO4 Create awareness of Constitution of India 1,4,7,8,9,10
COURSE CONTENT:
Engineering ethics-Definition-Approach-Senses of Engineering Ethics-variety of moral issues– Inquiry-
Types-Moral dilemmas-Steps to solve dilemma-Moral autonomy –Definition-consensus & controversy –
Profession-Definition–Ethical theories-Theories about right action Personality– Self control- Self-
interest –Selfrespect.
Evaluation:
The student must maintain a record of all activities conducted on skill upgradtion/ Activities day and
prepare a soft copy of report and submit it to their mentor or upload to the institute website or mail.
The reports shall be evaluated by the mentors though rubrics and accordingly give the eligibility for 2.5
credits . The student must have participated in at least 75% of activities to get eligibility.

Engineering Tools
Lifelong learning
Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Course Outcome
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Knowledge
Team work
Mapped POs
Discipline
practice
society
Ethics
CO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO2 ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6,7,9,10
CO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,7,10
217
Diploma in
III Semester
218

N Code
o
per week ds
per
semes
ter

Sem1 Sem2 Evaluati Marks Mark Marks for Passing
on s including
internal
1 APPLIED
18CM 14
ENGINEERING 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100 35
301F
MATHEMATICS
2 18CM DIGITAL 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
302C ELECTRONICS
3 18CM COMPUTER 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
303C ARCHITECTURE
4 18CM DATA STRUCTURES 14 35

3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
304C THROUGH C
5
18CM 14 35
RDBMS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
305C
6
18CM DIGITAL 20 50
1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
306P ELECTRONICS LAB
7 DATA STRUCTURES
18CM 2 45 20 50
THROUGH C LAB 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
307P
PRACTICE
8
18CM RDBMS LAB 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
308P PRACTICE
9
18CM MULTIMEDIA LAB 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
309P PRACTICE
10 18CM COMMUNICATION
310P AND LIFE SKILLS 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
LAB
11 Skill Upgradation-III 7 2.5 -

0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
219
APPLIED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Course Title : APPLIED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Course Code : 18CM301F
SEMESTER : III Course Group : Foundation
Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) : 45 :15 : 0 Credits : 3 Credits
Total Contact Periods : 60

Methodology : Lecture + Tutorial
Periods
Programmes : Common to all Engineering Diploma Programmes
Pre requisites
This course requires the knowledge of Basic Engineering Mathematics and Engineering
Mathematics at Diploma 1st and 2nd Semester level.
CO 1 Integrate different kinds of functions
CO 2 Integrate functions using different methods
CO 3 Find the values of definite integrals.
CO 4 Solve simple problems of Areas, Volumes.
CO 5 Find the Mean and RMS values of various functions and Approximate values of Definite integrals
using Trapezoidal and Simpson’s 1/3rd rule
CO 6 Form the Differential Equation and Solve Simple DEs of 1st order and 1stdegree.
Course Content:
Unit-I Duration: 10 Periods (L: 7.5 – T:2.5)
Indefinite Integration-I
Integration regarded as anti-derivative – Indefinite integral of standard functions. Properties
of indefinite integral. Integration by substitution or change of variable. Integrals of the form
220
sinmq. cosnq. where m and n are positive integers. Integrals of tan x, cot x, sec x, cosec x
and powers of tan x, sec x by substitution.
Evaluation of integrals which are reducible to the following forms:
1 1 1
i) 2 2
, 2 2, 2 2
a + x a −x x −a
1 1 1
ii) , ,
√ a2+ x2 √a 2−x 2 √ x 2−a2
iii ) √ x 2 + a2 , √ a2 −x 2 , √ x 2 −a2
Indefinite Integration-II
Integration by decomposition of the integrand into simple rational algebraic functions.

Integration by parts, Bernoulli’s rule.
Definite Integral and its Properties:
Definite integral-fundamental theorem of integral calculus, properties of definite integrals,

evaluation of simple definite integrals. Definite integral as the limit of a sum.
Unit – IV Duration: 10 Periods (L: 7.5 – T:2.5)
Applications of Definite Integrals:
Areas under plane curves – Sign of the Area – Area enclosed between two curves. Solid of
revolution – Volumes of solids of revolution.
Unit – V Duration: 08 Periods (L: 6.0 – T:2.0)
Mean, RMS values and Numerical Integration:
Mean values and Root Mean Square values of a function on a given interval.
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rule to evaluate an approximate value of a definite integral.
Unit – VI Duration: 18 Periods (L: 13.5 – T:4.5)
Differential Equations of First Order:
221
Definition of a differential equation – order and degree of a differential equation – formation of
differential equations – solution of differential equation of first order, first degree : variables -
separable, homogeneous, exact, linear differential equation, Bernoulli’s equation.
Reference Books:
1. Integral Calculus Vol.I, by M.Pillai and Shanti Narayan
2. Thomas’ Calculus, Pearson Addison –Wesley Publishers
2.E-books:www.mathebook.net
Unit-I
1.0 Use Indefinite Integration to solve engineering problems
1.1 Explain the concept of Indefinite integral as an anti-derivative.
1.2 State the indefinite integral of standard functions and properties of Integrals ò (u + v) dx
And ò ku dx where k is constant and u, v are functions of x.
1.3 Solve integration problems involving standard functions using the above rules.
1.4 Evaluate integrals involving simple functions of the following type by the method of
substitution.
i) ò f(ax + b) dx where f(x) dx is in standard form.
ii) ò [f(x)]n f ¢(x) dx
iii) ò f¢(x)/[f(x)] dx
iv) ò f {g(x)} g ¢(x) dx
1.5 Find the Integrals of tan x, cot x, sec x and cosec x usingthe above.
1.6 Evaluate the integrals of the form ò SinmqCosnq. dq where m and n are positive integers.
1.7 Evaluate integrals of powers of tan x and sec x.
1.8 Evaluate the Standard Integrals of the functions of the type
222
1 1 1
i) , ,
a2 + x 2 a2 −x2 x 2 −a 2
1 1 1
ii) 2 2 , 2 2 , 2 2
√ a + x √a −x √ x −a
iii ) √ x 2 + a2 , √ a2 −x 2 , √ x 2 −a2
1.9 Evaluate the integrals of the type
Unit-II
2.0 Use Indefinite Integration to solve engineering problems
2.1 Evaluate integrals using decomposition method.
2.2 Evaluate integrals using integration by parts with examples.
2.3 State the Bernoulli’s rule for evaluating the integrals of the form ∫ u.vdx .
2.4 Evaluate the integrals of the form òex [f(x) + f ¢(x)] dx.
Unit-III
3.0 Understand definite integral and use it in engineering applications
3.1 State the fundamental theorem of integral calculus
3.2 Explain the concept of definite integral.
3.3 Calculate the definite integral over an interval.
3.4 State various properties of definite integrals.
3.5 Evaluate simple problems on definite integrals using the above properties.
3.6 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum by considering an area.
Unit –IV
4.0 Understand definite integral and use it in engineering applications
4.1 Find the Areas under plane curves and area enclosed between two curves using
integration.
4.2 Obtain the Volumes of solids of revolution.
223
Unit –V
5.0 Understand Mean, RMS values and Numerical Methods
5.1 Obtain the Mean value and Root Mean Square (RMS) value of the functions in any given
Interval.
5.2 Explain the Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rules for approximation of definite integrals
andprovide some examples.
Unit –VI
6.0 Solve Differential Equations in engineering problems.
6.1 Define a Differential equation, its order and degree
6.2 Form a differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants.
6.3 Solve the first order first degree differential equations by the following methods:
i. Variables Separable.
ii. Homogeneous Equations.
iii. Exact Differential Equations
iv. Linear differential equation of the form dy/dx + Py = Q,
where P and Q are functions of x or constants.
v. Bernoulli’s Equation (Reducible to linear form.)
6.4 Solve simple problems leading to engineering applications by using above methods.
1. Student visits Library to refer Standard Books on Mathematics and collect related material
2.Quiz
3.Group discussion
4.Surprise tests
5. Seminars
6. Home Assignments
224
CO / PO - MAPPING
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO6 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
225
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)
3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8


226
Code: C18CM301F
MID SEM –I, MODEL PAPER, III SEMESTER
PART-A
1. Integrate ( ex– sinx + x4 ) with respect to x

dx
2. Find ∫ 5 x+7 dx
3. Write Bernoulli’s rule of integration
4. Find ∫ xlogx dx
PART-B
5 a). ∫
x5
1+ x
12
dx . |
Or
dx
5 b) Evaluate ∫ ¿¿ ¿
6 a) ∫ x sinxdx |
Or
6 b)∫
3 x +2
( x−1 ) (2 x+3)
dx .
|
PART C
227
7 a) Evaluate∫ √ x + 2 x +5dx
2
Or
7 b) Evaluate: ∫ cosx cos 2 xdx .
8 a) Find ∫ x tan−1 xdx .

Or
8 b) Find ∫ x 4 cos 2 xdx .

@@@
Code: C18CM301F
MID SEM –II, MODEL PAPER, III SEMESTER
PART-A
1
1. Find ∫ (x ¿¿ 4+1) dx ¿
0
π
2. Evaluate : ∫ sin 3 xdx
0
1
3. Evaluate : ∫ 1+1x 2 dx
0
4. Write the formula to find area bounded by the curve y= f(x) , x-axis, between the limits
x=a and x =b
PART-B
π
2
5 a) Evaluate:
∫ √1−sin2 x dx
0
Or
π
2
5 b) Evaluate:
∫ sin 2 xdx
0
6 a) Find the area bounded by the line 2x + y =8, x-axis and the lines x = 2 and x = 4.
Or
228
6 b) Find the Volume of the Solid generated by revolving the part of the Circle x 2+ y 2=36
From x = 0 to x = 4 about x – axis.
PART C
π
2
√ Sinx
7 a) Evaluate:
∫ √ Sinx+ √Cosx
dx
0
Or
π
2
7 b) Evaluate:
∫ log sin xdx
0
8 a) Find the area enclosed between the Parabolas y=3 x−x 2∧ y =x 2−x .
Or
8 b) Find the Volume of the Solid generated by the revolution of the area bounded by the
2 2
x y
Ellipse + =1 , about x- axis.
25 16
@@@
C18CM301F
BOARD DIPLOMA EXAMINATION,(C-18)
MODEL PAPER
III SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
PART-A
1. Find ∫ x 7 – 3/ x dx
1
2. Evaluate ∫ ( x +1 )dx
2
3. Write the formula to find mean value of y = f(x), in the interval (a, b)
√ ( )
2
4. Find the Order and Degree of the Differential Equation x
dy dy
= 1+ .
dx dx
b
5 Write Trapezoidal Rule to find the approximate value of∫ f ( x ) dx .
a
6. Write the formula to find RMS value of y = f(x) over the range x=a and x = b.
229
dy 2 x+ y
7. Solve =e
dx
8. Write the condition for exactness of the differential equation M(x,y)dx + N(x,y)dy =0
PART-B
π
2
9 a) Evaluate:
∫ √1−sin2 x dx
0
Or
6
dx
9 b) Find the approximate value of ∫ by taking n = 6 using Trapezoidal rule.
0 1+ x
10 a) Find the area bounded by the Parabola y = x2 – 2x + 1 and x-axis.
Or
10 b) Form the Differential Equation from y= A e x + B e 3 x where A, B are arbitrary constants
11 a) Find the RMS value of √ log x over the range x= 1 and x= e
Or
4
dx
11 b) Calculate approximate value of ∫ by taking n= 4 using Simpson’s 1/3 rule
0 1+ x
dy
12 a) Solve: x +2 y =logx .
dx
Or
12 b) Solve: x ( 1− y 2 ) dx+ y ( 1−x2 ) dy =0
PART C
1
13 a) Evaluate: ∫ 2 dx
x +2 x +2
Or
13 b) Find the RMS value of y = √ 8−4 x 2 between x = 0 and x = 2
x2 y 2
14 a) Find the volume of solid generated by revolving the Ellipse + =1 about Major axis
a2 b 2
230
Or
dy
14 b) Solve: =sin( x + y )
dx
15 a) A curve is drawn to passing through the points given by the following table:
x 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
y 3 3.4 3.7 3.8 2.7 2.6 2.1
Calculate the approximate area bounded by the curve, x-axis and the lines x= 1 and x= 4
using Simpson’s 1/3 rule
Or
1
15 b) Evaluate: ∫ √( 1−x2 ) dx approximately by taking n = 4 using
0
Simpson’s 1/3 rd Rule.
16 a) Solve: ( y 2−xy ) dx =x2 dy .
Or
dy
16 b) Solve: + yCosx= y 3Sin2x.
dx
@@@
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Course Title : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS Course Code 18CM302C

Semester III Course Group Core
Hrs (L:T:P)
Type of Course Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Hours : 60 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of Computer Fundamentals
Course Outcomes
231
Course Outcome
CO1 Familiarize various number systems and codes.
CO2 Simplify Boolean expressions using various Logic Gates
CO3 Demonstrate different types of combinational logic circuits.
CO4 Develop Combinational logic circuits.
CO5 Design registers using flip-flops.
CO6 Design counter circuits.
Course Contents
UNIT 1 – Number Systems Duration: 10 Periods
Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems –comparison with Decimal system-Conversion of a given
decimal number into Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal numbers and vice versa- Conversion of a given
binary number into octal and hexadecimal number system and vice versa- binary addition, subtraction,
Multiplication and Division- 1’s complement and 2’s complement numbers of a binary number- - Use of
weighted and Un-weighted codes- Binary equivalent number for a number in 8421, Excess-3 and Gray
Code and vice-versa- Use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC)- importance of parity Bit-
UNIT 2 – Logic Gates and Boolean Algebra Duration : 10 Periods
Different postulates in Boolean algebra- Basic logic gates AND, OR, NOT gates with truth table-
universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) - exclusive – OR gate with truth table- De-Morgan’s theorems-
AND, OR, NOT operations using NAND, NOR gates- De-Morgan’s theorems related postulates to
simplify Boolean expressions (up to three variables)- standard representations for logical functions (SOP
and POS form)- Boolean expressions from the given truth table- Karnaugh map to simplify Boolean
Expression (up to 4 variables only)
UNIT 3 – Combinational logic circuits and adder circuits. Duration: 10 Periods
Concept of combinational logic circuits- Half adder circuit -truth table- Half-adder using NAND gates
only &NOR gates only- Full adder circuit - Truth table- Full-adder using two Half-adders and an OR –
gate - a 4 Bit parallel adder using full – adders- 2’s compliment parallel adder/ subtractor circuit- Serial
adder -Performance of serial and parallel adder-
UNIT 4– MUX, DE-MUX, Encoder and Decoder circuits. Duration: 8 Periods
Operation of 4 X 1 Multiplexers- Operation of 1 to 4 demultiplexer- IC numbers -applications- 3 X 8

decoder- BCD to decimal decoder- Encoders- 8X3 Encoder - Decimal to BCD encoder- Applications -
Tri-state buffer - Types of tri-state buffers-Applications - Digital comparators
232
UNIT 5– Flip Flops and Registers Duration: 12 Periods
Classification of digital logic families - Concept of Sequential logic circuits- Latch-NAND and NOR
latches with truth tables-Necessity of clock - Concept of level clocking and edge triggering, Clocked SR
flip flop circuit using NAND gates- Need for preset and clear inputs - Circuit of level Clocked JK flip flop
(using S-R flip-flops) with truth table -Race around condition- Master slave JK flip flop circuit - Level
clocked D and T flip flops - Truth table, Circuit diagram and timing diagram- Symbols of above Flip
Flops- Truth tables of edge triggered D and T flip flops - Applications for each type of flip flop- Need for
a Register - Types of registers- 4 bit shift left and shift right registers - Parallel in parallel out shift
register - Applications of shift registers.
UNIT 6– Counters and Semiconductor memories Duration: 10 Periods
Modulus of a counter- 4-bit asynchronous counter - Asynchronous decade counter with a circuit - 4-bit
synchronous counter –Differences between synchronous and asynchronous counters- asynchronous 3 bit
up-down counter - Registers and counters - Ring counter- applications - Types of memories - Memory
read operation, write operation, access time - ROM and RAM- Diode ROM- EEPROM and UVPROM-
static RAM and dynamic RAM- Applications of Flash ROM.
Recommended Books
1. Digital Computer Electronics by Malvino and leach. 3rdedition Tata McGraw-Hill Education
2. Modern Digital Electronics By RP JAIN TMH
3. Digital Electronics: Principles & Applications by Roger L. Tokheim -McGraw-Hill Education,
2008
4. Digital Electronics by GK Kharate, Oxford University Press.
Special Learning Outcomes
1.0 Understand Number Systems

1.1 Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems.
1.2 Compare the above with Decimal system.
1.3 Convert a given decimal number into Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal numbers and vice versa.
1.4 Convert a given binary number into octal and hexadecimal number system and vice versa.
1.5 Perform binary addition, subtraction, Multiplication and Division.
1.6 Write 1’s complement and 2’s complement numbers for a given binary number.
1.7 State the use of weighted and Un-weighted codes and list the types.
1.8 Write Binary equivalent number for a number in 8421, Excess-3 code.
1.9 Convert a given binary number into Gray code and vice-versa.
1.10 Explain the use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC)
1.11 State the importance of parity Bit.
2.0 Understand Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates.
233
2.1 State different postulates in Boolean algebra.
2.2 Explain the basic logic gates AND, OR, NOT gates with truth table.
2.3 Explain the working of universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) using truth tables.
2.4 Explain the working of an exclusive – OR gate with truth table.
2.5 State De-Morgan’s theorems.
2.6 Apply De-Morgan’s theorems related postulates to simplify Boolean expressions (up to four
variables).
2.7 Realize AND, OR, NOT operations using NAND, NOR gates.
2.8 Realize exclusive – OR gate using basic gates.
2.9 Realize exclusive – OR gate using NAND, NOR gates.
2.10 Explain standard representations for logical functions (SOP and POS form)
2.11 Simplify Boolean Expression (up to 4 variables only) in SOP form using Karnaugh map.
2.12 Simplify Boolean Expression (up to 4 variables only) in POS form using Karnaugh map.
3.0 Understand the working of combinational logic circuits and adder circuits.
3.1 Define combinational logic circuit.
3.2 Define half adder circuit and write its truth table.
3.3 Write the output expression and draw half adder circuit using basic gates.
3.4 Realize a Half-adder using i) NAND gates only and ii) NOR gates only.
3.5 Explain the operation of full adder circuit with truth table.
3.6 Realize full-adder using two Half-adders and an OR – gate.
3.7 Write truth table for the above circuit.
3.8 Explain the working of 4 Bit parallel adder circuit using full adders.
3.9 Explain 2’s compliment parallel adder/ subtractor circuit.
3.10 Explain the working of a serial adder circuit.
3.11 Compare the performance of serial and parallel adder.
4.0 Understand the working of MUX, DE-MUX, Encoder and Decoder circuits.
4.1 Define multiplexer and de-multiplexer.
4.2 Write the truth table of 4 X 1 Multiplexer and draw its circuit.
4.3 Mention any 3 applications of multiplexer circuit.
4.4 Write the truth table of 1 to 4 de- Multiplexer and draw its circuit.
4.5 Mention any 3 applications of De-multiplexer.
4.6 Explain 3 X 8 decoder circuit.
4.7 List the applications of decoder.
4.8 Explain the working of BCD to decimal decoder circuit.
234
4.9 Explain the working of Decimal to BCD encoder circuit.
4.10 State the need for a tri-state buffer.
4.11 List the two types of tri-state buffers.
4.12 Explain 2 bit digital comparator circuit.
5.0 Understand the working of Flip Flops and Registers.

5.1 Define Positive and Negative Logic Levels
5.2 Define Sequential logic circuit.
5.3 State the necessity of clock.
5.4 Define level and edge triggering.
5.5 Define latch and flip-flop.
5.6 Differentiate between latch and flip-flops.
5.7 Explain NAND and NOR latch.
5.8 Explain clocked SR flip flop circuit using NAND gates.
5.9 State the need for preset and clear inputs.
5.10 Explain the circuit of JK flip flop (using S-R flip-flops) with truth table.
5.11 Describe race around condition in JK flip-flop.
5.12 Explain the working of master slave JK flip flop circuit with necessary diagrams.
5.13 Explain the level clocked D and T flip flops with the help of truth table, circuit diagram and timing
diagram.
5.14 Draw the symbols of above Flip Flops.
5.15 Give the truth tables of edge triggered D and T flip flops.
5.16 List the applications of flip flops.
5.17 State the need for a Register
5.18 List the four types of registers.
5.19 Explain the working of 4 bit shift left with a circuit and timing diagram.
5.20 Explain the working of 4-bit shift register with a circuit and timing diagram.
5.21 List the common applications of shift registers.
5.22 Distinguish between combinational and sequential circuits.
6.0 Understand working of Counters and Semiconductor memories
6.1 Define a counter and modulus of a counter.
6.2 Explain the working of 4-bit asynchronous up counter with a circuit and Timing diagram.
6.3 Explain the working of asynchronous 3 bit up-down counter with a circuit and Timing diagram
6.4 Explain the working of 4-bit synchronous counter with a circuit and Timing diagram.
6.5 Explain the working of decade counter with a circuit and Timing diagram.
6.6 Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous counters.
6.7 Explain the working of 4 bit- ring counter.
6.8 List the applications for counters.
235
6.9 State the need for memory in digital circuits.
6.10 Define the terms memory read operation, write operation, access time.
6.11 Classify various types of memories based on principle of operation, physical characteristics,
accessing modes and fabrication technology.
6.12 Differentiate between ROM and RAM.
6.13 Distinguish between EEPROM and UVPROM.
6.14 Compare static RAM and dynamic RAM.
6.15 State the need for Flash ROM.
6.16 List the applications of FlashROM.
Student activity like mini-project, group discussions, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10
students.
Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity related to
the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and program coordinator concerned.
Each group should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
1. Students should be given problems to solve Boolean expressions
2. Design circuits for Boolean expressions using minimum number of logic gates.
3. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking Quiz/ tests/
4. Create a power point presentation on the topic relevant to course or advanced topic as an extension to
5. Visit different sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten report.
Suggested E-learning references
1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/digital-electronics-logic-design-tutorials/
2. http://195.134.76.37/applets/AppletGates/Appl_Gates2.html
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital_circuits/
Course Outcome CL Linked Teaching

PO Hours
CO1 Use various number system, codes. R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO2 Use various Logic Gates R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO3 Demonstrate different types of combinational logic R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
circuits.
CO4 Develop Combinational logic circuits like MUX , R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 8
De-mux, encoder, decoder and comparator circuits.
CO5 Identify the need of sequential circuits and design R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 12
236
registers using flip-flops.
CO6 Design counter circuits and Compare different types R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
of memories.
Total Sessions 60
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
1 Unit-III 1, 2 5(a) 7(a)
237
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER I EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-III-SEMESTER EXAMINATION
18CM302C – DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
238
Instructions: 1) Answer all questions

2) Each question carries one marks.
1. State the importance of parity Bit.

2. State different postulates in Boolean algebra.
3. Define propagation delay and Noise margin
4. Draw the diagram of basic logic gates AND, OR, NOT gates.

2) Each question carries Three marks.
5(a). Explain the use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC).

(Or)
5(b). Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems.
6(a). Explain the working of universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) using truth tables.
(Or)
6(b). Explain the working of NAND gate with a circuit diagram.

2) Each question carries Five marks.
7(a). Convert the 148610 to Octal and hexa decimal numbers.

(Or)
7(b). Simplify Boolean expression (A+B)( A +B) B .
8(a). Simplify F(P,Q,R,S)=∑(0,2,5,7,8,10,13,15) using Karnaugh Map in SOP form.

(Or)
8(b). Simplify F(A,B,C,D)=π(3,5,7,8,10,11,12,13) using Karnaugh Map in POS form

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER II EXAMINATION (C-18)
239

2) Each question carries one marks.
1. Define combinational logic circuit.

2. Draw the half adder circuit.
3. Define multiplexer.
4. State the need for a tri-state buffer.

5(a). Realize a Half-adder using i) NAND gates only and ii) NOR gates only.
(Or)
5(b). Explain the working of a serial adder circuit.
6(a). Explain 4 X 1 demultiplexer with truth table and circuit diagram.

(Or)
6(b). Write the truth table of 2 bit digital comparator and draw its circuit.

7(a). Draw full-adder using two Half-adders and an OR – gate.

(Or)
7(b). Compare the performance of serial and parallel adder.
8(a). Explain the working of BCD to decimal decoder circuit

(Or)
8(b). Explain 2 bit digital comparator with truth table and draw its circuit.

BOARD DIPLOMA END-SEMESTER EXAMINATION (C-18)
240
NOTE: Answer all questions. Each question carries one marks.
1. State different postulates in Boolean algebra.
2. Define combinational logic circuit.
3. Define counter.
4. Define propagation delay.
5. State the necessity of clock.
6. List the four types of registers.
7. List any three applications for counters.
8. State the need for Flash ROM.

9(a). Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems.

(Or)
9(b). What is race around condition in JK flip-flop?
10(a). Explain the working of a serial adder circuit.

(Or)
10(b). Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous counters.
11(a). What is level and edge triggering?

(Or)
11(b). Distinguish between combinational and sequential circuits.
12(a). Compare static RAM and dynamic RAM.

(Or)
12(b). Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous counters.

13(a). Simplify F(P,Q,R,S)=∑(0,2,5,7,8,10,13,15) using Karnaugh Map in SOP form.

(Or)
13(b). Draw the clocked SR flip flop circuit using NAND gates.
14(a). Draw full-adder using two Half-adders and an OR – gate.

(Or)
14(b). Explain the working of 4-bit asynchronous up counter with a circuit diagram.
15(a). Explain the working of master slave JK flip flop circuit with necessary diagrams.
(Or)
15(b). Explain the working of 4 bit shift left with a circuit and timing diagram.
16(a). Explain the working of decade counter with a circuit and Timing diagram.
(Or)
16(b). Explain the working of ring counter with a circuit diagram.
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
Course Title : Computer Architecture. Course Code :18CM303C
241
Semester : III Course Group :Core
CIE :60 Marks SEE :40 Marks
Prerequisites
Fundamentals of Digital Electronics and basics of Computers and its peripherals.
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Recognize and explain the functional units
of computers
CO2 Categorize instruction formats and addressing modes
CO3 Develop fixed point, floating point arithmetic algorithms
CO4 Demonstrate about computer memory system.
CO5 Utilize input and output units efficiently.
CO6 Contrast vector and pipeline processing , RISC and CISC
Course Contents
1. Processor Organization: Duration: 8 Periods

Functional block diagram of Digital computer - Simple accumulator based CPU and function of
each unit - Stored program concept
2. Information representation and Instruction Format: Duration: 10 Periods

Basic types of information representation - floating point representation and fixed point
representation of numbers-complements- Operand- Opcode and address - zero address, one
address, two address and three address instructions - Addressing modes.
3. Computer Arithmetic : Duration: 10 Periods

Fixed point addition and subtraction, multiplication and division operations with flowcharts -
floating point addition, subtraction, multiplication and division operations with flowcharts.
4. Organization of Computer Memory system: Duration: 12 Periods

Main and auxiliary memory - Need for memory hierarchy in a computer -Significance of various
memory devices characteristics: access time, access rate, alterability , permanence of storage,
cycle time - Associative Memory - Virtual memory organization in a computer system - Virtual
address and physical address organization - Principle and advantage of cache memory
organization- Principle of memory interleaving in a computer
242
5. Input and output organization: Duration: 10 Periods
Peripheral devices - Need for an interface - Three modes of date transfer - Synchronous and
asynchronous data transfer -Hand shaking procedure of data transfer - Programmed I/O method
of data transfer - Interrupted initiated I/O - DMA controlled transfer - Priority interrupt, polling,
and daisy chaining priority - Bus systems
6. Pipeline, Vector Processing and Processors Architecture: Duration: 10 Periods

Principle of Parallel processing - Flynn’s classification of Parallel processing - Principle of
pipeline processing - Advantages of parallel processing and pipeline processing -Arithmetic
instruction pipeline -Vector processing and array processor-
Processor- Introduction, Advanced processor technology, instruction set architectures, CISC
scalar processor, RISC scalar processor, comparison CISC and RISC
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Computer System Architecture – M.Moris Mano, IIIrd Edition, PHI / Pearson, 2006.
2. Computer Organization – Car Hamacher, Zvonks Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, V Edition, McGraw
Hill, 2002.
3. Computer Organization and Architecture – William Stallings Seventh Edition, PHI/Pearson,
2006.
4. Computer Architecture and Organization – John P. Hayes, Mc Graw Hill International editions,
1998.
5. Computer architecture and organization , 4th edition , P Chakraborty , JAICO publishers

1.0 Processor Organization
1.1 Draw the functional block diagram of Digital computer and explain the function of each unit.
1.2 Draw the block diagram of simple accumulator based CPU.
1.3 Explain the function of each unit.
1.4 Define the terms micro operation, macro operation, instruction cycle, fetch cycle and execution
cycle.
1.5 Define stored program concept.
1.6 Describe the sequential execution of a program stored in memory by the CPU
2.0 Information representation and Instruction Format

2.1 Explain the basic types of information representation in a computer.
2.2 Define floating point representation and fixed point representation of numbers.
2.3 Illustrate the same with example.
2.4 Distinguish between Fixed point and Floating point representations.
243
2.5 Complements
2.5.1 (r-1)’s Complement
2.5.2 (r)’s Complement
2.6 Instruction format
2.7 Define Operand, Opcode and address.
2.8 Explain zero address, one address, two address and three address instructions with simple
examples.
2.9 Explain addressing modes.
3.0 Computer Arithmetic

3.1 Explain the fixed point addition and subtraction operations with flowchart.
3.2 Explain the Fixed point multiplication operation with flowchart.
3.3 Develop Booth multiplication algorithm with flowchart.
3.4 Explain the Fixed point division operation with flowchart.
3.5 Describe floating point addition, subtraction operations with flowchart
3.6 Explain floating point multiplication operation with flowchart.
3.7 Explain floating point division operation with flowchart.
4.0 Organization of Computer Memory system

4.1 Distinguish between main and auxiliary memory.
4.2 Explain the need for memory hierarchy in a computer.
4.3 State the significance of various memory device characteristics: access time, access rate,
alterability, permanence of storage, cycle time.
4.4 Discuss Associative Memory
4.5 Explain virtual memory organization in a computer system
4.6 Explain virtual address and physical address organization.
4.7 State the principle of locality of reference
4.8 Explain cache memory organization.
4.9 Analyse the importance of the principle of memory interleaving in a computer.
5.0 Input and output organization

5.1 List any five peripheral devices that can be connected to a computer.
5.2 Explain the need for an interface.
5.3 List out three modes of data transfer.
5.4 Compare synchronous and asynchronous data transfer.
5.5 Discuss strobe controlled procedure of data transfer
244
5.6 Discuss hand shaking procedure of data transfer.
5.7 Explain programmed I/O method of data transfer.
5.8 Explain interrupted initiated I/O.
5.9 Explain DMA controlled transfer.
5.10 Explain priority interrupt, polling, and daisy chaining priority.
5.11 Explain Input Output Processor.
5.12 List bus systems
5.13 Explain about bus system.
6.0 Pipeline, Vector Processing and Processors Architecture

6.1 Explain the principle of Parallel processing.
6.2 Describe Flynn’s classification of Parallel processing.
6.3 Explain the principle of pipeline processing.
6.4 List advantages of parallel processing.
6.5 List advantages of pipelining.
6.6 Compare parallel processing and pipelining.
6.7 Explain arithmetic instruction pipeline.
6.8 Explain vector processing.
6.9 Explain array processor.
6.10 Introduction to processors.
6.11 Explain about advanced processor technology
6.12 Describe instruction set architecture with examples.
6.13 Describe RISC processor
6.14 Describe CISC processor.
6.15 Give the differences between RISC and CISC processors.

Student activity like mini-project, surveys, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10 students.
1. Each group should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar activity
related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned Course
coordinator and Program Coordinator
2. Each group should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur.
3. Visit different sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten
report.
4. Explore and analyze topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking
Quiz/ tests/ assignments. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
245
5. Create a power point presentation on the topic relevant to course or advanced topic as an
extension to the course to improve the communication skills. Documents have to be
maintained as a record.
6. A Case study on Moore’s Law about the processors and submits a report.
7. Conduct a survey on types of memories and also about the cost and speed of various
memories with comparison.

1. https://www.studytonight.com/computer-architecture/
2. https://www.phy.ornl.gov/csep/ca/node2.html
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102062/

Hours
CO1 Recognize and explain the functional units R,U 8
of computers 1,2,3,4,8,9,10
CO2 Categorize instruction formats and addressing R,U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
modes
CO3 Develop fixed point, floating point arithmetic R,U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
algorithms
CO4 Demonstrate about computer memory system. R,U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 12
CO5 Utilize input and output units efficiently. R,U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
CO6 Contrast vector and pipeline processing , RISC and R,U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
CISC
Total Sessions 60
246
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
247
BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEM-I EXAMINATION (C-18)
18CM303C – COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
TIME: ONE HOUR MAXIMUM MARKS: 20


1. Define micro operation
2. Define macro operation.
3. Write the instruction format
4. Define opcode
NOTE: 1. Answer one question each from 5 and 6.

2. Each question is of internal choice type
5.a) Draw the functional block diagram of Digital computer

(OR)
5. b) Write about instruction cycle, fetch cycle and execution cycle.
6.a) Compare Fixed point and Floating point representations
(OR)
6. b) List basic types of information representation in a computer

7. a) Draw and explain the block diagram of simple accumulator based CPU.
(OR)
7. b). Describe the sequential execution of a program stored in memory by the CPU
8.a) Explain zero address, one address, two address and three address instructions with simple examples.
(OR)
8. b) Explain any five addressing modes.
248
BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEM-II EXAMINATION (C-18)
TIME: ONE HOURS MAXIMUM MARKS:20


1. Define normalization.
2. What is use biasing in floating point representation?
3. Define access time.
4. What is a cycle time?

5. a) Draw the flow chart of fixed point multiplication.

(OR)
5. b) Draw the flow chart of floating point multiplication.
6. a) Compare main memory and auxiliary memory.

(OR)
6. b) Explain the need for memory hierarchy in a computer.

7 a) Explain the fixed point addition and subtraction operations with flowchart.
(OR)
7. b) Explain floating point division operation with flowchart.
249
8. a) Discuss in detail Associative Memory
(OR)
8. b) Explain virtual memory organization in a computer system

BOARD DIPLOMA SEMESTER END EXAMINATION (C-18)
TIME: TWO HOURS MAXIMUM MARKS: 40


1. Define micro operation.

2. Define access time.
3. Define bus.
4. What is a cycle time?
5. List any two peripheral devices.
6. What is synchronous data transfer?
7. Define pipelining.
8. Define vector processing.
PART-B
NOTE: 1. Answer one question each from 9, 10, 11 and 12. MARKS: 4 X 3=12
2.Each question is of internal choice type
9. a) Write about instruction cycle, fetch cycle and execution cycle.

(OR)
9. b) Explain destination initiated strobe for data transfer.
10. a) Compare main memory and auxiliary memory

(OR)
10. b) Write advantages of parallel processing
11. a) Explain the need for an interface.

(OR)
11. b) Explain source initiated data transfer using handshaking.
12. a) Write advantages of pipelining.
(OR)
250
b) Compare parallel processing and pipelining
PART-C
NOTE: 1. Answer one question each from 13, 14, 15 and 16 MARKS: 4 X 5=20
13. a) Explain any five addressing modes.

(OR)
13. b) Explain programmed I/O method of data transfer.
14. a) Write about the fixed point addition and subtraction operations with flowchart.
(OR)
14. b) Explain array processor.
15.a) Explain interrupted initiated I/O mode of data transfer.

(OR)
15. b) Discuss in detail about Input Output Processor
16. a) Explain Flynn’s classification of Parallel processing

(OR)
16. b) Explain arithmetic instruction pipeline.
251
DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C
Course Title : DATA STRUCTURES THROUGH C Course Code : 18CM304C

Semester : III Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Hours : 60 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of C Programming Language
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Develop programs using the concepts of pointers and dynamic memory allocation.
CO2 Describe Data structures and implement space and time complexity of the algorithms.
CO3 Develop programs in C language using Sorting techniques.
CO4 Develop programs in C language using Searching techniques.
CO5 Describe different types of linked list and develop programs using C language. Construct
stacks and queues using the concept of Arrays and Linked lists.
CO6 Use of Binary Trees and its Applications
Course Contents
1. Pointers and Dynamic Memory allocation Duration: 10 Periods

Pointer - Declaration and Initialization of Pointers- Accessing the address of a variable using &
operator- Accessing a value of a variable through pointer - Differentiate address and de-
referencing operators - Pointer Arithmetic- precedence of address and de-referencing operators -
Relationship between Arrays and Pointers - Accessing array elements using pointers- Pointers as
Function Arguments - Discuss Array of Pointers with examples.
2. Introduction to Data structures Duration: 10 Periods

Data structures – Linear & non linear, data types and abstract data types, algorithm analysis for
time and space requirements.
Dynamic Memory allocation – Introduction, Dynamic memory allocation, Allocating a block of
memory: Malloc, Allocating multiple blocks of memory: Calloc, Releasing the used space: Free
Altering the size of memory: Realloc
252
3. Sorting Duration: 10 Periods
Introduction to different sorting techniques – selection sort program and algorithm
analysis for its time complexity, insertion sort program and algorithm analysis for time
complexity, bubble sort program and algorithm analysis for time complexity, quick sort program
and algorithm analysis for time complexity & Merge sort program and algorithm analysis for
time complexity.
4. Searching Duration: 06 Periods
Introduction to different searching techniques – sequential search example, program and
algorithm analysis for its time complexity and binary search example, program and algorithm
analysis for its time complexity.
5. Linear data structures Duration: 14 Periods

Linked Lists – Singly linked lists – Create, insert, delete, sort, search and replace an element in a
linked list – Reverse, Create singly circular linked list. Doubly linked list – Create, insert, delete
elements in doubly linked list - Create doubly linked circular list. Queues and stacks -
Implementation of stacks, application of stacks, converting infix to postfix expression and
evaluation – Applications & Implementation of queues, Circular queues, Priority queue – sparse
matrix
6. Non Linear Data Structures Duration: 10 Periods

Trees - Trees –Binary trees – Linear representation – Linked list representation, tree
traversals, Tree Conversion & Applications
Recommended Books
1. Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C++ - Gilberg / Forouzan
2. Data Structures using C & C++ - Tanenbaum, Langsam and Augenstein (PHI).
3. Data structures through C- YashwanthKanetkar
4. An Introduction to data structures with applications - Tremblay & Sorenson
1.0 Basics of Pointers

1.1 Define Pointer
1.2 Illustrate declaration and initialization of Pointers.
1.3 Illustrate accessing the address of a variable using & operator
1.4 Illustrate accessing a value of a variable through pointer
1.5 Differentiate between address and de-referencing operators.
253
1.6 Discuss about pointer arithmetic.
1.7 Illustrate precedence of address and de-referencing operators.
1.8 Illustrate relationship between arrays and pointers.
1.9 Illustrate accessing array elements using pointers
1.10 Discuss Array of Pointers with examples.
1.11 Illustrate use of pointer to structure.
1.12 Illustrate concept of structures containing pointers.
1.13 Explain Self referential structures with examples
2.0 Introduction to Data Structures

2.1 Define data structure and classify them
2.2 Explain linear data structures
2.3 Describe nonlinear data structures
2.4 Explain data types and abstract data types
2.5 State algorithm analysis for time requirements
2.6 Explain dynamic memory management functions MALLOC, CALLOC, FREE and
REALLOC and illustrate with examples to use these functions.
3.0 Sorting techniques

3.1 Define sorting
3.2 State the need of sorting
3.3 List the four methods of sorting
3.4 Explain the method of bubble sort
3.5 Write the algorithm for bubble sort and define its complexity
3.6 Discuss the program for bubble sort
3.7 Explain the method of selection sort
3.8 Write the algorithm for selection sort and define its complexity
3.9 Discuss the program for selection sort
3.10 Explain the method of insertion sort
3.11 Write the algorithm for insertion sort and define its complexity
3.12 Discuss the program for insertion sort
3.13 Explain the method of quick sort
3.14 Explain the method of merging two sorted lists
3.15 Discuss the program to implement merge sort on two sorted lists
4.0 Searching Techniques

4.1 Define searching
4.2 State the need of searching
254
4.3 List two types of searching
4.4 Explain the method of Linear Search
4.5 Write the algorithm for Linear Search and its complexity
4.6 Discuss the program for Linear Search
4.7 Explain the method of Binary Search
4.8 Write the algorithm for Binary Search and its complexity
4.9 Discuss the program for Binary Search
5.0 Linear Data structures
5.1 List advantages of linked lists
5.2 State the purpose of dummy header
5.3 Create a singly linked list and display it
5.4 Perform insertion and deletion operation on a singly linked list
5.5 Know how to search and replace an element in a linked list
5.6 Know to reverse a singly linked list
5.7 Create a singly circular linked list
5.8 Create a doubly linked list
5.9 Insert and delete elements in a doubly linked list
5.10 Understand Queues and Stacks
5.11 Define stack
5.12 Explain the two operations of a stack
5.13 Implementation of stacks
5.14 List applications of stacks
5.15 Convert infix to postfix expression
5.16 Evaluate postfix expression
5.17 Define queue
5.18 Explain the operations on queues
5.19 Discuss application of queues
5.20 Explain array implementation of queue
5.21 Implement circular queues
5.22 Explain priority queues
5.23 Definition of sparse matrix – converting ordinary matrix to sparse matrix transpose of sparse
matrix
6.0 Know the Tree structures

6.1 Define a tree
6.2 Explain the terminology related to tree
6.3 Define a binary tree
6.4 Explain the linear representation and linked list representation of a Binary tree
255
6.5 Write a program to create and display a tree
6.6 Perform traversal operation on trees
6.7 Construct a tree using inorder and preorder traversal
6.8 Construct a tree using inorder and postorder traversal
6.9 Convert general trees to binary trees
6.10 Perform operations on a binary tree
6.11 List Applications of trees
Suggested Activities
Student activity like mini-project, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10 students.
1. Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity
related to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme coordinator
concerned.
3. Explore and analyze topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking Quiz/
tests/ assignments. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
extension to the course to improve the communication skills. Documents have to be maintained as
a record.
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_structures_algorithms/index.htm
2. https://www.programiz.com/dsa
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
4. https://www.w3schools.in/data-structures-tutorial/intro/

Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
Hours
Develop programs using the concepts of pointers R, U,
CO1 1,2,3,10 10
and dynamic memory allocation. A
Describe Data structures and implement space and R, U,
CO2 1,2,3,10 10
time complexity of the algorithms. A
Develop programs in C language using Sorting R, U,
CO3 1,2,3,10 14
techniques. A
Develop programs in C language using Searching R, U,
CO4 1,2,3,10 06
techniques. A
Describe different types of linked list and develop
R, U,
CO5 programs using C language. Construct stacks and 1,2,3,10 12
A
queues using the concept of Arrays and Linked lists.
256
Use of Binary Trees and its Applications R, U,
CO6 1,2,3,10 08
A
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

257
Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
18CM304C, III Semester

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION & TRAINING:TS:HYDERABD
18CM304C, III Data Structures Through C
MID EXAM - I MODEL QUESTION PAPER
Time: 1 hour Max. Marks: 20
PART-A
Note: 1.Answer All questions. 4X1=4 Marks
2.Each carries 1 marks.
1. What is dereferencing operator?
2. Define pointer
3. Define linear data structure
4. What is dynamic memory allocation?
PART-B
Note:1. Answer any one question from 5 & 6. 2X3=6Marks
2.Each carries 3marks
5(a). Write a program to access array elements using pointers
OR
5(b). Explain self referential structure
6(a). Explain about algorithm analysis for time requirements
OR
6(b).List any five applications of non linear data structure
258
PART-C
7(a). Explain self referential structure with an example
OR
7(b). Write a program to access value of variable using pointer
8(a). Write a program to demonstrate calloc( )
OR
8(b). Write a program to demonstrate free( )

18CM304C, III Data Structures Through C
MID EXAM - II MODEL QUESTION PAPER
Time: 1 hour Max. Marks:20
PART-A
1. Write the need of sorting
2. List sorting methods
3. Define searching
4. Write the leaner search time complexity
PART-B
5(a). Explain the procedure of selection sort with example
OR
5(b). Explain the procedure of bubble sort with example
6(a).Write the procedure for linear search
OR
6(b). Explain the time complexity of binary search
259
PART-C
7(a). Write a C program insertion sort
OR
7(b) . Explain the procedure for merge sort with example
8(a). Write a C program on binary search
OR
8(b). Write a C program for linear search

C18-Semester End Examination (SEE)
Model Paper- 18CM304C, III Semester, Data Structures through C
PART – A
Instructions: 8 X 1 M = 08 Marks
i) Answer all the following questions:
ii) Each question carries one mark
1. What is self referential structure ?
2. Define sorting
3. Write any two differences between linear and non-linear data structures
4. What is linear search
5. Write any two advantages of linked list
6. Define Stack
7. Define tree
8. List any two applications of Trees
PART – B
Note: 1. Answer 4 questions from 9,10,11&12 4 X 3 M = 12 Marks
2. Each question carries three marks
9(a). Write about algorithm analysis for time requirements
OR
9(b). List applications of stacks
10(a). Explain the method of selection sort
260
OR
10(b). Define the terminology a) Leaf b)Root c)depth
11(a). Convert the following infix to postfix expression
a+b-c
OR
11(b). Evaluate the following postfix expression
2+4/3*2
12(a). Write the tree traversal techniques and give example for one of them
OR
12(b). List Applications of binary trees
PART – C
13(a). Write a simple program to demonstrate malloc( ).
OR
13(b). Write a program create a singly linked list and display it.
14(a). Explain quick sort method with example
OR
14(b). Construct a tree using given inorder and preorder traversal
inOrder = {2,5,6,10,12,14,15} and preOrder = {10,5,2,6,14,12,15}
15(a). Write a program to implement singly linked list.

OR
15(b). Write a program to implement queue.
16(a). Explain the linear representation and linked list representation of a Binary tree
OR
16(b). Write a program to construct a binary tree
261
RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Course Title : Relational Database Management Systems Course Code : 18CM305C

Semester : III Course Group : Core
Type of course : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Hours : 60 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of programming language.
Course Outcomes

Course Outcome
CO1 Describe the characteristics of database, architecture and languages of Database
system.
CO2 Implement Entity-Relationship diagrams.
CO3 Apply relational model concepts and constraints.
CO4 Apply normalization techniques for relational databases and familiarize with
transaction processing.
CO5 Use Structured Query Language (SQL), frame queries to any database and managing
schema objects.
CO6 Develop programs using PL/SQL.
Course Contents
1. Concepts of Databases: Duration: 10 Periods

Introduction - An Example - Characteristics of the database approach - Advantages of using the
DBMS Approach - A Brief History of Database Applications.
Database System Concepts and Architecture - Data Models – Schemas and Instances - Three-
Schema Architecture and Data Independence - Database Languages and Interfaces - The
262
Database System Environment - Centralized and Client /Server Architectures for DBMSs -
Classification of database Management System.
2. Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship(ER) Model Duration: 08 Periods

Using High Level Conceptual Data Models for Database Design - An example Database
Application - Entity Types - Entity Sets - attributes and keys - Relation Types - Relationship Sets
- roles and structural constraints - ER Diagrams, naming conventions and design issues -
Relationship Types of Degree Higher than Two.
3. Relational Data Model and Relational Data Base Constraints Duration: 06 Periods
Relational Model concepts - Relational Model Constraints and relational database schemas -
Update operation and Dealing with constraints violations - Transaction
4. Normalization and fundamentals of Data Base Transaction Processing Duration: 10 Periods

Informal Design guidelines for relation schemas - Functional dependencies - Normal forms
based on primary keys - General Definition of first, second and third normal forms, Boyce-codd
Normal form. Introduction to transaction processing - transaction and system concepts - desirable
properties of transactions – Serializability - States of Transactions.
5. Concept of SQL and management of schema objects. Duration: 14 Periods

SQL Data Definition and data types – various operators in SQL – DDL statements in SQL -
DML statements in SQL – Basic queries in SQL - specifying constraints in SQL - various
functions in SQL - SQL sub queries and JOIN statements.
Management of Schema objects ––indexes – sequences - synonyms - views.
6. PL/SQL Duration: 12 Periods

Introduction- Data types- Naming Conventions – control statements - sequential control GOTO
and NULL statements - Subprograms – Procedures -Functions RETURN statement– Recursion -
Stored Procedures - Exceptions – Cursors - Triggers – Packages.
1. Concepts of Databases
1.1 Familiarize with Database.
1.2 Illustrate the evolution of DBMS.
1.3 Describe the characteristics of the database approach.
1.4 Discuss about the applications of DBMS.
1.5 Explain different types of Data Models.
1.6 Define Schemas, instances.
1.7 Demonstrate Three-Schema Architecture.
1.8 Define Data Independence.
1.9 Familiarize Database Languages and Interfaces.
1.10 Illustrate Database System Environment.
1.11 Explain Centralized and Client /Server Architectures for DBMSs.
1.12 Classify different types of Database Management System.
2. Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship(ER) Model

2.1 Describe how to use High-Level Conceptual Data Models for Database Design.
2.2 Familiarize a Database Application and list some Database applications.
2.3 Describe Entity Types.
2.4 Demonstrate Entity Sets, Weak Entity Sets.
263
2.5 Illustrate attributes and keys.
2.6 Describe Relation Types.
2.7 Describe Relation sets.
2.8 Explain roles and structural constraints.
2.9 Demonstrate ER Diagrams, naming conventions, design issues.
2.10 Explain Relationship Types of Degree Higher Than Two.
3. Relational Data Model and Relational Data Base Constraints

3.1 Use Relational Model concepts.
3.2 Describe Relational Model Constraints.
3.3 Illustrate relational database schema.
3.4 Describe Update operation and dealing with constraints violations.
3.5 Define Transaction.
4. Normalization for relational databases, Fundamentals of Data Base Transaction Processing

4.1 Explain Informal Design guidelines for relation schemas.
4.2 Define Functional dependencies.
4.3 List Normal forms based on primary keys.
4.4 Explain General Definition of first, second and third normal forms, Boyce-codd Normal form
with examples.
4.5 Define Transaction in DBMS.
4.6 Illustrate the ACID Properties of Transactions.
4.7 Describe about desirable Properties of Transactions.
4.8 Illustrate Commit, Rollback, and Save Point.
4.9 Explain Serializability.
4.10 Give the States of Transactions.
5. Concept of SQL and management of schema objects

5.1 Familiarize with SQL.
5.1.1 List the features of SQL
5.1.2 List the benefits of SQL
5.1.3 List the components of SQL
5.1.4 Give some pseudo columns in SQL
5.2 Describe various data types in SQL.
5.3 Describe various operators in SQL.
5.4 Explain Data Definition Language statements in SQL.
5.5 Explain Data Modification Language statements in SQL.
5.6 Implement some basic queries with examples in SQL.
5.7 Explain the process of specifying constraints in SQL.
5.8 Explain different categories of SQL functions like numeric functions, aggregate functions, scalar
functions, date functions and string functions in SQL.
5.9 Implement sub queries and JOIN statements with examples in SQL.
5.10 Explain the management of schema objects.
5.10.1 Describe steps of managing indexes.
5.10.2 Explain the management of sequences like creating altering, dropping etc.
5.10.3 Explain the various synonyms management like creating, dropping etc.
5.10.4 Explain views and illustrate the creation of views from multiple tables.
6. PL/SQL
6.1 Familiarize with PL/SQL.
6.2 Describe various data types in PL/SQL.
6.3 Explain various control statements in PL/SQL with examples.
6.4 List sequential control GOTO and NULL statements.
6.5 Define subprograms.
264
6.6 Develop PL/SQL programs using procedures.
6.7 Develop PL/SQL programs using functions.
6.8 Define recursion and explain recursion with example.
6.9 Describe about Stored Procedures.
6.10 Develop PL/SQL programs to handle exceptions.
6.11 Define Cursor and explain Cursors with examples.
6.12 Define Triggers and explain Triggers with examples.
6.13 Define Package and explain Packages with examples.
Suggested list of Student Activities
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing 2.5 credits (Any one)
 Each group should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar activity related to
the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned course coordinator and
programme co-coordinator.
 Each group should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur.
1. Visit Library to refer to standard Books on Database Management Systems, collect related
material and prepare notes.
2. Refer to online content and videos to get more knowledge on database concepts.
3. Study different types of databases in the industries and prepare a Power Point Presentation (PPT).
4. Write assignments given by course coordinator.
5. Read all the course contents and should be able to write slip tests and surprise tests.
6. Prepare a seminar on a specific topic that is related to latest technologies in the database field and
present to all the peers.
7. Design a simple project using any one database.
8. Study IEEE papers on Bigdata, Datascience, DataMining topics and submit a report.
9. Prepare quiz on database related questions and conduct.
10. Participate in state level or national level technical conferences.
Recommended Books
1. “An Introduction to Database Systems” 8th edition by C J Date.

2. “DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS” 6th edition by Abraham Silberschatz Yale University,
Henry F. Korth Lehigh University, S. Sudarshan Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay.
3. “Fundamentals of Database Systems” Sixth edition, 2014, RamezElmasri, Shamkan B. Navathe,
Pearson Education, ISBN- 9788131792476.
4. “Database Managemet Systems” Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke-3 rd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
5. “DBMS a practical approach” by E R Rajiv Chopra, S Chand publications.
6. “Database Systems: Design, Implementation, and Management”, Eighth Edition by Peter Rob
and Carlos Coronel.
7. “Database Systems A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management” 6th
edition
By Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg.
Suggested E-learning references.
1. https://www.w3schools.in/.
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dbms
3. https://beginner-sql-tutorial.com/sql.htm.
4. www.nptel.ac.in.
5. http://www.sql-tutorial.net/
265

Hours
CO1 Describe the characteristics of database, architecture R,U, A 1,2,6,7,8,9,10 10
and languages of Database system.
CO2 Implement Entity-Relationship diagrams. R,U, A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 06
CO3 Apply relational model concepts and constraints. R,U, A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 08
CO4 Apply normalization techniques for relational R,U, A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 10
databases and familiarize with transaction processing.
CO5 Use Structured Query Language (SQL), frame queries U, A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 14
to any database and managing schema objects.
CO6 Develop programs using PL/SQL. R,U, A 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 12
Total Sessions 60
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

4
2 10(a) 14(a)
3 III

4 IV
266
9(b) 13(b)
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER-I EXAMINATION (C-18)
18CM305C – RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

1. Define DBMS and list 3 applications of DBMS
2. Define Data Independence.
3. List some structural constraints.
4. Define Weak entity types.

5. (A) Describe Three-Schema Architecture.

or
(B) List some Database Models.
267
6. (A) Describe how to use High-Level Conceptual Data Models for Database Design.
or
(B) List different types of attributes and keys.

7. (A) List and explain, Database Languages and Interfaces

or
(B) Explain the Centralized and Client /Server Architectures for DBMSs.
8. (A) Explain a Database Application and list some Database applications.

or
(B) Demonstrate ER Diagram for University with a neat sketch.

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER-II EXAMINATION (C-18)

1. List some relational model concepts.
2. Define update operation.
3. Define Functional dependency.
4. List the states of transactions.

5. (A) Describe Relational Database Schema.

or
268
(B) Describe about transactions.
6. (A) List Normal forms based on primary keys

or
(B) List the ACID Properties of Transactions.

7. (A) Implement Relational Model Constraints.

or
(B) Implement the Update operation and dealing with constraints violations.
8. (A) Explain Serializability with examples.

or
(B) Illustrate Commit, Rollback, and Save Point.


1. Define Schemas, instances.
2. Define Update operation.
3. List the benefits of SQL.
4. List ACID properties.
5. List 3 data types in SQL.
6. Write the syntax to create a table in SQL.
7. List the types of subprograms in PL/SQL.
8. Define cursor.
PART-B
269
9. (A) List different types of data models.
or
(B) List some operators in SQL.
10. (A) Describe relational database schema.

or
(B) List control statements in PL/SQL.
11. (A) List the types of schema objects.

or
(B) Write about managing indexes.
12. (A) Write about the features and benefits of PL/SQL.

or
(B) Write about sequential control GOTO and NULL statements in PL/SQL.
PART-C
13. (A) List and explain Relation types.

or
(B) Implement DDL statements in SQL with examples.
14. (A) Implement different types of Normal Forms with examples.

or
(B) Develop PL/SQL program using recursive functions with an example.
15. (A) Implement the aggregate functions and string functions in SQL.
or
(B) Illustrate the creation of views from multiple tables with examples.
16. (A) Develop the concept of handling exceptions in PL/SQL with example program.
or
(B) Explain about numeric and date functions in PL/SQL with examples.
270
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB
Course Title : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS Course Code 18CM306P

LAB
Semester III Course Group Practical

Hrs(L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact Hours 45 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of basic electronics.
Unit Unit name Periods

No
1. Basics of Digital Electronics 5
2. Digital IC logic families 5
271
3. Combinational logic circuits and adder circuits. 5
4. MUX, DE-MUX, Encoder and Decoder circuits. 8
5. Sequential logic circuits 10
6. Counters and Semiconductor memories 12
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Familiarize various number systems and codes.
CO2 Simplify Boolean expressions using various Logic Gates
CO3 Demonstrate different types of combinational logic circuits.
CO4 Develop Combinational logic circuits.
CO5 Design registers using flip-flops.
CO6 Design counter circuits.
References
1. Digital Fundamentals, Thomas L. Floyd, Pearson Education, ISBN:9788131734483
2. Digital Principles and Applications, Malvino and Leach, TMH
E-Resources
1. http://www.vlab.co.in/
2. http://www.asic-world.com/
3. http://electrical4u.com/
4. http://www.electronics-tutorials.ws
CO-PO Mapping
Course Outcome Linked PO Hrs
CO1 Make use of various gates. 1,2,3,4,10 5
CO2 Identify various digital IC logic families by their 1,2,3,4,10 5

characteristics.
272
CO3 Construct different types of combinational logic circuits. 1,2,3,4,10 5
CO4 Develop Combinational logic circuits like MUX , De-mux, 8

encoder, decoder and comparator circuits.
1,2,3,4,10
CO5 Build sequential circuits and design registers using flip-flops. 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO6 Design counter circuits and Compare different types of 1,2,3,4,10 12

memories.
Course Program Outcomes
DIGITAL 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3
ELECTRONICS
LAB
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Verify the truth tables of AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR and Ex-OR Gates
2. Realize AND, OR, NOT, XOR functions using NAND gate.
3. Realize AND, OR, NOT, XOR functions using NOR gate.
4. Verify Demorgan’s Laws using given digital trainer kit.
5. Construct half adder and full adder circuits and verify their functionality
6. Construct clocked Flip Flops using Logic gates/Digital Trainer kits and verify its truth
table.
a) Verify the truth table D flip Flop
b) Verify the functionality and truth table of RS flip flop with Preset and Clear
c) Verify the Truth table of JK FF.
d) Construct T flip flops and verify the truth table.
7. Construct and verify the function of Asynchronous counters
8. Construct and verify the function of decade counter.
273
9. Construct and verify the function of Synchronous counters
10. Construct and Verify the function of up/down counter
11. Construct and Verify the function of shift register
12. Construct a circuit to verify TT of 8X3 Encoder and 3X8 Decoder.
13. Construct a circuit to verify TT of 4:1 mux
14. Construct a circuit to verify TT 1:4 demux.
15. Construct a circuit of 4-bit magnitude comparator using logic gates

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER I EXAMINATION (C-18)
18CM306P – DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB
MARKS: 1 X 20 = 20
Instructions: 1) Answer any One of the following questions

2) Each question carries ten marks.

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER II EXAMINATION (C-18)
MARKS: 1 X 20 = 20
274
Instructions: 1) Answer any One of the following questions

BOARD DIPLOMA END-SEMESTER EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-III-SEMESTER END EXAMINATION
MARKS: 2 X 20 =40
Instructions: 1) Answer any Two of the following questions

6. Construct clocked Flip Flops using Logic gates/Digital Trainer kits and verify its truth
table.
a) Verify the truth table D flip Flop
b) Verify the functionality and truth table of RS flip flop with Preset and Clear
275
c) Verify the Truth table of JK FF.
d) Construct T flip flops and verify the truth table.
7. Construct and verify the function of Asynchronous counters
8. Construct and verify the function of decade counter.
9. Construct and verify the function of Synchronous counters
10. Construct and Verify the function of up/down counter
11. Construct and Verify the function of shift register
Data structures through C lab practice
Course Title : Data structures through C lab Course Code 18CM307P

practice
Semester III Course Group Practical

Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites
Knowledge of Computer Operation.
Course Outcome
Course Outcome
CO1 Apply Pointers and Dynamic Memory allocation techniques
CO2 Implement Sorting and Searching algorithms
CO3 Implement Linear data structures
CO4 Implement Non Linear data structures
276
Course Content
Unit Unit name Hours/Periods

No
1 Pointers and Dynamic Memory allocation 6
2 Sorting and Searching algorithms 13
3 Linear data structures 13
4 Non Linear data structures 13
Total 45
Reference books:
1. Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C++ - Gilberg / Forouzan

2. Data Structures using C & C++ - Tanenbaum, Langsam and Augenstein (PHI).
3. Data structures through C- YashwanthKanetkar
4. An Introduction to data structures with applications - Tremblay & Sorenson
E-References:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_structures_algorithms/index.htm
2. https://www.programiz.com/dsa
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
4. https://www.w3schools.in/data-structures-tutorial/intro/
Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes
CO1 Write programs using Pointers and dynamic memory R, U 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 6

allocation
CO2 Illustrate sorting and searching techniques using R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13
programs A
CO3 Demonstrate linked list, stacks and queues using R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13
programs A
CO4 Demonstrate binary tree construction and tree R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13
traversals A
Total 45
Sessions
LIST OF EXERCISES
277
1. Write simple programs to demonstrate usage of pointers
2. Write simple programs to demonstrate usage of dynamic memory operators
3. Write a program on Selection sort
4. Write a program on insertion sort
5. Write a program on bubble sort
6. Implement a program for merge sort on two sorted lists of elements
7. Write a program on linear search
8. Write a program on binary search
9. Write a program on creation, insertion, deletion & display of elements in a singly linked lists
10. Write a program to implement a singly circular linked list
11. Write a program on creation, insertion, deletion & display of elements in a doubly linked lists
12. Write a program on searching, sorting, reverse the elements of a given single linked list.
13. Write a program to Implement a stack
14. Write a program to implement a queue
15. Write a program to create a binary tree & its traversal operations
RDBMS LAB PRACTICE
Course Title : RDBMS LAB PRACTICE Course Code : 18CM308P
Semester : III Course Group : Practical
Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) :15:0:30 Credits :3
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 45 Periods
Prerequisites
Knowledge of basics DBMS theoretical concepts.
Course Content
Unit Unit Name Periods

Number
1 Concepts of Databases 2
2 Data Modelling Using the Entity Relationship(ER) 4

Model
3 Relational Data Model and Relational Data Base 6

Constraints
278
4 Normalization and fundamentals of Data Base 8
Transaction Processing
5 Concept of SQL and management of schema 13

objects.
6 PL/SQL 12
Total 45
Course Objectives
1. Use the concepts of database technologies.
2. Prepare queries to interact with database using SQL DML/DDL commands.
3. Implement Database schema objects for a given problem-domain.
4. Develop programs using PL/SQL.
Course Outcome
Course Outcome Experiment CL Linked PO Lab

Linked Sessions
CO1 Use the concepts of database 1,2,3,4,5 U, A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,1 5

technologies. 0
CO2 Prepare queries to interact 6,7,8,9,10,11,12 U, A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,1 15

with database using SQL 0
DML/DDL commands
CO3 Implement Database schema 13,14,15,16,17,18 U, A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,1 10

objects for a given problem- 0
domain.
CO4 Develop programs using 19,20,21,22,23,24, U,A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,1 15

PL/SQL. 25 0
45
Course Program Outcomes
279
RDBMS LAB 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 3 3
References
1. “An Introduction to Database Systems” 8th edition by C J Date.

2. “DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS” 6th edition by Abraham Silberschatz Yale University,
Henry F. Korth Lehigh University, S. Sudarshan Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay.
3. “Fundamentals of Database Systems” Sixth edition, 2014, RamezElmasri, Shamkan B. Navathe,
Pearson Education, ISBN- 9788131792476.
4. “Database Managemet Systems” Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke-3rd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
5. https://www.w3schools.in/.
6. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dbms
7. https://beginner-sql-tutorial.com/sql.htm.
8. www.nptel.ac.in.
9. http://www.sql-tutorial.net/
Course Delivery
The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Practices.
List of Exercises:
1. Install Oracle database.

2. Prepare queries to create tables.
3. Prepare queries to insert records into tables.
4. Prepare queries to update records in a table.
5. Prepare queries to modify the structure of the table.
6. Prepare queries to retrieve data from database using SELECT command.
7. Prepare queries using clauses like WHERE, ORDER, IN, LIKE, AND, OR, NOT.
8. Develop queries using numeric functions.
9. Develop queries using string functions.
10. Develop queries using date functions.
11. Develop queries using aggregate functions.
12. Develop queries using scalar functions.
13. Prepare queries using set operators.
14. Develop sub queries.
15. Prepare queries using SQL joins.
16. Create tables using integrity constraints.
17. Implement Sequences.
18. Implement Synonyms.
19. Implement creating and deleting indexes.
20. Implement Clusters.
21. Implement Views.
22. Develop programs using PL/SQL control statements.
23. Develop programs using PL/SQL Procedures.
24. Develop programs using PL/SQL Functions.
25. Develop programs using PL/SQL Recursion.
26. Develop programs using PL/SQL to handle exceptions.
27. Implement Triggers.
280
28. Implement Packages.
MULTIMEDIA LAB PRACTICE
Course Title : Multimedia Lab Practice Course Code :18CM309P
Semester : III Course Group : Practical
Type of course : Lecture + Practical Total Contact Hours : 45 Periods
Prerequisites
Basic computer knowledge and creative ideas.
Course Objective
Learn the various photo editing animation techniques and demonstrate proficiency in developing the
multimedia presentations.
Course Outcome
281
Course Outcome
Apply basic elements and principles of photo editing software to achieve a great
CO1 photo effect by applying effects like color, shadows, alteration of backgrounds,
cropping and collage making
Create simple shapes using animation editing software and design simple
CO2
animation by applying shape tweens and motion tweens.
Legends: R = Remember U= Understand; A= Apply
Course Contents
UNIT – I
Using suitable Photo Editing Software, perform the following exercises:
1. Designing Visiting card: Create a visiting Card containing at least one graphic and text information.
2. Extracting of image: You are given a picture of a garden as background. Extract the image of a
butterfly from another picture and organize it on the background.
3. Creating duplicate copies of image: Given a picture, make three copies of this picture. On one of
these pictures, adjust the brightness and contrast, so that it gives an elegant look. On the second picture,
change it to grayscale and the third is the original one.
4. Converting Image into object: Convert the given image to a pencil sketch.
5. Masking of Image: Mask the background image given through your name.
6. Editing Image: Import two pictures, one that of sea and another of clouds. Morph, Merge and Overlap
the images.
Unit II
Using suitable animation software, solve the following projects:
7. Shape Distortion: Create a square and gradually convert it into a circle.
8. Spotlight: Create a text on one layer; format the text with suitable size, color and style. With the help
of another layer, position a spotlight on the text and move the spotlight from left to right.
282
9. Virtual Drumbeat: Draw a circle to represent a drum and edit as required on one layer. Insert another
layer, draw suitable drum sticks and position them appropriately. Give visual effects. Also provide audio
effect by selecting the sound item from Flash library Sounds.fla, so as to integrate audio and video clips.
10. Simulation of a Raindrop: In the first layer, draw a raindrop that falls on the ground. Show the
splash effect, when it touches the ground on another layer.
11. Sunset: Create a suitable background with clouds and mountains on one layer. Draw the Sun on
another layer. On the third layer draw birds. Provide animation to show the birds flying across the Sun that
keeps fading.
12. Stickman Walk: Draw a walking track on one layer. On another layer draw a stickman, with
animation show the man walking over the track from left to right.
Text Books
1. Practical Photoshop® CS6, Level 1 by Barbara ZukinHeiman, Donald Laird, Corrine Haverinen,
Windsor Green, & Marilyn P. Kelly Practical Photoshop.
2. Project Flash MX by Nat Gertler, Thomson Delmar Learning Publication.
3. Comdex Multimedia and Web Design Course Kit, DreamTech, Vikas Gupta, SBN 13: 788177229196
4. http://design.tutsplus.com/articles/50-great-photoshop-tutorials-for-clever-beginners-- psd-785
Suggested E-Learning References
1. http://www.coursestuff.co.uk/DESI1182/docs/Flash%20tutorials.pdf
2. http://w3.id.tue.nl/fileadmin/id/objects/Etelier/Phidgets/Software/Flash/fl8_tutorials.pdf
4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com
5. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/
6. https://www.studytonight.com/
Course Outcome Experiment CL Linked PO Lab

Linked Sessions
CO1 Apply basic elements 1,2,3,4,5,6, R,U,A 1,2,3,4,7,8,9,10 20

and
principles of photo
283
editing software to
achieve a great photo
effect by applying
effects
like color, shadows,

alteration of
backgrounds, cropping
and collage making
CO2 Create simple shapes 7,8,9,10,11,12 R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 25

using animation editing
software and design
simple animation by
applying shape tweens
and motion tweens
284
List of Experiments:
1. Using photo editing software, design a visiting card containing at least one graphic and text
information.
2. You are given a picture of a garden as background. Extract the image of a butterfly from another picture
and organize it on the background. Use photo editing software,
3. Using photo editing software, make three copies of .jpeg picture. On one of these pictures, adjust the
brightness and contrast, so that it gives an elegant look. On the second picture, change it to grayscale and
the third is the original one.
4. Using photo editing software convert an image imported from My Pictures, to a pencil sketch.
5. Using photo editing software, Mask the background image given through your name.
6. Using photo editing software, import two pictures, one that of sea and another of clouds. Morph, merge
and overlap these images.
7. Using animation software show the gradual conversion of a square to a circle.
8. Using animation software, highlight a neatly formatted text by a spotlight from left to right.
9. Using animation software, show the effect of a Virtual Drumbeat with suitable audio and visual effects.
10. Using animation software, Simulate a Raindrop with a splash effect.
11. Using animation software, show the sunset event with a bird flying across while the sun keeps fading.
12. Using animation software, design a stickman walking over a track from left to right.
285
Communication Skills and Life Skills
Course Title Communication Skills and Life Skills Course Code 18CM310P
Semester III Course Group Foundation
Teaching 15:0:30 Credits 1.5

Scheme in
Periods- L: T:P
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact 45 Periods

Hours
Rationale:
This course is designed to impart communication skills and life skills to the students of diploma which
will help them a great deal in personal and professional fronts.
Prerequisites:
This course requires the basic knowledge of vocabulary, grammar, and four language learning skills, viz.
Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the students will have the ability
to:
Identify the main or the central idea.

Listening Skills Listen for specific details.
Learn the pronunciation.
Learn relevant vocabulary to make introductions.

Communication Skills – I
Learn to introduce oneself in formal and informal
situations.
Learn vocabulary and expressions useful for describing

objects
Describe objects
Learn vocabulary to talk about the past
286
Describe the incidents that happened in the past
Communication Skills – II
Learn the techniques of organising the matter / content for
one-minute speech.
Speak fluently and accurately using appropriate body

language.
Think positively.
Life Skills – I Develop positive attitude.
Overcome negative attitude.
Know the importance of setting goals.
Set goals using SMART features.
Know the reasons for a problem.
Learn to overcome problems.
Life Skills – II Learn the various techniques to solve the problems.
Learn to make proper decisions on time.
Think ‘out of the box’.
Learn to be creative.
Think innovatively.
Think critically.
Know how to be a leader.
Learn the qualities of a good leader.

Life Skills – III Learn the qualities of a good team.
Learn the advantages and disadvantages of a team.
Manage time effectively.
Learn various time management techniques.
Learn the importance of prioritisation.
CO-PO Matrix
287
Course Outcome Linked PO
CO 1 Listening for main idea and specific details R/U/A 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,7,8,

9,10
CO 2 Introduce oneself and Describe Objects R/U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10
CO 3 Talk about the past and speak fluently for R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8.9,10
one minute
CO 4 Develop positive attitude and set short term R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8,9,10

and long term goals
CO 5 Learn to solve a problem, make decisions R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8,9,10

and think innovatively
CO6 Learn to become a good team member and R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8,9,10

leader
Course Contents:
I. Listening Skills Duration: 9 Periods
1. Listening – I
 Digital Camera
 A Dialogue
 Wild Animal / Human conflict
2. Listening – II
 A Recipe
 A Telephone conversation
 An Interview

II. Communication Skills – I Duration:6 Periods
3. Introducing Oneself
4. Describing Objects
5.
III. Communication Skills – II Duration:6 Periods
6. Talking About the Past
7. Just A Minute
8.
IV. Life Skills – I Duration:6 Periods
9. Attitude
10. Goal Setting
11.
V. Life Skills – II Duration:9 Periods
9. Problem Solving and Decision-Making Skills
10. Critical Thinking & Creativity
VI. Life Skills – III Duration:9 Periods

11. Leadership and Teamwork
288
12. Time Management
1. Listening Comprehension
2. Seminars
3. Paper Presentations
4. Line ups for introducing oneself
5. Describing persons / places / things
6. Picture description
7. Role Plays
8. Dumb charades
9. What is in the bag? (Identify the objects)
10. Games using Online Dictionaries
11. Sharing the information using emails, chats and groups
12. Just A Minute
13. Writing diary events
14. Find a solution to the problem
15. Making innovative things through recycling
16. Creating advertisements
17. Five-minute activities on Life Skills
18. Watching videos on life skills and making presentations
19. Case studies
Evaluation Pattern:
I. Continuous Internal Examination: 60 Marks
a. Mid Sem- I 20 marks

Syllabus:
i. Listening Skills
ii. Communication Skills - I
b. Mid Sem – II 20 Marks

Syllabus:
i. Communication Skills - II
ii. Life Skills - I
c. Internal assessment: 20 marks
i. Seminars: 10 marks
ii. Assignments: 5 marks
iii. Lab record submission: 5 marks
II. Semester End Examination : 40 Marks

a. Listening: 10 Marks
b. JAM or Role plays: 15 Marks
c. Viva Voce on any life skills topic : 15 Marks
289
References:
1. Flint, Chrisand Jamie FlockhartListening: A2 (Collins English for Life: Skills)Collins.

2013
2. Brown, Stephen E. English in Everyday Life. McGraw-Hill Education.2008
3. Mohanraj, Jayashree. Let Us Hear Them Speak: Developing Speaking-Listening Skills in
English.Sage. 2015
4. Susan Earle – Carlin. Q Skills for Success: Listening and Speaking 5: Student Book with
Online Practice. Oxford University Press. 2013
5. Kumar, Sanjay and Pushpa Latha. Communication Skills: A Work Book.Oxford
University Press. 2018
6. Carnegie, Dale.The Leader in You. Simon & Schuster: 1995
7. Carnegie, Dale.The Art of Public Speaking. Prabhat Prakashan. NewDelhi.2013
8. Kaye, Martin. Goal Setting (Workbook Included): Goals & Motivation: Introduction To A
Complete & Proven Step-By-Step Blueprint For Reaching Your Goals (Goal Setting
Master Plan 1). Kindle Edition. MK Coaching.2016.
9. West, Steven. Critical Thinking Skills: Practical Strategies for Better Decision making,
Problem-Solving and Goal Setting. Kindle Edition.2018
10. Tracy, Brain. Goals. Berret-Koehler PublishersInc. San Francisco. 2017
11. Tracy, Brain. Master your Time Master your Life. Penguin Random House Inc. New
York. 2017
12. Sean Covey. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective Teens. Simon and Schuster,2011
E-Learning Resources:
1. http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/youmeus/learnit/learnitv39.shtml
2. https://www.examenglish.com/leveltest/listening_level_test.htm
3. https://www.oxfordonlineenglish.com/listening?utm_referrer=https%3A%2F
%2Fwww.google.co.in%2F
4. https://takeielts.britishcouncil.org/prepare-test/free-ielts-practice-tests/listening-practice-
test-1
5. https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/listening
6. https://www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english/activities-for-learners/?skill=listening
7. https://www.businessenglishsite.com/business-english-listening.html
290
THIRD SEMESTER 18CM310P
COMMUNICATION SKILLS AND LIFE SKILLS
MID SEM - I
Part – A 10 marks
1. Listening Comprehension: 5 X 2 = 10
(Teacher should give the questions before reading the passage given below)
Florence Nightingale was an English social reformer and a statistician, and the founder of
modern nursing. She was born in Florence, Italy, on May 12, 1820. Part of a wealthy family,
Nightingale defied the expectations of the time and pursued what she saw as her God-given
calling of nursing during the Crimean War. She and a team of nurses improved the unsanitary
conditions at a British base hospital, greatly reducing the death count. Her writings sparked
worldwide health care reform, and in 1860 she established St. Thomas' Hospital and the
Nightingale Training School for Nurses. A revered hero of her time, she died on August 13,
1910, in London. Nightingale came to prominence while serving as a manager and trainer of
nurses during the Crimean War, in which she organized care for wounded soldiers. She gave
nursing a favourable reputation and became an icon of Victorian culture, especially in the
persona of "The Lady with the Lamp" making rounds of wounded soldiers at night.
Questions:
1. Who was Florence Nightingale?
2. When and where was she born?
3. What does the passage convey?
4. When did she pass away?
5. Where did she establish nursing school?
PART- B 10 Marks
Instruction: Answer any one of the questions in 150 words.
2. How do you introduce yourself formally in an interview?

3. Describe your polytechnic.
291
MID SEM - II
Part – A 10 marks
Instruction: Answer any one of the following questions in 150 words.
1. Describe how you have spent your summer vacation.
2. What are the features of good JAM presentation? What precautions do you take before
speaking for one minute on the given topic?
Part – B 10 marks
Instruction: Answer any one of the following questions in 150 words.
3. What is positive attitude? Give examples of positive attitude from your life.
4. Mention your long term goal with SMART features. How do you achieve it?
292
SEMESTER END EXAM
Part – A 10 marks
1. Listen to the following passage and answer the questions give below it. 5 X 2 = 10
(Teacher should give the questions before reading the passage)
Answer the following questions after teacher reads the following paragraph.
Prof. Jayashankar was born to Mahalaxmi and Laxmi Kantha Rao on 6th August 1934 in
Akkampet village, Warangal District. He was a Doctorate in Economics. He worked as a
Vice-Chancellor of Kakatiya University. He worked in many capacities. He was popularly
known as “Pedda Sir.” He inspired many a people to fight for the cause of Telangana
Statehood.
At the age of twelve, Jayashankar refused to sing songs in praise of the Nizam and
insisted on singing Vande Mataram instead. As an intermediate student, in 1952, he protested
against State Reorganization Committee plan to merge with the Andhra Rashtra. He took an
active part in the agitations of “Non – Mulki go back“ and “ Idli Sambar go back.” He took an
active part in Telangana separate statehood agitation in 1969 too. In 1999, Prof. Jayashankar
started the Telangana Development Forum in the USA which helped to propagate the
injustice, discrimination and exploitation meted out to Telangana region and people in the
aspects of employment, funds and water resources. He relentlessly put his efforts to end the
struggle of Telangana people. He passed away on June 21, 2011. He was 76 years old at the
time of his death.
Questions:
1. Where was Prof. Jayashankar born?

2. Why didn’t he sing songs in praise of the Nizam?
3. Why did Jayashankar start the Telangana Development Forum in USA?
4. What are the two agitations in which he took an active part?
5. What is the meaning of ‘relentlessly’?
Part – B 15 marks
2. JAM / Role Plays
Part – C 15 marks
3. Viva Voce on Life Skills topics
SKILL UPGRADATION-III
293
Course Title : Skill Upgradation -III Course Code : : -
Semester : III Course Group : -
Teaching Scheme in periods ( L : : 0:0:7 Credits : 2.5
Methodology
T :P) : Activities Total Contact : 105
Periods
Course Objective:

Activity
Periods Frequency
No Activity
Haritha Haram(plantation &Maintenance)/ Waste 7 times in a

1 21
management /Swachh Bharat semester
Mini projects 6 times in a

2 18
semester
Online Video Tutorials/MOOCs in 4 times in a

3 16
SWAYAM/NPTEL/e-Journals semester
Seminars/Quizzes/ Technical Paper 6 times in a

4 24
Presentations /Group discussions/ Participate in semester
Tech fests and coding competitions
5 Field Visits/Field Practice(also within the campus) 14 2 times
Expert/Guest Lectures
 Safety and Responsibilities of an Engineer
6  Occupational crime/Cyber crimes 12 4 Times
 Responsibility of engineers
Total Periods 105
Note: in case Expert faculties are not available English faculty may handle the expert lectures or Video
clips on the suggested lectures may be played and the suggested activities are flexible.
294
Course Outcomes
CO Outcome CO/PO
Mapping
profession.

COURSE CONTENT:
SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENGINEERS
Safety and risk-definition- - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing risk-–
Personal risk-Public risk-Reducing risk-Voluntary Risk-Collegiality and loyalty–Authority- Types-
collective bargaining -occupational crime –Responsibility of engineers–Types-Social responsibility-
Professional responsibility-confidentiality-conflicts of interest-liability
Evaluation:

Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Engineering
Knowledge
Team work
Discipline
Mapped PO
Lifelong
learning
practice
society
Ethics
Tools
CO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO2 ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6,7,9,10
CO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,7,10
FORMAT FOR STUDENT ACTIVITY ASSESSMENT
DIMENSION Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Score
295
1 2 3 5 6
Collection of Does not Collects Collects Collect Collects a 2

Data collect any very limited some basic s great deal of
information information; information; relevan information;
relating to the some relate refer to the t all refer to
topic to the topic topic informa the topic
tion;
concern
ed
to the
topic
Fulfill team’s Does not Performs Performs Perfor Performs all 4
roles & duties perform any very little nearly all ms all duties of
duties assigned duties duties duties assigned
to the team team roles
role with
presentation
Shares work Always relies Rarely does Usually Does Always 2
equally on others to do the assigned does the the does the
the work work; often assigned assigne assigned
needs work; rarely d job work
reminding needs without without
reminding having having to be
to be reminded
remind and on
ed. given time
frame
Listen to other Is always Usually Listens, but Listens Listens and 2
team mates talking; never does most sometimes and contributes
allows anyone of the talk too contrib precisely to
else to speak talking; much utes the relevant
rarely to the topic and
allows relevan exhibit
others to t leadership
speak topic qualities
TOTAL 10/4=2.5
*All student activities should be done in a group of 4-5 students with a team leader.
NOTE : This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics may be devised by the concerned course co-
ordinator for assessing the given activity.
If the average score is greater than 1(>1), then 2.5 credits will be awarded to student.
296
Diploma in
IV Semester
297

N Code
o
Periods Periods Evaluation
per week per
semester

Sem1 Sem2 Evaluati Marks Mark Marks for Passing
on s including
internal
1 18CM ADVANCED 14
MATHEMATICS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100 35
401C
2
18CM 14 35
OOPS THROUGH C++ 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
402C
3 18CM .NET PROGRAMMING 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
403C THROUGH C#
18CM 14 35
4 MICRO PROCESSORS 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
404C
5
18CM OPERATING 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
405C SYSTEMS
6 18CM 20 50
C++ LAB PRACTICE 1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
406P
7
.NET PROGRAMMING
18CM 2 45 20 50
THROUGH C# LAB 1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
407P
PRACTICE
8 18CM MICRO PROCESSORS 1 0 2 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 20 100 50
408P LAB PRACTICE
9
18CM WEB DESIGNING 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
409P LAB PRACTICE
10 ADVANANCED
18CM COMMUNICATION & 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
410P LIFE SKILLS LAB
PRACTICE
11 Skill Upgradation-IV 7 2.5 -
0 0 105 0 0 Rubrics --
20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
298
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Course Title : Advanced Engineering Mathematics

Course Code : 18CM401F
SEMESTER : IV Course Group : Foundation

Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) : 45 :15: 00 ( in Credits : 3
periods) )
Total Contact Periods : 60
Methodology : Lecture + Tutorial
Periods
Pre requisites:
This course requires the knowledge of Engineering Mathematics at Diploma first year level and
Applied Engineering Mathematics at Diploma 3rd Semester level.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 Solve simple Homogeneous Linear Differential Equations

CO 2 Solve simple Non-Homogeneous Linear Differential Equations
CO 3 Express f(x) as a Fourier series in the given interval
CO 4 Express f(x) as a Fourier Half-Range Cosine series and Sine series
CO 5 Find Laplace transforms of simple functions
CO 6 Find Inverse Laplace transforms of simple functions and solve Linear Differential
Equations using Laplace Transformations.
Course Contents:
Unit – I Duration: 05 Periods (L:3.75 – T:1.25)
Homogeneous Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients
Homogenous linear differential equations with constant coefficients of order two and higher
with emphasis on second order.
Unit – II Duration: 15 Periods (L:11.25 – T:3.75)
Non-Homogeneous Linear Differential equations with constant coefficients

Non-homogenous linear differential equations with constant coefficients of the form f(D)y =
X, where X is in the form k(a constant ) ,e ax, sin ax, cos ax, xn, (n= 1,2,3) Complimentary
Function (CF), Particular Integral (PI) and General Solution (GS).
299
Unit-III Duration: 10 Periods (L: 7.5 – T: 2.5)
Fourier series
Orthogonality of trigonometric functions, Representation of a function in Fourier series over the

interval , Euler’s formulae, sufficient conditions for existence of Fourier series for a
function. Even, Odd functions and Fourier series over the Interval (0,2 π ) and (- π , π )
Unit – IV Duration: 05 Periods (L:3.75 – T:1.25)
Fourier Half-range series
Representation of a function as Fourier Half-range Sine series and Cosine series over the
interval (0, π)
Unit – V Duration: 10Periods (L: 7.5 – T:2.5)
Laplace Transformations:
Definition, sufficient conditions for existence of Laplace Transform, Laplace Transform of

elementary functions, linearity property, Change of scale property, First shifting theorem ,
multiplication by tn, division by t, Laplace Transform of derivatives and integrals, unit step
function, Laplace Transform of second shifting theorem
Unit – VI Duration: 15 Periods (L:11.25 – T:3.75)
Inverse Laplace transforms:
Inverse Laplace transforms- shifting theorems and change of scale property, multiplication by
sn and division by s –Inverse Laplace Transform using partial fractions – convolution
theorem (no proof) – application of Laplace Transformations to solve ordinary differential
equations of second order with initial conditions.
Recommended Books:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B.S.Grewal .
2. Laplace Transforms - Murray R. Spigel .
3. Ordinary Differential Equations – R. S. Aggarwal.
4. Fourier Series – A.R. Vasishtha and Gupta.
Suggested E-Learning references:
2. E-books:www.mathebook.net
300
Unit-I
1.0 Solve Homogeneous linear differential equations with constant coefficients in engineering
situations
1.1 Solve Differential equations of the type (aD 2 +bD + c)y = 0 when the roots of the auxiliary
equation are real and different, real and repeated, complex.
1.2 Solve the higher order homogeneous Linear differential equations with constant coefficients.
Unit-II
2.0 Solve Non Homogeneous linear differential equations with constant coefficients in
engineering situations
2.1 Explain the concept of complementary function, particular Integral and general solution
of a differential equation.
2.2 Solve nth order differential equation of the type f(D) y = X where f(D) is a polynomial of second
order and X is a function of the form k, eax ,Sinax, Cosax, xn.
2.3 Solve simple problems on the above types of 2.2
Unit-III
3.0 Understand the Fourier series expansion of functions
3.1 Define the orthogonality of functions in an interval.
3.2 Define Fourier series of a function in the interval (C, C+2 π ¿ and write the Euler’s
formulae for determining the Fourier coefficients.
3.3 Write sufficient conditions for the existence of Fourier series for a function.
3.4 Write Fourier series of simple functions in the range (0, 2 π ¿ and (- π , π ¿.
3.5 Write Fourier series for even and odd functions in the interval (- π , π ¿
3.6 Solve simple problems on even and odd functions in the interval. (0,2 π ¿∧¿ (- π , π ¿
Unit- IV
4.0 Understand the Half – Range Fourier series expansion of functions
4.1 Write Half – Range Cosine series of a function in the range (0 , π) .
4.2 Write Half – Range Sine series of a function in the range (0 , π) .
4.3 Solve simple problems on Half – Range Cosine and Sine series over the interval (0 , π)
301
Unit-V
5.0 Understand Laplace transforms
5.1 Write the definition of Laplace Transform and Laplace transform of standard functions.
5.2 Explain the sufficient conditions of existence of Laplace Transform.
5.3 Write the properties of Laplace Transform – Linearity property, First shifting theorem,
Change of Scale property.
5.4 Solve simple problems using the above properties.

t
f (t ) n
5.5 n
Write formulae for Laplace transform of t f (t ) , , f ( t ) ,∫ f ( u ) du
t 0
in terms of Laplace transform of. f (t)
5.6 Solve simple problems using the above formulae.
5.7 Define unit step function and write the Laplace Transform of unit step function.
5.8 Write Second shifting theorem.
Unit-VI
6.0 Use Laplace transforms and Inverse Laplace transforms to solve differential
equation in engineering problems
6.1 Define inverse Laplace Transform and write inverse Laplace Transforms of standard
functions.
6.2 Solve simple problems on Inverse Laplace Transforms.
6.2 Write Shifting theorems and Change of scale property of inverse Laplace Transform.
6.3 Solve simple problems on 6.2
6.4 Write inverse Laplace Transforms corresponding to Laplace Transform of the functions
t
f (t) n
, f ( t ) ,∫ f ( u ) du
n
t f (t),
t 0
6.5 Solve simple problems on 6.4
6.6 Define convolution of two functions and state convolution theorem.
6.7 Solve simple problems on Convolution theorem.
6.8 Use Laplace and inverse Laplace Transforms to solve simple differential equations of
Second order.
302
2. Quiz
3. Group discussion
4. Surprise tests
5. Seminars
6. Home Assignments.
Linked PO
Engineering Tools
Lifelong learning
Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Knowledge
Team work
Discipline
practice
society
Ethics
CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO
10
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
CO6 3 2 2 1 1 3 1,2,3,4,7,10
Internal Evaluation
Sl.No Description Level No of Marks for Choice Total Marks
Questions each question

303
Test Units Marks
Assignments - 5
Seminars - 5
Total 60
304
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR MID SEMESTER EXAMS
MID SEM-I EXAM

1 Unit-I 1,2 5(a) 7(a)
5(b) 7(b)
2 Unit-II 3,4 6(a) 8(a)
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM-II EXAM

1 Unit-III 1,2 5(a) 7(a)
5(b) 7(b)
2 Unit-IV 3,4 6(a) 8(a)
6(b) 8(b)
The length of answer for each question framed in respect of Part-A, B&C shall not exceed ¼ of a
page,1page and 2 pages respectively
QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR SEMESTER END EXAM
Sl.No Description Level No of Marks for Choice Total Marks

Questions each question
305
Unit No
R U A
I
Q1 Q9(a) Q13(a)
II
III
Q2 Q10(a) Q14(a)
IV Q4
Q9(b), Q13(b),
V Q5,Q6
Q11(a), Q11(b) Q15(a), Q15(b)
Q3
Q10(b), Q14(b),
VI Q7,Q8
Q12(a), Q12(b) Q16(a), Q16(b)
306
Code: 18CM401F

MID SEM –I, MODEL PAPER, IV SEMESTER
PART-A

1. Write the General solution of (aD2+bD+c)y = 0, whose roots of auxiliary equation are real and
distinct.
2. Find the roots of auxiliary equation of the differential equation ( D 2 +2 D+ 1¿ y=0
3. Find the Particular Integral of( D 2−4 D+1 ) y=e3 x

4. Find the P.I of ( D2−16 ) y=sin 4 x
PART-B
5 a) Solve (D2 + 3D – 54)y = 0
Or
5 b) Solve (D2 +16)y = 0
6 a) Solve ( D2 +4 D+ 4) y =e 2 x
Or
6 b) Find P.I of (D 3 + D) y = sin2x
PART C
Instructions: 1. Answer TWO questions 02 X 05 = 10
7 a) Solve (D3 – 2D2 – 4D + 8) y = 0
Or
7 b) Solve (D3 – D2 – D +1)y = 0
8 a) Solve (D 2 +36) y =sin 2 x
307
Or
8 b) Solve :( D2+3 D+2) y = x 2
Code: 18CM401F
MID SEM –II, MODEL PAPER, IV SEMESTER
PART-A

1. Define periodic function and give one example
2. Define Fourier series of the function f(x) in the interval (0, 2 π )
3. Write Half-range sine series of f(x) in the interval (0, π ¿
4. Find a 0for f(x) =e x in 0¿ x <π
PART-B

5 a) If f(x) = x 2 in (0, 2 π ¿, then find the value of an in Fourier series of f(x)
Or
5 b) If f(x) =|x| in (- π , π ¿, then find the value of a1 in Fourier series of f(x)
6 a).Find the value of an in half-range Cosine series for the function f(x) = e x in (0, π ¿
Or
6 b) Obtain the Fourier Half – Range Sine series for f(x) =( π−x ¿∫ h einterval(0 , π)
PART C

7 a) Obtain the Fourier series for f(x) = x in the interval 0 ¿ x <2 π
Or
7 b) Find the Fourier series for f(x) =( x−x 2 ¿ in the interval (- π , π ¿. Hence show that
1 1 1 1 π2
2 - 2 + 2 - 2 + ……….+ =
1 2 3 4 12
308
8 a) Express f(x) = πx – x2 as a half-range Sine series in (0, π ¿
Or
8 b) Find the half –range cosine series for the function f(x) = x 2 in the interval (0, π ¿
18CM401F
SEMESTER END EXAM MODEL PAPER
IV SEMESTER EXAMINATION
PART-A
1. Find the roots of auxiliary equation of the differential equation( D 2 + 4 D ) y=0 .

2. Define Fourier Series for the function f(x) in the interval ( c, c+2 π ¿
3. Find the Particular Integral of( D 2−4 D+1 ) y=e x
4. Find L ( e 2t +cos 3 t )
5. Find L ( t+5 cos h t )
6. State the First Shifting theorem of Laplace Transforms.
7. Find L
−1
( s−31 + s +s 4 )2
8. Find L
−1
( 2 s+1 5 )
PART-B
9a) Solve (D2+D + 1) y = 4e3x
Or
9 b) Find L ( tCos 3 t )
10 a) Find Half Range Sine Series of f(x) = x in ( 0 , π )

Or
10 b) Find L
−1
( s +6s +1s−7 )
2
309
20−4 s
11 a) If L{f(t)} = 2 , find L{f(3t)}
s −4 s +20
Or
∞
11 b) Find ∫ t . e−2 t sin 3 tdt using Laplace Transform Technique
0
1−cos at
12 a) Show that L−1 ¿ = 2
a
or
12 b) Find L
−1
( s
2
(s+ 2) +4 )
PART C
13 a) Solve:(D2 + D -2) y = x + sinx
Or
13 b) Find L[ t et sin 3 t ]
(−π , π )
14 a) Expand f(x) = x as a Fourier series in the interval
2
Or
14 b) Find L
−1
(( s
s +1 ) (s 2 +1)
2
)
15 a) Find L ( sin 3 tt. Cost )
Or
{ }
t
sin t
L ∫ t
dt
15 b) Evaluate 0
16 a) Find L
−1
( ( s +1)1(s+2) ) using Convolution theorem .
Or
16 b) Solve the differential equation y’’– 2y’– 8y = Sint , when y (0) = 3, y’ (0) = 6 by
Laplace Transform method.
310
OOP’s through C++
Course Title : OOP’s through C++ Course Code : 18CM402C
Semester : IV Course Group : Core
Prerequisites
Knowledge of C Language
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Learn the Principles of object oriented programming.
CO2 Develop programs using classes, objects and functions.
CO3 Understand C++ I/O operations.
CO4 Develop programs for constructors, destructors and operator overloading concepts.
CO5 Learn base class, derived class and types of inheritance and develop programs for different
types of inheritances, virtual base class and virtual functions.
CO6 Develop programs for different types of templates.
Course Contents
1. Principles of object oriented programming: Duration: 07 Periods

Software crisis - Software evolution - Procedure oriented programming - Object oriented paradigm -
basic concepts of object oriented programming - benefits of OOP’s.
2. Introduction to C++ Duration: 14 Periods
Structure of C++ program - I/O Operations – statements – keywords - operators in C++ - dynamic
memory allocation - default arguments – Class - object functions - classes & structures - friend
311
function - inline functions - passing objects to functions – pass by value and pass by reference -
returning objects from functions - virtual function - function overloading.
3. C++ I/O operations: Duration: 06 Periods
C++ I/O operators - formatted I/O - I/O manipulators - file I/O - binary I/O functions - file I/O
functions.
4. Constructors, Destructors and Operator Overloading : Duration: 11 Periods
Constructor and destructor - Parameterized constructors - Multiple Constructors - Constructors with
default arguments - Copy Constructor – dynamic constructor - Destructors - Operator Overloading -
Overloading of Binary Operators - Overloading of Unary Operators - Rules for overloading of
operators - Example programs. operator overloading,
5. Derived classes and inheritance: Duration:12 Periods
Base Class and derived class - access control - types of inheritance – Single, Multi level, Multiple,
Hybrid, Multipath, Hierarchical - virtual base class - virtual functions
6. Templates : Duration:10 Periods

Need for Templates – classification of templates, function templates – single argument and multiple
argument - class templates
Recommended Books
1. Teach yourself C++ - Helbertschildt Osborne McG
2. Object-oriented Programming with C++ - PoornachandraSarang PHI
3. Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy – TMH
4. Computer Science: A Structured Approach using C++ - Forouzan/Gillberg - Thomson
5. C++ & OOPS Paradigm - DebasishJana PHI

1. Principles of object oriented programming:

1.1 History of Software crisis
1.2 Know about Software evolution
1.3 Understand procedure oriented programming
1.4 Describe Object oriented paradigm
1.5 State Basic concepts of object oriented programming
1.6 List the Benefits of OOP’s.
1.7 List different types of Object oriented programming languages
2. Introduction to C++
2.1 Write the structure of C++ program
312
2.2 Demonstrate to Create, compile, link and execute a C++ program.
2.3 Differentiate between C, C++.
2.4 Explain C++ I/O operation with examples.
2.5 Syntax of comment statements in C++.
2.6 List keywords of C++ other than C.
2.7 Explain the operation of dynamic memory allocation using new and delete operators.
2.8 Define function and its proto type
2.9 Explain the concept of Default Arguments
2.10 Explain the concept of function overloading.
2.11 Explain inline function and write its advantages.
2.12 Explain friend function and its use.
2.13 Declare and use references
2.14 Define a class & object in C++.
2.15 Declare, define, and use Class.
2.16 Compare classes with structures.
2.17 Explain Creation of objects.
2.18 Declare and access array of objects.
2.19 Explain the concept of passing objects to functions.
2.20 Explain the concept of returning objects from functions.
2.21 Declare, access pointers to objects
2.22 State the use of ’this’ operator
3. C++ I/O operations

3.1 List C++ I/O operators with their meaning.
3.2 Write the basics of formatted I/O.
3.3 Explain I/O manipulators and give examples.
3.4 Explain file I/O and classes of stream.h.
3.5 Explain the binary I/O functions like get( ) and put( ).
3.6 Write the format and working of file I/O functions like open( ), read( ) and write( )
4 Constructors, Destructors and Operator Overloading

4.1 Define constructor and destructor.
4.2 Explain Parameterized constructors.
4.3 Know Multiple Constructors in a class.
4.4 Understand Constructors with default arguments
4.5 Describe Copy Constructor.
4.6 Describe Dynamic constructor
4.7 Define Destructors and develop a program to demonstrate destructors.
313
4.8 Describe Operator Overloading
4.9 Develop the programs for Overloading of Binary Operators
4.10 Develop the programs for Overloading of Unary Operators
4.11 Develop the programs for Overloading of Binary Operators with operator function as member
and friend function
4.12 Develop the programs for Overloading of Unary Operators with operator function as member
and friend function
4.13 List the rules for overloading of operators
5. Understand derived classes and inheritance
5.1 State the necessity of inheritance.
5.2 Explain the relation between base class and derived class.
5.3 Know the syntax for defining a derived class
5.4 Explain three types of access control – public, private & protected.
5.5 List Types of Inheritances and explain them with examples
5.6 Develop a program using C++ for Single inheritance
5.7 Develop a program using C++ for Multi level inheritance
5.8 Develop a program using C++ for Multiple inheritance
5.9 Develop a program using C++ for Hybrid inheritance
5.10 Develop a program using C++ for Multipath inheritance
5.11 Develop a program using C++ for Hierarchical inheritance
5.12 Virtual base class.
5.13 Explain concept of virtual functions and its applications.
6. Know Templates
6.1 Explain the need for Templates.
6.2 List types of Templates.
6.3 Understand Function Templates
6.4 Develop C++ program for Templates with Single Argument Types.
6.5 Develop C++ program to Create function based Templates.
6.6 Develop C++ program for Templates with multiple argument types.
6.7 Use of Class Templates
6.8 Mention the Syntax of Class Template.
6.9 Develop C++ program to Create Classes based on Template.
6.10 Develop C++ program using Class Template for Stack Data Structure.
Student activity like mini-project, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10 students. Each group
should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity related to the course with
prior approval from the course coordinator and programme coordinator concerned.
314
2. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/index.htm
2. http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/
3. https://www.programiz.com/cpp-programming
4. https://beginnersbook.com/2017/08/c-plus-plus-tutorial-for-beginners/
5. http://www.cplusplus.com/files/tutorial.pdf

Hours
CO1 Learn the Principles of object oriented programming. R, U 1,2,3,10 10
CO2 Develop programs using classes, objects and R, U, 1,2,3,10
functions A 10
CO3 Use C++ I/O operators, formatted I/O, I/O R,U 1,2,3,10
manipulators, file I/O, binary I/O functions, file I/O 14
functions
CO4 Apply constructors, destructors and operator R,U, 1,2,3,10
overloading concepts and develop associated A 06
programs.
CO5 Learn base class, derived class and types of R,U, 1,2,3,10
inheritance and develop programs for different types A 12
of inheritance, virtual base class and virtual
functions.
CO6 Classify templates and develop programs for types of R, U 1,2,3,10 08
templates.
Total Sessions 60
315
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A
1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)
2 II
3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)
4 IV
9(b) 13(b)
5 V 4 5, 6
11(a) 15(a)

3 11(b) 15(b)
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8
12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Legend:
316
18CM402C, IV Semester
18CM402C, IV OOP’s Through C++
PART-A
1. List any four properties of OOP’s
2. What is meant by Procedure oriented language
3. Define class
4. What is “this” operator?
PART-B
5(a). Explain the benefits of OOP’s
OR
5(b). What is procedure oriented language?
6(a). Compare classes with structures
OR
6(b). Explain about reference with the help of program
PART-C
7(a). Explain the basic components of object oriented programming.

OR
7(b). Explain the software crises and Software evolution
8(a).Write a program in C++ to demonstrate function overloading
OR
8(b). Write a program in C++ to demonstrate returning of objects from functions
317
18CM402C, IV OOP’s Through C++
PART-A
1. Define formatted I/O
2. Write the syntax of fopen( )
3. What is copy constructor?
4. Define destructor
PART-B
5(a). Write a C++ program to perform read operation from a file
OR
5(b). List the C++ I/O operators with their meaning
6(a). Explain about multiple constructor
OR
6(b). Differentiate between constructor and destructor
PART-C
7(a). Explain the Binary I/O functions get( ) and put( )
OR
7(b). Explain the classes of stream.h
8(a)Write a C++ program to demonstrate binary operator overloading
OR
8(b). Write a C++ program to demonstrate constructor with default arguments
318
Model Paper- 18CM402C (OOP’s Through C++)

PART – A
Instructions: 8 X 1M = 8 Marks
1. List the properties of OOP’s
2. What is destructor?
3. Define inheritance
4. Write about software crises
5. What is hybrid inheritance?
6. What is base class?
7. Define template
8. Write the syntax for class template
PART – B

2. Each question carries three marks
9(a). Explain the concepts of object oriented programming

OR
9(b). Explain about multiple inheritance
10(a). Write the rules for overloading of operators
OR
10(b). Explain the need for Templates
11(a). Write the relation between base class and derived class
OR
11(b). Write the format / syntax for defining a derived class
12(a). List the types of Templates.
OR
12(b). Write and explain the syntax of Template
PART – C

13(a). Explain the concept of passing objects to functions
OR
13(b). Write a C++ program to demonstrate multi path inheritance
14(a). Write a C++ program to demonstrate binary operator overloading.
OR
14(b). Write a C++ program to demonstrate class template for stack data structure
15(a). Write a C++ program to demonstrate multi level inheritance
OR
15(b). Write a C++ program to demonstrate virtual function
16(a). Write a C++ program to Create function based Templates
OR
319
16(b). Write a C++ program for Templates with multiple argument types
.NET PROGRAMMING THROUGH C#
Course Title : .Net Programming Course Code : 18CM403C

through C#

45:15:0
Type of Course : Lectures+ Tutorial Total Contact Hours : 60 periods
Prerequisites
Basic understand of computer hardware and programming
Course Outcomes
Course outcome
CO1 Use visual studio editor for developing C#.net applications based on .net framework
CO2 Develop applications applying principles of OOPs
CO3 Develops Multithreaded application and handles runtime errors
CO4 Develops programs that supplies attributes at runtime
CO5 Develops windows and web based applications
CO6 Use database to access, store and update data through applications
Course Contents
1. Basics of .NET Framework and Visual Studio. 4 periods
Introduction to .NET Framework-features of .net framework-CLR architecture- framework and base class
Library-.NET languages- Visual Studio (Integrated development environment)especially for c#.net-
various windows
2. Introduction to C#.net 13 periods

History of C#.net-Features of C#.net-Compare C#.Net V C/C++-Differences between C#.Net and Java-
Primitive datatypes-class, struct-enum and interface-variables- local variables and methods-constructors in
classes and structures-Access control specifiers in C#-Inheritance- Arrays-Method Overloading- Method
Overriding- Delegates-Differentiate looping structure with recursive function call structure
3. Exception Handling and Multithreading 5 periods

Introduction to Exception Handling- Predefined Exception Classes-Exception handling Mechanism-User
define exception-Multithreading-Threads-Thread class properties and methods- Thread life cycle-Thread
priorities- Interthread communication
4. Advanced concepts of C# 12 periods
320
Indexers and Properties-Anonymous Methods-Lambda expressions-Events-Operators is- as and type of-
Reflection capabilities of C#-Generic Programming
5 Windows and Web Applications development 15 periods

Various elements of user interface and their properties (text box, button, check box, radio button- list box-
combo box- Enable disable hide and show the controls in the applications-Event handling Menus-
Deploying and distribution of windows application-Web application and Desktop Application/Network
Enabled application-Asp.net server controls with asp.net code Data transfer between pages-MVC model-
Hosting web application on IIS server.
6 Database access 11 periods

Introduction to ADO.NET -Features and advantages of ADO.NET-Connection- Dataset- Data adaptor and
Command objects-typed and untyped dataset objects- Databinding to DataGrid control, text box and
listbox-Navigate through a data source-Introduction to LINQ-Syntax of LINQ-Types of LINQ Objects-
Advantages of LINQ-Various LINQ operators
Reference Books
Professional C# 5.0 and .NET 4.5.1 (WROX) by Christian Nagel (Author), Jay
Glynn (Author), Morgan Skinner
C# 4.0 - The Complete Reference – by Herbert Schildt.pdf
C# 5.0 IN A NUTSHELL Fifth Edition by Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari

1 Basics of .NET Framework and Visual Studio.

1.1 Define .NET Framework.
1.2 List the features of .net framework.
1.3 Draw and grasp CLR architecture
1.4 Define about framework and base class Library.
1.5 List .NET languages.
1.6 List the features of Visual Studio (Integrated development environment) especially for c#.net.
1.7 Comprehend the purpose of Design View window, Code window, Object browser window, solution
explorer window, server explorer window, error window and property window.
2 Introduction to C#.net
2.1 Familiarize with of C#.net
2.2 List features of C#.net
2.3 Differentiate between C#.Net and C/C++.
2.4 Differentiate between C#.Net and Java.
2.5 Explain Different primitive data types.
2.6 Build data types using class, struct, enum, and interface.
2.7 Design small applications using instance variables, local variables and methods
2.8 Write Example program with constructors in classes and structures
2.9 Control access to members of the class with access specifiers
2.10 Able to inherit class classes to develop new classes
2.11 Process data with different types of arrays
2.12 Develop programs using Method Overloading and Method Overriding concepts
2.13 Delegates functionality to other functions
2.14 Differentiate looping structure with recursive function call structure
3 Exception Handling and Multithreading

3.1 Define Exception.
3.2 List Predefined Exception Classes.
321
3.3 Handle Exceptions
3.4 Create user defined exception
3.5 Define Multithreading, Threads
3.6 Comprehend thread class properties and methods
3.7 Create and abort threads
3.8 List the states of thread life cycle
3.9 Create Multiple Threads
3.10 List Thread priorities
3.11 Develop application where threads communicate
4. Advanced concepts of C#
4.1 Design classes with Indexers and Properties
4.2 Define Anonymous Methods in classes
4.3 Pass Parameters and Returns values from anonymous methods
4.4 List types of Lambda expression with examples
4.5 Develop programs with events as members of a class
4.6 Use Operators like is, as and type of
4.7 Get the members of a class through Reflection capabilities in C#
4.8 List the needs of Generic Programming
4.9 Define Generic class with two parameters
4.10 Define Generic structures
5 Windows and Web Applications development

5.1 List various elements of user interface (text box, button, check box, radio button, list box, combo
box and data grid control).
5.2 List the properties of controls like text box, label, button, check box, radio button, combo box, list
box, data grid.
5.3 Describe how to enable, disable, hide, and show the controls in the applications.
5.4 Handles events generated
5.5 List the steps to creation of Menus at design time using the menu design window.
5.6 Develop a project to control menus at run time.
5.7 Create short cut keys for pull down menus.
5.8 List the steps to deploy and distribute windows application.
5.9 Differentiate between web application and Desktop Application/Network Enabled application
5.10 Design application with asp.net server controls
5.11 List the importance of data transfer between pages
5.12 Uses query string, cookie and post method used to transfer data with example
5.13 Uses Session state, public properties and controls used to transfer data with example
5.14 Comprehend MVC model
5.15 List the steps to host web application on IIS server.
6 Database access
6.1 Familiarize with ADO.NET
6.2 List the features and advantages of ADO.NET.
6.3 Establish connection to database using Connection, Dataset, Data adaptor and Command objects
6.4 Differentiate typed and untyped dataset objects
6.5 Access data with data adapters and typed/untyped data sets.
6.6 Explain the process of databinding to DataGrid control, textbox and listbox
6.7 Explain how to navigate through a data source.
6.8 Familiarize to LINQ
6.9 Write Syntax of LINQ
6.10 List Types of LINQ Objects
6.11 List the advantages of LINQ
6.12 Explain various LINQ operators

322
Note:
 Student activity like mini-project, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 3-5 students
 Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity
related to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme
coordinator concerned.
 Each group should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
1. Study Research Papers based on Deep learning and Machine Learning and submit a report
2. Prepare a Power point Presentation on the applications and issues related to cloud computing and
give a seminar on the same.
3. Conduct a Quiz on C# programming language.
4. Give a seminar on various design patterns
5. Prepare a student database project which stores student details of CME branch.
7. Study the impact of recent technologies on health and environment; prepare a report that
addresses the issues and solution to them.
8. Study Recent Technologies like Data Mining, Data Analysis, and Data Scientist; and write a
report that distinguishes these technologies.

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linq/linq_tutorial.pdf
2. https://sourcemaking.com/design_patterns

Teaching
Course outcome Linked PO
Hours
Use visual studio editor for developing C#.net applications

CO1 1,2,3,4,10 4
based on .net framework.
CO2 Develop applications applying principles of OOPs 1,2,3,4,5,8,10 13
CO3 Develops Multithreaded application and handles runtime errors 1,2,3,4 5
CO4 Develops programs that supplies attributes at runtime 1,2,3,4 12
CO5 Develops windows and web based applications 1,2,3,4,5,8,10 15
CO6 Use database to access, store and update data through

1,2,3,4,5,8,10 11
applications
323
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8

324
Legend:
State Board of Technical Education

.Net Programming through C#
18CM403C
IV Semester
Mid SEM -1 Model Paper
Time: 1 hour Marks : 20
PART-A
Instructions: 4 X 1 =4 marks
Answer all questions
Each question carries 1 marks
1. Define CLR
2. Define MSIL
3. Define Methodoverriding
4. Write the syntax to create a structure
PART-B
NOTE: 1. Answer any one question from 5 and 6. 2*3=6 marks
5(a). Explain and draw the architecture of CLR
or
5(b). Explain the features of .net framework
6(a). Write the differences between structures and class

or
6(b). Explain different access modifiers
PART-C
7(a). Explain the features of Visual studio

or
7(b). Explain different windows in visual Studio
8(a). Write a C# program for ‘multiple inheritance’

or
325
8(b). Write a C# program to access the members of a structure
State Board of Technical Education

18CM403C
IV Semester
Mid SEM -II Model Paper
PART-A
1. Write the purpose of given multiple catch with a single try block
2. What is the class used to define user defined exception
3. Write the syntax for lambda expression
4. What is the use of ‘is’ operator
PART-B
5(a). Explain the keyword related to exception handling
or
5(b). Explain thread life cycle
6(a). Explain Indexers and Properties in a class.

or
6(b). Explain the need of generic programming
PART-C
7(a). Write a C# program where threads communicate

or
7(b). Write a C# program to illustrate that program is not terminated when exception occurs
8(a). Write a C# program with anonymous method that accepts arguments and return
parameters
326
or
8(b). Write a C# program to define a structure with generic data members
State Board of Technical Education, Telangana State

18CM403C
PART – A
Instructions: 8 X1 M = 08 Marks
ii) Each question carries 1 mark
1. Write the syntax to define a constructor in a class
2. Write the syntax to create lambda expression
3. Define Cookie
4. Define instance and instance variable
5. Write the short cut to get the tool box?
6. What is the use of run at attribute in a server control?
7. Define data grid control.
8. List any two LINQ operators
PART- B
9(a) Draw and Explain CLR architecture

or
9(b) Explain five properties of TextBox and List Box
10(a) Explain the five methods of a Thread Class

or
10(b) List the features and advantages of ADO.net
11(a) Explain MVC model

or
11(b) Differentiate between desktop application and web application
12(a) Explain different types of LINQ objects

or
12(b) Explain Connection, Dataset and Data adaptor object.
327
PART-C
13(a) Write following windows Object browser and solution explorer.

or
13(b) Design a C# application to sort the items in the list box
14(a) Write a C# program to solve producer consumer application

or
14(b) Write a C# program to insert a row in a table
15(a) Write a C# program to create menus at runtime

or
15(b) Write the asp.net code to create a student registration form
16(a) Write a C# code to navigate all the records in the table

or
16(b) Write a C# program to access the students records using LINQ objects
328
MICROPROCESSORS
Course Title : Microprocessors Course Code : 18CM404C

Teaching Scheme in Hrs (L:T:P) : 45:15:0 Credits :3
Type of course : Lectures + Total Contact Hours :60 Periods
Tutorial SEE : 40 Marks
CIE : 60 Marks
Prerequisites
Knowledge on Digital electronics
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Familiarize 8086 Microprocessor Architecture
CO2 Use 8086 instructions for assembly language programming
CO3 Describe Programmable Interrupt Controller-8259
CO4 Develop and Execute 8086 Assembly Language Programs.
CO5 Interface Parallel data Devices with 8086 Microprocessor.
CO6 Interface Serial Data Devices with 8086 Microprocessors.
Course Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION AND ARCHITECTURE Duration: 8 Periods
Define Micro computer, Microprocessor - how a micro computer fetches and executes an
instruction - 8086 internal architecture – functional blocks of 8086 - how 8086 calculates
memory addresses - Pins and signals of INTEL 8086 - Bus cycles and timing diagram
2.0 INSTRUCTION SET OF 8086 Duration: 12 Periods

Introduction - Instruction format - Addressing modes of 8086 - Instruction execution time -
Instruction affecting flags - Data transfer instructions - Arithmetic instructions - Logical
329
instructions - String manipulation instructions - Control transfer (branching) instructions of 8086 -
String manipulation instructions.
3.0 INTERRUPTS Duration: 8 Periods

Interrupts and its classification – Interrupts of 8086 – interrupt handling process in 8086 -
Programmable Interrupt controller 8259 - Assembler directives - Various assembly language
development tools
4.0 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING Duration: 12 Periods

Assembly language programming - executing assembly language program - examples on
conditional and loop statements - Illustrating procedure CALL and RETURN, - Example
programs on procedure Call
5.0 Parallel data communication Interface and DMA controller Duration: 10 Periods
Introduction to peripherals and interface - Parallel data transfer schemes - Programmable
peripheral interface – INTEL 8255 - DMA data transfer scheme - DMA controller – INTEL 8257
6.0 Serial data communication interface and Intel advanced processors Duration: 10
Periods
Serial data communication - USART – INTEL 8251 A –Keyboard and Display controller –
INTEL 8279
Comparison of 80286, 80386 and 80486 processors - Pentium Microprocessor - Architecture of
Pentium Processor - Comparison of advanced Pentium processors.

1.0 Familiarize the architecture of 8086 microprocessor.

1.1 Define Micro computer and Microprocessor.
1.2 Describe how a micro computer fetches and executes an Instruction.
1.3 Explain 8086 internal architecture.
1.4 List registers and other parts in 8086.
1.5 Describe the function of each block in 8086.
1.6 Demonstrate how 8086 calculates memory addresses.
1.7 Describe the Pins and signals of 8086.
1.8 Illustrate the bus cycles and timing diagram of 8086.
2.0 Use the instruction set of 8086

2.1 Draw the generalized Instruction format of 8086.
330
2.2 Explain addressing modes of 8086 with examples.
2.3 Classify the Instruction set of 8086.
2.4 Describe the operations of selected data transfer, Arithmetic, Logical, jump, loop and string
instructions.
3.0 Understand Interrupts and Assembler directives and tools

3.1 Define interrupt.
3.2 State the need of interrupt.
3.3 Classify the interrupts of 8086.
3.4 Explain the interrupt handling process in 8086.
3.5 Draw and describe the block diagram of Programmable interrupt controller 8259
3.6 Describe assembler directives.
3.7 Describe the use of various assembly language development tools like Editor, Assembler,
Linker, Locator and Debugger.
4.0 8086 Assembly language programming

4.1 Defining problem, Algorithms, Flowcharts and Convert simple algorithms to assembly
language programs.
4.2 Describe the procedure for executing an assembly language program with an assembler.
4.3 Execute simple assembly language programs such as addition, subtraction, Multiplication
and Division.
4.4 Implement Conditional program structures such as IF-THEN, IF-THEN-ELSE in 8086
assembly language.
4.5 Implement Loop program structures such as WHILE-DO, REPEAT-UNTIL in 8086
assembly language.
4.6 Execute simple assembly language programs using conditional and loop Program
Structures.
4.7 Illustrate CALL, RETURN instructions.
4.8 Describe how a stack is initialized and used in 8086 assembly language program which
calls procedure.
4.9 Execute 8086 assembly language program which calls a procedure.
5.0 Parallel data communication Interface and DMA controller

5.1 Define peripheral.
5.2 State the principles of interfacing with peripherals.
5.3 Illustrate various parallel data transfer schemes.
5.4 Explain the function of programmable peripheral interface – INTEL 8255.
331
5.5 Draw and describe the block diagram of programmable peripheral interface – INTEL
8255
5.6 Interface 8255 with 8086.
5.7 Describe Direct Memory Access data transfer scheme.
5.8 Explain the function of DMA controller – INTEL 8257.
5.9 Draw and describe the Block diagram of DMA controller – INTEL 8257.
5.10 Interface 8257with 8086.
6.0 Serial data communication interface and Intel advanced processors

6.1 Explain serial data communication
6.2 Explain the function of Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter–
INTEL 8251A.
6.3 Draw and describe the Block Diagram of USART – INTEL 8251A.
6.4 Interface 8251A with 8086.
6.5 Draw and Explain Keyboard/Display controller – INTEL 8279.
6.6 Explain the function of 8279.
6.7 Interfacing 8279with 8086
6.8 Compare/Contrast the features of 80286, 80386, 80486 processors.
6.9 Explain the architecture of Pentium microprocessor.
6.10 Compare/Contrast the features of advanced Pentium processors.

1. Student activity like mini-project, surveys, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 5-10 students.
2. Each group should do any one of the following types of activity or any other similar activity
concerned.
4. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking
6. Visit different sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten
report
Recommended Books
1. Microprocessors & Interfacing -- Douglas V.Hall
2. X86 microprocessor programming -- Venugopal and Rajkumar, TMH
3. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals -- A K RAY, K M Bhurchandi, TMH
4. Intel Microprocessors -- Barry B Brey

332
1. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/8086programming/
2. http://www.indiabix.com/online-test/8086-programming-test/
3. https://fresh2refresh.com/8086 Microprocessors/
4. http://www.learn-8086.org/
5. https://www.w3schools.in/Microprocessor-tutorial/

PO Hours
CO1 Familiarize 8086 Microprocessor Architecture R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 8
CO2 Use 8086 instructions for assembly language R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 12
programming
CO3 Describe Programmable Interrupt Controller-8259 U, A 1,2,3,4,10 8
CO4 Develop and Execute 8086 Assembly Language U, A 1,2,3,4,10 12
Programs.
CO5 Interface Parallel data Devices with 8086 R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
Microprocessor.
CO6 Interface Serial Data Devices with 8086 U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
Microprocessors.
Total Sessions 60
333
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
334
18CM404C, IV-SEM MICROPROCESSORS
PART-A
Answer All questions. Each carries 1 marks. 4X1=4 Marks

1. Write the purpose of INTR and ALE pins of 8086
2. Define Microcomputer and Microprocessor.
3. Classify Instruction Set of 8086
4. Define Addressing Mode
PART-B
Answer TWO questions out of Four questions. Each carries 3marks. 2X3=6Marks
5. a) What is bus cycle of 8086? List the bus cycles of 8086.
OR
b) Describe how a microcomputer fetches and executes an Instruction.
6. a) Explain String instructions of 8086 microprocessor

OR
b) Explain different Jump instructions of 8086 microprocessor
PART-C
Answer TWO questions out of Four questions. Each carry 10 marks. 2X5=10Marks
7. a) Draw the block diagram of 8086 and explain each block

OR
b) Explain how 8086 calculates memory addresses.
335
8. a) Explain different Arithmetic and logical instructions of 8086
OR
b) Explain different Shift and Rotate instructions of 8086 microprocessor

18CM404C, IV-SEM MICROPROCESSORS
PART-A
1. Define Interrupt.
2. Classify Interrupts.
3. Define algorithm.
4. Write 8086 Assembly Language program to add two 8 bit Numbers.
PART-B
5. a) Explain the interrupt handling process in 8086.
OR
b) Describe assembler directives.
6. a) Write 8086 Assembly Language program to multiply two 8 bit Numbers.
OR
b) Describe how a stack is initialized and used in 8086 assembly language program
which calls procedure.
PART-C
Answer TWO questions out of Four questions. Each carry 10 marks. 2X5=10Marks
7. a) Draw and describe the block diagram of Programmable interrupt controller 8259
OR
b) Describe the use of various assembly language development tools Editor, Assembler,
and Debugger.
8. a) Write an assembly language program to find sum of ‘N’ Natural Numbers

336
OR
b) Write an assembly language program to find the factorial of a number.

Model Paper- 18CM404C (Microprocessors)
PART – A
Instructions: 8X 1M = 8 Marks
a) Answer all the following questions:
1. Define Microcomputer and Microprocessor.
2. Define Interrupt.
3. Write the functions DMA Controller.
4. Define Addressing Mode.
5. Define peripheral?
6. List various parallel data transfer schemes.
7. Write any three differences between 80286 and 80386
8. Write the function of 8279.
PART – B
Answer 4 questions from each group
4X 3 M = 12 Marks
9(a). Describe how a microcomputer fetches and executes an Instruction.
OR
9(b). Describe Direct Memory Access data transfer scheme.
10(a). Explain the interrupt handling process in 8086.

OR
10(b). Explain the function of USART– INTEL 8251A.
11(a). Explain the function of programmable peripheral interface – INTEL 8255.

337
OR
11(b). Explain Interfacing of programmable peripheral interface 8255 with 8086.
12(a). Explain Interfacing of 8251A with 8086.

OR
12(b). Explain Interfacing of 8279with 8086
PART – C
Answer any 4 questions from each group 4X 5 M = 20 Marks
13(a). Explain different Arithmetic and logical instructions of 8086
OR
13(b). Explain Interfacing of DMA controller 8257 with 8086.
14(a). Write an assembly language program to find the factorial of a number.
OR
14(b). Explain the architecture of Pentium microprocessor.
15(a). Explain the block diagram of programmable peripheral interface – INTEL 8255
OR
15(b). Explain the Block diagram of DMA controller – INTEL 8257.
16(a). Draw and describe the Block Diagram of USART – INTEL 8251A.
OR
16(b). Draw and Explain Keyboard/Display controller – INTEL 8279.
338
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Course Title : Operating System Course Code : 18CM405C

Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P) :45:15:0 Credits :3
Prerequisites
Basic knowledge about using computer and windows operating system.
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Describe operating system functions, operations and structures.
CO2 Manage process with various process scheduling algorithms.
CO3 Recognize Synchronization and handle the deadlocks with various deadlock management techniques.
CO4 Explain the memory management techniques.
CO5 Implement virtualization of memory.
CO6 Handle files using file Management techniques.
Course Contents
2. Introduction to operating systems Duration: 08 Periods

Operating System –Evolution of operating system-Types of Operating Systems - Multi
Programming and Time Sharing - Distributed and Real time Systems - spooling and buffering -
Multi processor systems-Components of Operating Systems - operating System Services - system
Calls - single User and Multi user operating System Structure.
2. Process management Duration: 15 Periods

Processors - Sequential Processes - Process State Diagram - Process Control Block - Process
Creation and Termination - Relations between Processes - Threads and Multi Threading -
339
Scheduling Concepts Schedulers - CPU scheduling and Scheduling criteria - scheduling
algorithms.
3. Synchronization & Deadlocks Duration: 10 Periods
Inter Process Communications - semaphores – monitors-Deadlocks - principal of deadlock -
deadlock prevention - deadlock detection - deadlock avoidance.
4. Memory management Duration: 10 Periods

Address binding -Dynamic Loading- dynarnic linking-overlays-swapping memory allocation-
fragmentation-paging-segmentation- segmentation with paging.
5. Virtual memory management Duration: 08 Periods

Benefits of virtual memory - virtual memory techniques - demand paging - page replacements -
page replacement algorithms - thrashing
6. Disk scheduling and File management Duration: 09 Periods

Disk performance parameters - Disk scheduling policies - Introduction to file systems - File
management-File Operations - Access methods - Directory structure organization - File
Protection.
Text Books
1. "Operating System", Willam Stallings, PHI.
2. “Operating System Concepts”, Abraham Silberschatz, Professor, Greg Gagne, and Peter Baer
Galvin.
3. “Modern operating system”, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson education.

1.0 Introduction to operating systems
1.1 Define an operating system.
1.2 Discuss history of operating system.
1.3 Discuss about various types of operating systems.
1.4 Distinguish spooling and buffering.
1.5 Explain the concepts multiprogramming and timesharing.
1.6 Differentiate between distributed and real time systems.
1.7 Describe multiprocessor systems.
1.8 Understand the operating system components.
1.9 Discuss operating system services.
1.10 Define system call with an example.
1.11 List different types of system calls.
340
1.12 Define single user, multi user operating system structure.
2.0 Process management

2.1 Define process and process control block.
2.2 Understand process state diagram.
2.3 Describe process creation and termination.
2.4 Understand the relation between processes.
2.5 Define Thread and describe multithreading.
2.6 Explain scheduling concepts.
2.7 Describe scheduling queues and schedulers.
2.8 Explain CPU scheduling and scheduling criteria.
2.9 Explain various scheduling algorithms
2.9.1 FCFS
2.9.2 SJF
2.9.3 Round Robin
2.9.4 Priority
2.9.5 Multilevel Scheduling.
3.0 Synchronization & Deadlocks

3.1Describe semaphores.
3.2 Explain inter process communication.
3.3 Define Deadlock.
3.4 State the necessary conditions for arising deadlocks.
3.5 State various techniques for deadlock prevention.
3.6 Discuss Deadlock avoidance and detection.
3.7 Describe the process of recovering from deadlock.
4.0 Memory management

4.1 Describe briefly address binding, dynamic loading, dynamic linking.
4.2 Define overlays
4.3 Describe briefly on swapping.
4.4 Explain single partition allocation.
4.5 Explain multiple partition allocation.
4.6 Explain the concept of fragmentation.
4.7 Explain paging concept.
4.8 Explain how logical address is translated into physical address.
4.9 Explain segmentation and segmentation with paging.
341
5.0 Virtual memory management
5.1 Define virtual memory techniques.
5.2 Describe demand paging.
5.3 Describe page replacement
5.4 Discuss on page replacement algorithms
5.4.1 FIFO
5.4.2 LRU
5.4.3 Optimal.
5.5 Explain the concept of thrashing.
5.6 Explain working set model and page fault frequency.
6.0 Disk scheduling and File management

6.1 List out various disk performance parameters
6.2 Disk scheduling policies
6.2.1 FIFO
6.2.2 SSTF
6.2.3 SCAN
6.2.4 C-SCAN
6.3 Define file management.
6.4 List and explain various file operations.
6.5 List and explain various access methods.
6.6 Explain directory structure organization.
Student activity like mini-project, survey, quiz, etc. should be done in group of 3-5 students.
1. Each group should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar activity related to the
course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned course coordinator and programme
coordinator.
2. Each group should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur
Activities:
1. Installation and Un-installation of an Operating System on a New Computer
2. Removing of Second Operating System from a PC
3. A Survey of recent Operating System.
4. Case study on real time deadlock situation.
5. A case study on real time process synchronization.
6. Comparison of OS working in single core and multi core environment.
7. Documentation of comparing 32 bits and 64 bits OS.
342
8. Operating system is responsible for following activities in connection with management of
memory:
 Allocation and de-allocation of memory as and when needed.
 Keeping track of used and unused memory space.
 Deciding what process to be loaded into memory in case space becomes available.
9. For secondary space management:
 Swap space and free space management
 Disk scheduling
 Allocating space to the data and programs onto the secondary storage device.
10. For process management:
 Creation, deletion of both user and system process.
 Handling process synchronization.
 Deadlock handling.
Suggested E-Learning References

1. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/operating-systems/
4. https://www.studytonight.com/operating-system/


Hours
CO1 Describe operating system functions, operations and R, U 1,2,3,4,10 8
structures.
CO2 Understand process management and can implement R, U,A 1,2,3,4,10 15
process scheduling algorithms.
CO3 Recognize Synchronization and handle the deadlocks R,U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
with various deadlock management techniques.
CO4 Explain the memory management techniques. R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 10
CO5 Implement virtualization of memory. R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 08
CO6 Handle memory disk and files using file Management R, U, A 1,2,3,4,10 09
techniques.
Total Sessions 60
Legend: R: Remembering, U: Understanding, A: Applying

343
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

4 9(b) 13(b)
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

3 11(b) 15(b)

6 VI 7,8
10(b) 14(b)

12(a) 16(a)
344
12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER-I EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-IV-SEMESTER EXAMINATION
18CM405C – Operating System

1. Define the term operating system.
2. What is spooling?
3. Write various states in process state diagram.
4. List out various scheduling algorithms.

5. (A) Distinguish multiprogramming and timesharing operating systems.

Or
(B) Describe various types of operating systems.
6. (A) Give the states of process state diagram and explain it.
Or
(B) Explain the principal of Round Robin scheduling algorithm.
345

7. (A) How an operating system can control the resources of a system.

Or
(B) Explain how multiprogramming concept will increase the performance of a system.
8. (A) How multi threading concept can reduce the execution time of a program.
Or
(B) Explain with an example priority based scheduling algorithm.

BOARD DIPLOMA MID-SEMESTER-II EXAMINATION (C-18)

1. Define a deadlock.
2. Give the necessary conditions to occur a dead lock.
3. What is shared memory concept?
4. Explain the term overlays.

5. (A) Explain inter process communication.

Or
(B) What are the techniques used to prevent dead lock?
6. (A) What is fragmentation? Explain in detail.

Or
(B) What is segmentation? Explain segmentation with paging.
346

7. (A) How Banker’s algorithm will avoid dead lock?

Or
(B) Explain how deadlock can be detected and recovered?
8. (A) How logical address can be converted to physical address?

Or
(B) Discuss briefly about simple paging.

BOARD DIPLOMA END EXAMINATION (C-18)

1. Define the term multiprogramming.
2. What are the necessary conditions to occur a deadlock?
3. List out various file operations.
4. Define a process.
5. Give various page replacement algorithms.
6. What is demand paging?
7. What is meant by seek time?
8. Give the principal of FIFO disk scheduling algorithm.
PART-B
9. (A) Explain FCFS CPU scheduling algorithm with an example.

Or
(B) Explain in brief about paging.
347
10. (A) Give the various conditions to occur a deadlock.
Or
(B) Give the difference between SCAN and C-SCAN disk scheduling algorithms.
11. (A) Explain how FIFO and LRU page replacement algorithms will work?
Or
(B) Explain the term demand paging.
12. (A) Explain SSTF disk scheduling algorithm.

Or
(B) Explain directory structure organization in detail.
PART-C
13. (A) Explain various types of schedulers in detail.

Or
(B) How paging is applied on segmentation.
14. (A) How virtual memory concept will increase the size of the main memory.
Or
(B) How files are copied on disk? Explain in detail.
15. (A) Explain with an example LRU and Optimal page replacement algorithm.
Or
(B) Explain the concept thrashing with a neat sketch.
16. (A) Explain various file access methods.

Or
(B) Explain various disk scheduling algorithms with examples.
348
C++ Lab Practice
Course Title : C++ lab Practice Course Code 18CM406P
Semester IV Course Group Practical
Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites

Course Outcome
Course Outcome
CO1 Use of I/O operators, loops, Classes, objects and functions
CO2 Use of Constructors, Destructors and Operator overloading
CO3 Implement Derived classes and types of inheritance
CO4 Implement Templates
Course Content
Unit Unit Name Hours/

No Periods
1 I/O operators, loops, Classes, objects and functions 13

2 Constructors, Destructors and Operator overloading 13
3 Derived classes and types of inheritance 13
4 Templates 6
Total 45
Course outcomes
349
Hours
CO1 Write programs using classes, objects and functions R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15

A
CO2 Construct programs using Constructors, Destructors and R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
Operator overloading A
CO3 Demonstrate Derived classes and types of Inheritance R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
A
CO4 Develop programs using Templates U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
Total 45
Sessions
Reference Books:
1. Teach yourself C++ - Helbertschildt Osborne McG

2. Object-oriented Programming with C++ - PoornachandraSarang PHI
3. Programming with C++ - E. Balaguruswamy – TMH
4. Computer Science: A Structured Approach using C++ - Forouzan/Gillberg - Thomson
5. C++ & OOPS Paradigm - DebasishJana PHI
E-References:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/index.htm
2. http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/
3. https://www.programiz.com/cpp-programming
4. https://beginnersbook.com/2017/08/c-plus-plus-tutorial-for-beginners/
5. http://www.cplusplus.com/files/tutorial.pdf
List of Experiments
1 Write programs using input and output operators and comments.

2 Write programs using if/ if – else/ nested if statement.
3 Write programs using loop statements – while/ do-while / for.
4 Write programs using arrays.
5 Write programs using classes & object.
6 Write programs using constructor and destructor.
7 Write programs working with two/more classes using Friend function.
8 Write programs using inline function.
9 Write a program to pass an object as a functions argument – pass object by value, pass
object by reference.
10 Write a program to demonstrate the use of operator overloading on unary operator &
binary operators like ++ operator and << operator.
11 Write a program to demonstrate the use of function overloading.
350
12 Write a simple program on array of objects and pointers to objects.
13 Write programs using new, delete with classes.
14 Write simple programs illustrating use of all types of inheritances.
15 Write a program to illustrate virtual base class.
16 Write a Program to illustrate virtual functions.
17 Write a Program to illustrate class templates.
18 Write a Program to illustrate function templates.
.Net Programming through C# Lab Practice

Course Title : .Net Programming through C# Lab Course Code 18CM407P
Practice

Periods(L:T:P):
Pre requisites
This course requires the basic skills of programming.
Course Outcome
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
Course outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Build Programs applying OOPs concepts
CO2 Developed multithreaded applications and handles exceptions
CO3 Window and web based application development
CO4 Data Access
Course Contents
351
Sl. No UNIT Name
1 Basic of C# and OOPs concepts
2 Exception handling and multi-threading
3 Window and web based application
4 Database access
Reference Books
Professional C# 5.0 and .NET 4.5.1 (WROX) by Christian Nagel (Author), Jay

Glynn (Author), Morgan Skinner
C# 4.0 - The Complete Reference – by Herbert Schildt.pdf
C# 5.0 IN A NUTSHELL Fifth Edition by Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linq/linq_tutorial.pdf
Mapping outcomes with program outcomes

(Course outcome linkage to cognitive learning)
Hours
CO1 Build Programs applying OOPs concepts U/A 1,2,3,4,8,10 11
CO2 Developed multithreaded applications and handles exceptions U/A 1,2,3,4,8,10 11
CO3 Window and web based application development U/A 1,2,3,4,8,10 11
CO4 Data Access A 1,2,3,4,8,10 12
TOTAL 45
List of Experiments
1. C# Program to Check Whether the Entered Year is a Leap Year or Not
2. C# Program to Display the Date in Various Formats
3. C# Program to Compare Two Dates
4. C# Program to Display the ATM Transaction
5. C# Program to Generate Random Numbers
6. C# Program to Illustrate the Use of Access Specifiers
7. C# Program to Implement PhoneBook
8. C# Program to Implement for-each in Interface
9. C# Program to Calculate Acceleration
10. C# Program to Demonstrate Multilevel Inheritance
11. C# Program to Illustrate Single Inheritance
12. C# Program to Illustrate Hierarchical Inheritance
13. C# Program to Illustrate Multilevel Inheritance with Virtual Methods
14. C# Program to Display Cost of a Rectangle Plot Using Inheritance
352
15. C# Program to Demonstrate IndexOutOfRange Exception
16. C# Program to Demonstrate DivideByZero Exception
17. C# Program to Illustrate Exception Handling for Invalid TypeCasting in Boxing
C# Program to Demonstrate Multiple Exceptions
18. C# Program to Demonstrate Exception Handling for Stack Overflow
19. C# Program to Illustrate NullRefernce Exception
20. C# program to find the postivie number in the array using linq
Microprocessors Lab practice

Course Title : Microprocessors Lab Practice Course Code 18CM408P
Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites
Course outcomes

Hours
CO1 Write programs using Data Transfer Instructions and R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10

Arithmetic Instructions A
CO2 Write Programs using Logical, Shift and Rotate R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 5
Instructions A
CO3 Write Programs using Branching Instructions R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 20
A
CO4 Write Programs using CALL and RET Instructions U, A 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
Total 45
Sessions
List of Experiments
1. Execute an assembly language program for the addition of two 8 bit Numbers and two 16 bit Numbers
353
2. Execute an assembly language program for the Subtraction of two 8 bit Numbers and two 16 bit
Numbers
3. Execute an assembly language program for Multiplication of two 8 bit Numbers and two 16 bit
Numbers
4. Execute an assembly language program for Division of 16 bit Number by 8 bit Number
5. Execute an assembly language program to add two BCD numbers.
6. Execute an assembly language program to find reverse of a given number
7. Execute an assembly language program to find the factorial of a number.
8. Execute an assembly language program to count number of ones and zeros in a number.
9. Execute an assembly language program to find sum of ‘N’ numbers given in an array.
10. Execute an assembly language program to find sum of ‘N’ Natural Numbers
11. Execute an assembly language program to find the Smallest among ‘N’ Numbers.
12. Execute an assembly language program to implement searching on an array.
13. Execute an assembly language program to manipulate strings.
14. Execute an assembly language program to implement pattern matching.
15. Execute an assembly language program to move data from one location to another location.
16. Execute a program for generating multiplication table for a given number
17. Execute an assembly language program to sort the numbers in ascending order.
18. Execute an assembly language program to sort the numbers in descending order.

concerned.
3. Visit different web sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten report
354
Web Designing Lab practice
Course Title : Web Designing Lab Practice Course Code 18CM409P
Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites
Marks
%Weig
Marks for SEE weight
Hours/ htage
Unit No Unit name age
Periods
Compil Executi
Coding
ation on
1 Web Designing 45 20 10 10 40 100
Total 45 40 40 100
Course outcomes
Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Hours
CO1 R, U,
Write programs using HTML and XML 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 10
A
R, U,
CO2 Write Programs using Java Script 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 15
A
R,U,
CO3 Write Programs using PHP 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 20
A
355
Total Sessions 45
Legends: R = Remember U= Understand; A= Apply and above levels
List of Experiments
1. Create a HTML page that uses the tags like head, title, body etc.
2. Create a HTML page that uses frames and different presentation formats, colors.
3. Create a HTML page with a table consisting of a header, body and footer.
4. Create a HTML page with a form containing various controls.
5. Create a style sheet to set the background color, position and dimensions of a HTML element.
6. Create a simple XML file that contains student data.
7. Develop JavaScript code using arithmetic operators.
8. Develop JavaScript code to implement sorting.
9. Develop JavaScript code that uses recursion.
10. Develop JavaScript code that displays date in various formats.
11. Develop PHP program using arithmetic operators.
12. Develop PHP program to implement searching.
13. Develop PHP program to perform various operations on a database table using functions.
14. Develop a PHP program to set a cookie.

concerned.
3. Visit different web sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten report
356
Advanced Communication Skills and Life Skills
Course Title Advanced Communication Skills and Life Course Code 18CM410 P
Skills
Teaching Scheme 15:0:30 Credits 1.5

in Periods- L:T:P
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact 45 Periods

Hours
Rationale:
This course is designed to impart writing skills and employability skills to the students of
diploma which will help them in obtaining and maintaining the employment.
Prerequisites:
This course requires the basic knowledge of vocabulary, grammar and four language
learning skills, viz. Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing.
Course Outcomes:
Modules At the end of the course the students will have the ability
357
to:
Prepare a presentation.
Use presentation aids effectively.
Presentation Skills Develop public speaking skills.
Learn to make PowerPoint Presentations effectively.
Present a Paper using appropriate body language.
Learn kinds of reports.
Learn the format of a report.
Writing Reports Organise ideas.
Develop essential vocabulary useful to write scientific and
technical reports.
Learn the techniques to face an interview.
Learn the etiquette to communicate with employers.
Interview Skills Learn the dos and don’ts of an interview.
Learn the frequently asked questions in interviews.
Use appropriate body language.
Learn to face interviews telephonically.
Gain the confidence to face an interview by attending
mock interview.
Learn the dos and don’ts of a Group Discussion.
Participate in a Group Discussion in a healthy manner.
Group Discussion Use effective non-verbal communication.
Use appropriate phrases and expressions useful in a group
discussion.
Learn workplace etiquette.
Identify the knowledge, skills and attributes useful at
workplace.
Workplace Awareness
Build strong workplace relationships.
Learn professional ethics.
Understand gender equality at the workplace
Develop a sense of responsibility towards the society.
Learn various writing formats useful at workplace.
Develop an ability to apply technical information in
documentation.
Revise and edit written documents effectively.
Writing Skills Useful at Workplace Develop corresponding skills - learn the kinds of business
letters - the format of a business letter.
Learn effective e-mail writing skills.
Learn Business Memos.
Learn Notes and Narratives.
Learn Forms and Applications.
Prepare templates for different purposes.
Prepare an agenda of a meeting.
Prepare the minutes of a meeting.
Prepare Notices / Circulars for various purposes.
Prepare Press release.
CO-PO Matrix
Course Outcome Linked PO
CO 1 Making effective presentations R/U/A 1, 2, 3,4, 5,6,7,8,9,10

358
CO 2 Writing scientific and technical reports R/U/A 1,2,3,4, 5,6,7,8,9,10
CO 3 Learn to face oral and telephonic interviews R/U/A 1,2,3,4, 7,9,
CO 4 Learn to face group discussion R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8,9
CO 5 Learn to write various formats useful at R/U/A 1,2,3,5,7,8,9,10

workplace
CO6 Learn workplace etiquette and ethics R/U/A 1,2,3,7,8,9,10
Course Contents:
I. Presentation Skills Duration: 6 periods

II. Writing Reports Duration: 9 periods
III. Interview Skills Duration: 9 periods
IV. Group Discussion Duration: 6 periods
V. Workplace Awareness Duration: 6 periods
VI. Writing Skills Useful at Workplace Duration: 9 periods
 Paper Presentations
 Seminars
 Mock Interviews
 Telephonic Interviews
 Group Discussions
 Role Plays
 Creating advertisements
 Five-minute activities
 Creating a model of workplace
Evaluation Pattern:
III.Continuous Internal Examination: 60 Marks
d. Mid Sem - I 20 marks

Syllabus:
359
i. Presentation Skills
ii. Writing Reports
e. Mid Sem – II: 20 Marks

Syllabus:
i. Interview Skills
ii. Group Discussion
f. Internal assessment: 20 marks
iv. Seminars: 10 marks

v. Assignments: 5 marks
vi. Lab record submission: 5 marks
IV. Semester End Examination : 40 Marks
a. Write an essay on a given topic or participate in an activity: 15 Marks

b. Interview or Group Discussion: 15 Marks
c. Viva Voce 10 marks
References:
1. Adair, John. Effective Communication. London: Pan Macmillan Ltd., 2003.

2. Ajmani, J. C. Good English: Getting it Right. New Delhi: Rupa Publications, 2012.
3. Amos, Julie-Ann. Handling Tough Job Interviews. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing, 2004.
4. Collins, Patrick. Speak with Power and Confidence. New York: Sterling, 2009.
5. Fensterheim, Herbert and Jean Baer. Don't Say Yes When You Want To Say No. New
York: D
6. Raman, Meenakshi & Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication: Principles and
Practice. Second Edition. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2011
E-Learning Resources:
1. http://www.dailywritingtips.com/
2. http://www.englishdaily626.com/c-errors.php
3. http://www.owlnet.rice.edu/~cainproj/
4. http://www.thehumorsource.com/
5. http://www.indiabix.com/group-discussion/topics-with-answers/
6. http://networketiquette.net/
7. https://public.wsu.edu/~brians/errors
360
8. http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/radio/specials/15

FOURTH SEMESTER 18CM410P
ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS AND LIFE SKILLS
MID SEM - I
Part – A 10 marks
Instruction: Answer any one of the following questions.
1. Write the guidelines for preparing a PowerPoint presentation.

2. How do you prepare yourself for presenting a technical paper?
3. Mention a few presentation aids and how do you use them effectively?
Part – B 10 marks
4. Write the format of a report and describe it.

5. Write a report on the accident you have seen recently.
6. Give the outline of a project report and describe it.
361
MID SEM - II
Part – A 10 marks
1. What are the dos and don’ts for a formal interview?

2. What at least ten frequently asked questions in a formal interview?
3. How do you prepare for a telephonic interview?
Part – B 10 marks
4. What are the dos and don’ts of a group discussion?

5. Mention some phrases and expressions commonly used in a group discussion.
6. Write a short paragraph on the steps you take while participating in a group
discussion.
362
SEMESTER END EXAM
Part – A 10 marks
Instruction: Pick any one question from the given lot.

1. Prepare the outline of a project report and describe it.
2. Write the guidelines for preparing the slides of a PowerPoint presentation.
3. Write the minutes of the meeting conducted at the Principal’s chamber to
conduct the annual day celebrations. Prepare the agenda of the annual day
celebrations.
4. Describe the workplace etiquette.
5. Prepare a press note for the ‘Job Mela’ which is going to be conducted at your
institute.
Part – B 15 marks
6. Interview / Group Discussion
Part – C 15 marks
7. Viva Voce
363
SKILL UPGRADATION-IV
Course Title : Skill Upgradation -IV Course Code : : -

Semester : IV Course : -
Teaching Scheme in periods ( L : : 0:0:7 Credits
Group : 2.5
Methodology
T :P) : Activities Total : 105
Contact
Course Objective:

Activity
Periods Frequency
No Activity

1 21

2 18
semester
3 Online Video Tutorials/ MOOCs in SWAYAM 16 4 times in a
364
/NPTEL/ e-Journals semester

4 24
Presentations /Group discussions/ Participate in semester
Total Periods 105
Course Outcomes
CO Outcome CO/PO
Mapping
profession.

COURSE CONTENT:
Evaluation:
365

Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Engineering
Knowledge
Team work
Discipline
Mapped PO
Lifelong
learning
practice
society
Ethics
Tools
CO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO2 ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6,7,9,10
CO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,7,10

1 2 3 5 6
Collection of Does not Collects Collects Collect Collects a 2

Data collect any very limited some basic s great deal of
information information; information; relevan information;
relating to the some relate refer to the t all refer to
topic to the topic topic informa the topic
tion;
concern
ed
to the
topic
Fulfill team’s Does not Performs Performs Perfor Performs all 4
roles & duties perform any very little nearly all ms all duties of
duties assigned duties duties duties assigned
role with
presentation
Shares work Always relies Rarely does Usually Does Always 2
equally on others to do the assigned does the the does the
the work work; often assigned assigne assigned
needs work; rarely d job work
reminding needs without without
reminding having having to be
to be reminded
remind and on
ed. given time
frame
Listen to other Is always Usually Listens, but Listens Listens and 2
team mates talking; never does most sometimes and contributes
allows anyone of the talk too contrib precisely to
else to speak talking; much utes the relevant
366
rarely to the topic and
allows relevan exhibit
others to t leadership
speak topic qualities
TOTAL 10/4=2.5
Diploma in
V Semester
367
V SEMESTER

No Code
week s per
semest
er

Sem1 Sem2 Evaluatio Marks Mark Marks for Passing
n s including
internal
1 INDUSTRIAL
18CM
MANAGEMENT & 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 14 100 35
501F
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
2 COMPUTER HARDWARE
18CM 14 35
& SYSTEM 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
502C
ADMINISTRATION
3 18CM 14 35
JAVA PROGRAMMING 3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
503C
4 (A) PYTHON
PROGRAMMING
18CM 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
504E
(B) ANDROID
PROGRAMMING
5 (A) CLOUD COMPUTING
18CM (B) CRYPTOGRAPHY 14 35
3 1 0 60 3 20 20 20 40 100
505E AND NETWORK
SECURITY
6 COMPUTER HARDWARE
18CM & SYSTEM 20 50
1 45 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
506P ADMINISTRATION LAB 0 2
PRACTICE
368
7 JAVA PROGRAMMING
18CM LAB PRACTICE 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
507P
8 (A) PYTHON
PROGRAMMING LAB
PACTICE
18CM 2 45 20 50
1 0 1.5 20 20 20 40 100
508P (B) ANDROID
PROGRAMMING LAB
PRACTICE
UNIX/LINUX SHELL
9 18CM PROGRAMMING LAB 2 45 1.5 20 50
1 0 20 20 20 40 100
509P PRACTICE
10 18CM PROJECT WORK 2 45 1.5 20 50

510P 1 0 20 20 20 40 100
Skill Up gradation-V 0 0 7 105 2.5 0 0 Rubrics -- - -

20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
This course is common with DECE, DEEE, DEIE & DFWT
Course Title : Industrial Management & Course Code 18CM501F

Entrepreneurship
Semester V Course Group Foundation

Periods(L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact

Periods : 60 periods
Pre requisites
This course requires the basic knowledge of management and Entrepreneur skills.
Course Outcomes
CO1 To become aware of business and management concepts.
CO2 Analyze the various rules and regulations required for the planning of factory and its staff.
CO3 Analyse balance sheet and various budget issues.
CO4 Analyse the material required and its management economically.
CO5 Analyze the quality management and know the analysis procedure for quality.
369
CO6 Able to establish a small scale industry by knowing the entrepreneur skills.
COURSE CONTENTS
Upon completion of the course the student should be able to
1.0 Overview of Business, Management Process and Organization Management :

Business - types of business in various sectors- service, manufacturing & trade- Industrial sectors
– Engineering, process, Textile, Chemical, Agro industries – Globalization and effect of
globalization – advantages and Disadvantages- Intellectual Property Rights (I.P.R.)- Concept of
management – levels of management – Scientific management – by FW Taylor – Principles of
management- functions of management – Administration – management, Organization – types of
organization( line, line & staff, staff & project) – Departmentation – Classification (centralized,
decentralized, Authority, Responsibility, and span of control – Forms of Ownership –
Proprietorship – Partnership – Joint stock – Co-operative society and Government sectors.
2.0 Human resource Management

Personal Management – Staffing – Introduction to HR planning – Recruitment procedures –
Types of Trainings –Personal training – skill development training – Leaderships – types –
Motivation – Maslow’s theory – Causes of accidents – safety precautions – Indian Factory Act –
Workmen’s compensation Act – Industrial disputes Act- ESI Act.
3.0 Finance Management

Introduction – Objectives of Financial Management – Types of capitals – sources of raising
capital – Types of budgets – production budgets – labour budgets – Concept of Profit loss
Account – Concept of balance sheet – proforma – types of taxes – brief concepts of – Excise Tax,
Service Tax, Income Tax, and custom duty.
4.0 Material Management

Inventory Management – objectives of Inventory Management – ABC Analysis – Economic order
Quality – Purchasing – Objectives of purchasing – Functions – Procedures – Material
Management.
5.0 Project Management

Introduction – CPM & PERT – concept of Break event Analysis – quality system - Definition of
Quality , concept of Quality , Quality policy, Quality control, Quality Circle, Quality Assurance,
Introduction to TQM- Kaizen 5’s and 6 sigma concepts, ISO 9000 series standards- Merits and
drawbacks of ISO series standards.
6.0 Entrepreneurship and Supporting Institutions

Qualities of entrepreneurer-Manager- entrepreneurer and technical entrepreneurer-Advantages of
being an entrepreneurer-Functions of entrepreneurer-Types of entrepreneurer and their meaning-
Role of entrepreneurship in economy development-Barriers to entrepreneurship-Mention
different types of industries-Definitions of small scale industry-Features of SSI-Mention the
objectives of developing SSIs-Scope of SSI in terms of various activies-Meritis of SSIs-Explain
the important steps involved in starting an SSI-Definition of startup company-start up
development basis-state level and national levelsources of information-various central
Government institutions and their funcrtions(like NSIC,SIDO,SISI and SSIB)- Telangana State
industry policy-Demographic merits of Telanagana state to set up SSIs-Names of state level
institutions and their functions(Like SSIDC,DIC,APIITCO)-Banks that support SSIs like
SIDBI,APSFC-Thrust areas and core sector as per Telanaga state industry policy-Classification
of the projects as per TSIP-Special assistance schemes for women and SC/ST entrepreneurers-
Features of TS-IPASS.
370
Upon completion of the course the student should be able to
1.0 Explain the basics of Business, Management and Organization
1.1 Define Business
1.2 State the Types of Business ( Service, Manufacturing, Trade)
1.3 Explain about the various industrial sectors like engineering, process, textile, Agro based
industries.
1.4 State the need for Globalization.
1.5 List the Advantages & Disadvantages of globalization w.r.t. India.
1.6 Explain the importance of Intellectual Property Rights (I.P.R.)
1.6 Define Management.
1.7 Explain the concept of management
1.8 Explain the Different Levels of management
1.9 Explain Administration & management
1.10 State the principles of Scientific management by F.W.Taylor
1.11 State the principles of Management by Henry Fayol (14 principles)
1.12 List the Functions of Management
i) Planning ii) Organizing iii) Directing iv) Controlling
1.13 Define Organization
1.14 List the Types of organization :a) Line b) Line & staff c) Functional d) Project
1.15 Explain the four types of organization.
1.16 Define departmentalization.
1.17 Explain the following types of departmentalizations
i) Centralized & Decentralized ii) Authority & Responsibility iii) Span of Control
1.18 Explain the Forms of ownership
i)Proprietorship ii) Partnership iii) Joint stock iv) Co-operative Society v)Govt. Sector
2.0 Appreciate the need for Human Resource Management

2.1 Define Personal Management.
2.2 Explain the functions of Personal Management
2.3 Define Staffing .
2.4 State the importance of HR Planning.
2.5 Explain the various Recruitment Procedures.
2.6 Explain the need for Training & Development .
2.7 State the various types of training procedures( Induction, Skill Enhancement etc)
2.8 State the different types of Leaderships.
2.9 Explain the Maslow’s Theory of Motivation.
371
2.10 Explain the Causes of accident and the Safety precautions to be followed.
2.11 Explain the importance of various Acts – Indian Factory Act, ESI Act, Workmen Compensation
Act, Industrial Dispute Act etc.
3.0 Explain the basics of Financial Management

3.1 State the Objectives of Financial Management.
3.2 State the Functions of Financial Management.
3.3. State the necessity of Capital Generation & Management.
3.4 List the types of Capitals.
3.5 List the Sources of raising Capital.
3.6 Explain the Types of Budgets
i) Production Budget (including Variance Report ) ii) Labour Budget.
3.7 Explain Profit & Loss Account ( only concepts) .
3.8 Explain the proforma of Balance Sheet.
3.9 Explain i) Excise Tax , ii) GST iii) Income Tax iv) Custom Duty.
4.0 Explain the importance of Materials Management
4.1. Define Inventory Management (No Numerical).
4.2 State the objectives of Inventory Management.
4.3 Explain ABC Analysis.
4.4 State Economic Order Quantity.
4.5 Explain the Graphical Representation of Economic Order Quantity.
4.6 State the objectives of Purchasing.
4.7 State the functions of Purchase Department.
4.8 Explain the steps involved in Purchasing.
4.9 State the Modern Techniques of Material Management.
5.0 Explain the importance of Project Management and Quality Assurance

5.1 State the meaning of Project Management.
5.2 Explain the CPM & PERT Techniques of Project Management.
5.3 Distinguish between CPM & PERT techniques.
5.4 Identify the critical path and find the project duration using CPM & PERT techniques
(solve problems on CPM and PERT).
5.5 Explain the concept of Break Even Analysis.
5.6 Define Quality.
5.7 State the concept of Quality.
5.8 Explain the various Quality Management systems.
5.9 Explain the importance of Quality policy, Quality control, Quality Circle.
5.10 State the principles of Quality Assurance.
372
5.10 State the concepts of TQM, Kaizen 5’s and 6 sigma.
5.12 State the constituents of ISO 9000 series standards.
5.13 Merits and draw backs of ISO 9000 series standards.
6.0. Entrepreneurship and supporting Institutions
6.1 Explain the concept of entrepreneurship.
6.2 Mention the qualities of entrepreneur.
6.3 Distinguish between manager-entrepreneur and technical entrepreneur.
6.4 Mention the advantages of being an entrepreneur.
6.5 List the functions of entrepreneur.
6.6 Mention the important types of entrepreneur and their meaning.
6.7 Explain the role of entrepreneurship in economic development.
6.8 Mention the barriers to entrepreneurship.
6.9 Mention different types of Industries.
6.10 Define Small scale industry.
6.11 List the features of SSI.
6.12 Mention the objectives of developing SSIs.
6.13 Explain the scope of SSI in terms of various activities.
6.14 List the merits of SSIs.
6.15 Explain the important steps involved in starting an SSI.
6.16 Define a start up company.
6.17 Explain various start up development phases
6.18 Name the state level and National level sources of information
6.19 Mention the various Central government institutions and their functions
(like NSIC , SIDO, SISI_SSIB)
6.20 Explain Telangana state industry policy.
6.21 Mention the demographic merits of Telangana state to set up SSIs.
6.22 Mention the names of State level institutions and their functions (like SSIDC, DIC, APITCO)
6.23 List the banks that support SSIs like SIDBI, APSFC.
6.24 List the thrust areas and Core sectors as per Telangana state industry policy.
6.25 Classify the projects as per TSIP.
6.26 Mention Special assistance schemes for women and SC/ST entrepreneurs.
6.27 Mention the features of TS-iPASS.

373
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Industrial Engg &Management by Dr. O.P. Khanna - Dhanpath Rai & sons New Delhi
2. Business Administration &Management Dr. S.C. Saxena & W.H. Newman& E.Kirby Warren-
Sahitya Bhavan Agra
3. The process of Management by Andrew R. McGill - Prentice Hall
4. Industrial Management by Rustom S. Davar - Khanna Publication
5. Total Quality Management, S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar
6. Industrial management and organizational behaviour, K.K.Ahuja
1. Student visits Library to refer to Management courses.

2. Student observes the solo and partnership business establishments near by and prepare a report
about the activities.
3. Identify any one product, being manufactured in local industry, study the process they are
following for manufacturing the product, submit hand written report.
4. Visit a nearby industry, make a report on Plant layout, type of production, quality system is put
in practice and quality tools they are using in work place.
5. Motivate student to take case study on plant maintenance of nearby industry, observe type
of maintenance they undertake in their industry.
6. Each student should prepare a detailed project report on selected product.
7. Visit a local industry and list the safety precautions carried out there.
8. Meet a local Entrepreneur and prepare a report on his success story.
9. Quiz.
10. Group discussion.
11. Surprise test.
Execution Mode:
1. Maximum of 5 students in each batch should do any one of the following type activity or similar
activity related to the course and before take up, get it approved from concerned Teacher.
2. Each batch should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur.
3. Submit a brief report on the activity done on 4-6 pages, A4 size handwritten paper. Papers should be
simple stapled or tagged. Avoid plastic based files for submitting of reports.
4. Activities can be carried off-class.
5. Assessment shall be made based on quality of activity/presentation / demonstration and report.
1.http: jiem.org/index.php/jiem
2. https://dipp.gov.in
3. www.worldwidelearn.com/online-education-guide/business/industrial-management-major.html
CO-PO MAPPING MATRIX

PO Hours
CO1 To become aware of business and management. R/U 1,2 8
374
CO2 Analyze the various rules and regulations required for the R/ 1,2,5,6,7 10
U/A
planning of factory and its staff.
CO3 Analyse the balance sheet and understanding of various R/ 1,2,9 10

U/A
budget issues.
CO4 Analyse the material required and its management R/ 1,2,5,7 10

U/A
economically.
CO5 Analyze the quality management and know the analysis R/ 1,2,5,10 10
U/A
procedure for quality.
CO6 Able to establish a small scale industry by knowing the R/ 1,2,3,7,10 12

U/A
entrepreneur skills.
MID SEM-I EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A
1 I 4
1 9(a) 13(a)
2 II
3 III 2 10(a) 14(a)
4 IV
375
9(b) 13(b)
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)
3 11(b) 15(b)
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)
12(b) 16(b)

Legend:
INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
MID SEM -1 MODEL QUESTION PAPER 18CM501F
Time: 01 hour Total marks:20
PART- A
Answer all questions. Each question carries one mark. 4x1=4M
1. Define business.
2. Define organization.
3. What are the different types of Leaderships?
4. Define personnel management.
PART-B
Answer all questions. Each question carries three marks. 2X3=6M
5.(a) State the need for Globalization .
OR
5.(b) Briefly explain Proprietor form of business ownership.
6.(a) Briefly explain the need for Training & Development .
OR
6.(b) What are the Causes of accident in an industry.
PART-C
376
Answer all questions. Each question carries five marks. 2x5=10M
7.(a) State the principles of Scientific management by F.W.Taylor .
OR
7.(b) Explain the line and staff type of organisation.
8.(a) Explain the Maslow’s Theory of Motivation.
OR
8.(b) Explain various features of Indian Factory Act.
MID SEM –II MODEL QUESTION PAPER 18CM501F
PART- A
Time: 01 hour Total marks:20
Answer all questions. Each question carries one mark. 4x1=4M
1. List the types of Capitals.
2. Mention any two objectives of financial management.
3. Define inventory management.
4. List any two objectives of purchasing.
PART-B
Answer all questions. Each question carries three marks. 2x3=6M
5. (a) What is the necessity of Capital Generation?
OR
5.(b) Briefly explain Profit & Loss Account .
6.(a) State the Modern Techniques of Material Management.
OR
6.(b) What are the steps involved in Purchasing?
PART-C
377
7.(a) Explain about production budget.
OR
7.(b) Explain the proforma of balance sheet.
8.(a) Explain ABC analysis .
OR
8.(b) Explain the Graphical Representation of Economic Order Quantity.
SEMESTER END EXAM (SEE) - MODEL QUESTION PAPER 18CM501F
PART- A
Time: 02 hours Total marks: 40
Answer all questions. Each question carries one mark. 8x1 = 8M
1. Define Staffing.
2. List the types of Capitals.
3. State the concept of Quality.
4. List the functions of entrepreneur.
5. What is meant by Project Management?
6. What is meant by Quality Assurance?
7. Define Small scale industry.
8. Define a start up company.
PART-B
Answer all questions. Each question carries three marks. 4x3=12M
9.(a) Write salient features of partnership type of business ownership.
OR
9.(b) Explain briefly the importance of Quality policy .
10.(a) What is meant by GST?
378
OR
10.(b). Mention the barriers to entrepreneurship.
. 11.(a) What are the concepts of TQM?
OR
11.(b) Explain the importance of Quality control.
12.(a) Explain briefly the role of entrepreneurship in economic development.
OR
12.(b) Mention the features of TS-iPASS.
PART-C
13.(a) Explain the principles of Management by Henry Fayol.
OR
13.(b) Explain the concept of Break Even Analysis .
14.(a) Explain the labour budget.
OR
14.(b) Explain the important steps involved in starting an SSI .
15.(a) Draw a network diagram and find out project duration for the following activities.
Activity 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-6 3-5 4-5 5-6 6-7
Duration 4 2 3 5 1 2 2 7
in days
OR
15.(b) Explain the importance of quality circle .
16.(a) Explain briefly Telangana state industry policy .
OR
16.(b) What are the special assistance schemes provided for women entrepreneurs.
379
Computer Hardware and System Administration
Course Title : Computer Hardware and System Course Code : 18CM502C

Administration
Course Group : Core
Semester :V
Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P) :45:15:0 Credits :3
Type of course : Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact Periods: 60 Periods

Prerequisites
Knowledge of PC components
Course Outcomes
Course Outcome
CO1 Identify the PC components
CO2 Learn different system boards
CO3 Learn different network components
CO4 Establish different types of network
CO5 Installation and configuration of Windows 2012 server
CO6 Installation and configuration of Linux
Course Contents
1. Understand PC hardware and its Components. 7 periods
Hardware and software - the BIOS hardware interaction, importance of BIOS, BIOS functions
configuration of a general purpose computer ( P-IV Compatible), identification of various
380
components on the motherboard - Input Devices- various input devices used with a general
purpose computer, installation of Keyboard, optical and opto-mechanical mouse , flat bed
scanner, Webcam - Output Devices- working principle of CRT Monitor ,working principle of
LCD/TFT, printers(Impact and Non-Impact) working principle of Dot matrix printer, inkjet
printer, Laser printer.
2. System Board and Mass storage devices 12 periods

Mother Board- motherboards based on the form factor: such as AT, ATX, micro ATX, mini
ATX , Baby AT, BTX, NLX, various I/O ports available on the motherboard
Processors- various processors used in the system: INTEL P4, Celeron, XEON, Itanium
processors, AMD athelon, Dual core, Core 2 Duo, Quad core and i-series (i3,i5 and i7), features
of above chipset and their advantages, importance of SMPS over linear voltage power supply,
connectors from SMPS and list the voltage levels of each wire in various connectors based on the
standard color of the wire
RAM- static and dynamic RAM, Mass storage devices - Hard disk Drive, jumper settings, hard
disk interfacings standards like IDE/SCSI/SATA/PATA.
3. Introduction to Networks and LAN components 10 periods

Need for network-Network classification- network standards-Topologies-Network Components-
connectors-network devices
4. Network Addressing and Management 10 periods

Network addressing -Network protocols, Monitoring and Troubleshooting – Remote,
Monitoring, Establishment of LAN, Network status.
5. Windows-2012 server administration

Need of system administration, responsibilities of administrator, Analyze the Installation &
Configuration of Windows 2012 Server, Installation and configuration of Active directory with
DNS, Discuss User & Group Managements, Know about Share Permissions for files and folders,
Analyze the working of Device Manager, Drivers Signing & Signature, analyze Verification &
Managing Ports, Installation and configuration of DHCP, DFS, Know about disk quotas.
6. LINUX administration
Introduction to Linux, pre-Installation, Installation of Linux, Discuss Desktop Environments,
shells & their Types, Familiarization with LINUX editors and commands, Discuss basic filtering
techniques in LINUX, Discuss basic piping techniques in LINUX, Discuss about Managing Users
and Groups, Analyze the process of Configuring DHCP in LINUX , Describe Configuring DNS in
381
LINUX, Configuring internet access, Configuring web server, Describe Linux Security , Explain
the process of Backup of data in Linux.
Recommended Books
1 Enhanced Guide to Managing -- Jean Andrews (Thomson)
And Maintaining Your PC
2. Basics of Networking -- NIIT PHI publications
3. PC Hardware A Beginners Guide -- Gilster (TMH)
4. PC Upgrading -- Stephen Bigelow (TMH)
5. Trouble Shooting Your PC -- Stone & poor
6. Computer Networks -- Andrew S. Tanenbaum
7. Windows server 2012 by Charlie Russel and Craig zacker
1. Unix and Linux System Administration hand book 4th edition by Garth snyder
1.0 Understand PC hardware and its Components.

1.1 Define PC Hardware and Software
1.2 State the importance of BIOS
1.3 Explain the BIOS functions of (i) POST, (ii) Bootstrap loading
1.4 Identify mother board components - processor, chipset, SMPS, Disk Drives, RAM,PCI,IDE,ISA
slots, mouse, AGP, Keyboard, monitor, printer, speaker, USB ports, Parallel port, Serial Port, and
Modem of the system.
1.5 Explain various kind of input devices- keyboard, mouse(optical & opto mechanical), flat bed
scanner, webcam.
1.6 Explain various kind of output devices - working principles of CRT Monitor, LCD/TFT,
Dot matrix printer, inkjet printer & Laser printer.
1.7 Identify various cables that connect peripherals to the rear side of system
2.0 System Board and Mass storage devices

2.1 Mother Board
2.1.1 Explain various motherboards based on the form factor : such as AT, ATX, micro
ATX, mini ATX , Baby AT,BTX,NLX etc
2.1.2 List various components on motherboard.
2.1.3. List the I/O ports available on motherboard
2.2 Processors
382
2.2.1 Describe the features and advantages of various processors: INTEL P4, Celeron, XEON,
Itanium processors, AMD Athlon, Dual core, Core 2 Duo, Quad core and i-series (i3, i5
and i7).
2.2.2 State the importance of SMPS over linear voltage power supply
2.2.3 Use connectors from SMPS and list the voltage levels of each wire in various connectors
based on the standard color of the wire
2.3 Mass storage devices
2.3.1 Give the constructional details and working of a Hard disk Drive
2.3.2 Explain the importance of jumper settings and give details of it
2.3.3 Familiarize with hard disk interfacings standards like IDE/SCSI /SATA /PATA
2.3.4 Distinguish RAM types - SDRAM, DDR(1-3), Rambus RAM
2.3.5 Explain the procedure to upgrade RAM capacity of the system by adding additional
RAMs
3.0 Introduction to Networks and LAN components.

3.1 State the Need for Networking.
3.2 Classification of Networks –LAN, MAN, WAN
3.3 Explain LAN Devices such as (Repeaters, Hubs, Switches, Bridges, Network
Interface Cards (NICs), Routers, Modems, Wireless network adapters.
3.4 Know about UTP cable, Optical Fiber Cable, and Connectors.
3.5 ISO/OSI Reference model.
3.6 TCP/TP Model.
3.7 Network topologies (Star, Mesh, Ring, Bus, Hybrid)
4.0 Network Addressing and Management

4.1 Introduction to Network Addressing.
4.2 Know about TCP/IP Addressing Scheme.
4.3 Components of IP Address
4.4 Know IP Address Classes
4.5 Understand IP Subnetting
4.6 Classify the two types of Internet Protocol addressing IPv4 and IPv6 and state the need
for IPv6.
4.7 Describe Internet protocol version-6 (IPv6) addressing.
4.8 Wifi networking standards and encryption types.
4.9 Networking trouble shoot components
4.10 Preparation of straight and cross cable
4.11 Establishment of LAN
383
5.0 Windows-2012 server administration
5.1 Need for System Administration
5.2 Responsibilities of System Administrator
5.3 Analyse the Installation & Configuration of Windows 2012 Server
5.4 Installation and configuration of Active directory with DNS
5.5 Discuss User & Group Managements.
5.6 Know about Share Permissions for files and folders.
5.7 Analyze the working of Device Manager, Drivers Signing & Signature
5.8 Analyze Verification & Managing Ports.
5.9 Installation and configuration of DHCP, DFS
5.10 Know about disk quotas.
6.0 LINUX administration

6.1 Introduction to Linux, pre-Installation.
6.2 Installation of Linux
6.3 Discuss Desktop Environments, Shells.
6.4 Familiarization with LINUX editors and commands
6.5 Discuss basic filtering techniques in LINUX like, Give the working of filter commands
and Discuss the usage of grep, egrep, fgrep.
6.6 Discuss basic piping techniques in LINUX
6.7 Discuss about Managing Users and Groups.
6.8 Analyze the process of Configuring DHCP in LINUX
6.9 Describe Configuring DNS in LINUX.
6.10 Configuring internet access
6.11 Configuring web server.
6.12 Describe Linux Security
6.13 Explain the process of Backup of data in Linux
concerned.
3. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking Quiz/
tests/ assignments. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
384
a record.

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_fundamentals/
computer_fundamentals_tutorial.pdf
2. http://www.garfieldcs.com/wordpress/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Computer-
Hardware-Basics.pdf
3. https://abiiid.files.wordpress.com/2010/12/pc-hardware-a-beginners-guide.pdf
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/windows_server_2012/windows_server_2012_tutorial.pdf
5. https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780735684690/samplepages/0735684693.pdf
6. https://docentinrete.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/manuale-2008-98-365-windowsserver.pdf
7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linux_admin/linux_admin_tutorial.pdf
8. https://www-uxsup.csx.cam.ac.uk/courses/moved.linuxadmin/whole.pdf

Hours
CO1 Understand PC hardware and its Components R 1,2,3,10 10
CO2 Learn different system boards & Mass storage R,U,A 1,2,3,10 10
devices
CO3 Learn different network components R,U,A 1,2,3,10 10
CO4 Establish different types of network R,U,A 1,2,3,10 10
CO5 Understand Windows-2012 server administration R,U,A 1,2,3,10 10
CO6 Understand LINUX administration R,U,A 1,2,3,10 10
Total Sessions 60
385
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A
1 I
4 1 9(a) 13(a)
2 II
386
3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)
4 IV
9(b) 13(b)
5 V 5, 6
11(a) 15(a)

3 11(b) 15(b)
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8
12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Legend:
18CM502C, V Semester
18CM502C, V Semester, Computer Hardware and System Administration
PART-A
1. What is BIOS?
2. List any four out put devices?
3. What is SATA?
4. What is SMPS?
PART-B
Answer TWO questions out of Four questions. Each carries 3marks. 2X3=6 Marks
5(a). Difference between impact and non impact printers? ( OR)
5(b) Write the configuration of P-IV computer

387
6(a) Distinguish between dual core and core2 duo (OR)
6(b). Write any two differences between static RAM and dynamic RAM
PART-C
Answer TWO questions out of four questions. Each carries 5 marks. 2X5 =10Marks
7(a) Explain the BIOS functions of POST (OR)

7(b) Explain working principal of CRT monitor
8(a) Explain different motherboard types (OR)
8(b) List the voltage levels of each wire in SMPS various connectors based on the standard color of the
wire
18CM-502C, V Semester
18CM502C, V Semester, Computer Hardware and System Administration
PART-A
1. Define MAN.
2. What is the need of networking?
3. List any four out put devices
4. What is an opto mechanical mouse?
PART-B
5(a) Write any two differences between impact and non impact printers (OR)
5(b) Explain about router
6(a) Write about IP Sub netting (OR)
388
6(b) Differentiate between IPV4 and IP6
PART-C
Answer TWO questions out of Four questions. Each carries 5 marks. 2X5=10Marks
7(a) Explain the procedure of LAN establishment with a neat diagram (OR)
7(b) Explain the classification of LAN, WAN and MAN
8(a) Describe Internet protocol version-6 (IPv6) addressing (OR)
8(b) Write the required steps to verify network status
Model Paper- 18CM502C, V Semester, (Computer Hardware and System Administration)
PART – A
Instructions: 8 X 1 M = 8 Marks
b) Answer all the following questions:
ii) Each question carries two marks
1. What is POST?
2. What is the need of networking?
3. Define Shell.
4. Write any two differences between IPV4 and IPV6
5. Write minimum configuration required for installation of Windows 2012 Sever
6. What is driver signing?
7. What is DNS?
8. List Linux editors.
PART – B 4X3=12Marks
Answer any 2 questions from each group
9(a). Explain working principle of flat bed scanner
Define Cache memory and explain how it improves the performance of PC (OR)
9(b). what is pipe? Explain piping concept with the help of example
10(a). Write any four applications of modem (OR)
10(b). Write the process of Configuring DHCP in LINUX
389
11(a) Write the procedure for installing and configuring of DFS (OR)
11(b) Write share permissions for files and folders
12(a) Write a note on any two desktop environments (OR)
12(b) write a note on grep, egrep and fgrep
PART – C 4X5=20Marks
Answer any Two questions from each group
13(a) Draw the motherboard architecture and indicate atleast 10 components (OR)
13(b) Explain installation procedure of Windows 2012 Server
14(a) Explain about IP Classes (OR)
14(b) Explain installation procedure of Linux
15(a) Explain about creation of user and group accounts in Windows 2012 server (OR)
15(b) Explain the installation of Active directory with DNS
16(a) Write the procedure to configure a web server in LINUX (OR)

16(b) Write any five editor commands with examples.
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Course Title : JAVA PROGRAMMING Course Code : 18CM503C

Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P) : 45:15:0 Credits : 3
Prerequisites
Knowledge of OOPs concepts and C, C++ Programming language concepts.
Course Outcomes

Course Outcome
CO1 Understand the basics of java programming concepts and develop simple
console based applications.
CO2 Develop java programs using Inheritance and interfaces.
CO3 Create user-defined packages and explore classes and interfaces within io,
util packages.
CO4 Develop Applet programs and Handle events generated by AWT controls
to perform various actions.
CO5 Interpret different types of Exceptions and Handle Exceptions and multi
390
threading concept
CO6 Develop database applications to interact with different types of databases
using JDBC and Develop server side programs using Servlets.
Course Contents
1. Introduction of Java: Duration: 8 Periods

Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming- Introduction - Object oriented Paradigm -
Basic Concepts of OOP - Java history - Java Features - How Java Differs from C and C++- Java
Program Structure - Simple Java Program - Java Tokens – Java data types –variables-type casting-
arrays-operators - selection statements – iteration statements –jump, break, and continue
statements.-classes and objects-constructors - method overloading- ‘this’ pointer-static and final
members-string classes and methods-command-line arguments.
2. Inheritance and Interfaces: Duration: 8 Periods

Inheritance and its types - different types of inheritance with examples- super keyword- method
overriding - avoid overriding using ‘final’- Interfaces-class vs interface - extending and
implementing interfaces - scope of variables in interfaces - multiple inheritance using interface
3. Packages: Duration: 8 Periods

Packages - Introduction, Java API Packages- Using System Packages, Naming Conventions –
Creating packages – Accessing a Package – Using a package – Adding a class to a package-
importing packages-exploring io, util packages - stream classes
4 Concepts of Applets, AWT and Event handling Duration: 12 Periods

Applet - life cycle of an Applet - creation of Applets - AWT classes - AWT controls – Handling
events - Delegation Event model - Event Classes and Event Listener interfaces-Mouse and
Keyboard events.
5. Exception Handling and Multithreaded programming: Duration: 12 Periods

types of errors - exceptions and types of Exceptions - general form of exception-handling
block - Multi-catch statements - Nested try statements - user-defined exceptions - Define
thread – life cycle of thread - Creating Threads- Multi threading - Using Thread Methods - Thread
priority –Synchronization- isAlive( ), join( ), suspend( ), resume( ) methods - Inter thread
communication – Dead locks
6. JDBC and Servlets Duration: 12 Periods

JDBC - JDBC Architecture - establish connection to database - statements used in jdbc-
ResultSet - DDL and DML programs using jdbc - Servlet - life cycle of servlet - java
servlet development kit - javax.servlet package- HTTP request and responses.
Recommended Books
1. Programming with Java, 6th edition, Balagurusamy, Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 13- 9789351343202
ISB 10- 9351343200
2. Complete Reference Java J2se, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN 9780070598782
3. Java 6 Programming – Black Book Wiley India Pvt ltd
4. Programming in JAVA2 – Dr. K. Somasundaram Jaico Publish
5. Programming in JAVA – S.S. Khandare – S. Chand Publish
6. “Head First Java”, Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, O’Reilly.
7. ‘Effective Java: A Programming Language Guide’ (Java Series) 2nd Edition, by Joshua Bloch
Sun copyright.
391
8. Mastering Java Machine Learning Paperback -Uday Kamath,Krishna Choppella, Packt publishers.
9. Core Java Volume I--Fundamentals Eleventh Edition by Cay S. Horstmann Pearson publications.
10. Java: A Beginner's Guide, Seventh Edition Paperback – by Herbert Schildt -Oracle press
11. “The Complete Reference Java2 (Third Edition)”, Patrick Naughton-Herbert Sheild, Tata
McGraw hill.
12. “Advance JAVA”, Kogent learning Solution, DreamTech Press.
13. “Java2 Unleased”, Jawroski, Techmedia.
14. “Java2 Programming”, Keyur Shah, Tata McGraw.
15. “Java EE6 for Beginners”, Sharnam Shah &Vaishali Shah, SPD.
16. “Java Server Programming Black book” , Kogent learning Solution, DreamTech Press.
17. “Java Database Programming with JDBC” by Pratik Patel - The Coriolis Group.

1 Introduction of Java
1.1 Explain the basic concepts of OOP
1.2 Write about Java History
1.3 Explain the features of Java
1.4 Compare Java with C and C++.
1.5 Write the structure of Java program with an example program.
1.6 Describe java tokens -white space, literals, separators, keywords.
1.7 Explain java datatypes
1.8 Write about declaration and initialization of variables.
1.9 Perform type conversion and casting features.
1.10 Use one-dimensional and two–dimensional arrays.
1.11 Explain various types of operators.
1.12 Explain about selection and iteration statements of Java.
1.13 Write the syntax of jump, break, and continue statements.
1.14 Create classes and objects.
1.15 Explain about constructors.
1.16 Explain method overloading.
1.17 Use of ‘this’ pointer.
1.18 Explain the working of static and final members.
1.19 Explain string classes and methods.
1.20 Describe the use of command-line arguments.
2 Inheritance and Interfaces

2.1 Define Inheritance and its types.
2.2 Explain different types of inheritance with examples.
2.3 Use of super keyword.
2.4 Explain method overriding and how to avoid overriding using ‘final’.
2.5 Define an Interface and explain the concept of Interfaces.
2.6 Compare class and interface.
2.7 Explain about extending interfaces.
2.8 Explain the concept of implementing interfaces.
2.9 Explain the scope of variables in interfaces.
2.10 Explain multiple inheritance using the concept of interface.
3 Packages
3.1 Define a package.
3.2 Explain about java API packages.
3.3 Describe the concept of class path.
3.4 Describe the concept of Access specifiers.
3.5 Explain the concept of creating, accessing and using a package and subpackages.
3.6 Appreciate the concept of importing packages.
3.7 Exploring io, util packages.
392
3.8 Explain various stream classes.
4 Concepts of Applets, AWT and Event handling

4.1 Define Applet and life cycle of an Applet.
4.2 Explain the creation of Applets with example programs.
4.3 List and discuss AWT classes
4.4 Describe AWT controls with example programs
4.5 Explain Event handling mechanism and Delegation Event model.
4.6 Explain sources of Events
4.7 Event Classes and Event Listener interfaces.
4.8 Explain Mouse and Keyboard events.
5 Exception Handling and Multithreaded Programming

5.1 Explain the types of errors.
5.2 Explain how to deal with exceptions and types of Exceptions.
5.3 Explain the general form of exception-handling block.
5.4 Explain the concept of Multi-catch statements with example programs.
5.5 Explain Nested try statements
5.6 Explain throw and throws clauses.
5.7 Explain creation of user-defined exceptions
5.8 Define Thread and life cycle of a thread
5.9 Discuss about thread priorities
5.10 Explain the process of creating thread using Thread class and Runnable interface.
5.11 Write about the creation of multiple threads.
5.12 Explain the concept of synchronization
5.13 Describe isAlive ( ), join ( ), suspend ( ), resume ( ) methods.
5.14 Explain Inter thread communication.
5.15 Discuss dead lock with example programs.
6 JDBC and Servlets

6.1 Know about JDBC and understand JDBC Architecture.
6.2 Explain how to establish connection to database.
6.3 Implement Simple Application and execute query.
6.4 Explain different statements used in jdbc.
6.5 Discuss about ResultSet.
6.6 DDL and DML programs using jdbc.
6.7 Define servlet and explain the life cycle of servlet.
6.8 Discuss about java servlet development kit.
6.9 Understand javax.servlet package and create simple servlet.
6.10 Handling HTTP request and responses with example programs.
 Each group should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar activity related to the
course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned course coordinator and programme co-
coordinator.
1. Study different Integrated Development Environments (IDEs) available for executing java
programs and prepare a report.
2. Develop some simple window based applications like notepad, calculator etc using AWT and
Swing components.
393
3. Visit Library to refer to standard Books on core Java and Advanced java concepts, collect related
5. Interact with industry people who are working in java and advanced java technologies and prepare
a report.
8. Prepare a seminar on a specific topic that is related to latest technologies in the java and advanced
java concepts and present a Power Point Presentation (PPT) to all the peers.
9. Study IEEE papers on advanced java topics and submit a report.
10. Prepare quiz on java course related questions and conduct.
12. Participate in various technical coding competitions related to java programming.
13. Develop some projects to design websites like Hotel Management System, E-Bill Board, Online
insurance, Online Mobile, Contributor, Online Restaurant, Public Distribution System, Secure E-
banking security, District medical data centre using JDBC and Servlet and JSP concepts.
1. https://www.w3schools.in/java-tutorial/
2. https://www.udemy.com/advanced-java-programming/
3. https://www.roseindia.net/java/Advanced-Java-Tutorials.shtml
4. http://www.javalearner.com/advanced.htm
5. https://www.studytonight.com
6. http://www.Javatpoint.com/Java-tutorial
7. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/Java/
8. http://www.indiabix.com/technical/core-Java/
9. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/java/

Hours
CO1 Understand the basics of java programming concepts R,U, 8
and develop simple console based applications. A 1,2,3,4,8,10
CO2 Develop java programs using Inheritance and R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 12
interfaces. A
CO3 Create user-defined packages and explore classes and R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
interfaces within io, util packages. A
CO4 Develop Applet programs and Handle events R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 10
generated by AWT controls to perform various A
actions.
CO5 Interpret different types of Exceptions and Handle R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 12

Exceptions and multi threading concept A
CO6 Develop database applications to interact with R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 10
different types of databases using JDBC and Develop A
server side programs using Servlets.
Total Sessions 60
394
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I 4 1 9(a) 13(a)

395
2 II
3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:

BOARD DIPLOMA MID SEM-I SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS (C-18)
DCME– V-SEMESTER
18CM503C - JAVA PROGRAMMING
Duration : 1 Hour Maximum Marks: 20
PART-A
Instructions: (1) Answer all questions. 4x1 = 4 Marks

(2) Each question carries one mark.
1) List out any four keywords of java

2) Compare Java & C++
3) Define inheritance.
4) What is ‘super’ keyword.
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks
Instructions: (1) Answer one question each from 5 and 6

396
(2)Each Question is of internal choice type
(3)Each question carries three marks.
5(a) Describe the java data types.

(OR)
5(b) Describe string classes and methods.
6(a) Compare class and interface.

(OR)
6(b) Briefly explain scope of variables in interfaces.
PART-C 2×5=10 Marks

Instructions: (1) Answer one question each from 7 and 8.
(3)Each question carries five marks.
7(a) Develop a java program using static and final variables.
(OR)
7(b) Explain the structure of java with an example program.
8(a) Explain the concept of interfaces with an example program.

(OR)
8(b) Develop a java program to implement multiple inheritance through interfaces.

BOARD DIPLOMA MID SEM-II SEMESTER EXAMINATIONS (C-18)
DCME– V -SEMESTER
PART-A

1) Define package.
2) Write the syntax to import a package.
3) Define Applet.
4) What is Delegation Event Model?
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks

397
5(a) Explain the steps to create a package.

(OR)
5(b) Explore some classes in util package.
6(a) Demonstrate life cycle an Applet.

(OR)
6(b) List and discuss AWT classes.

7(a) Describe the concept of creating and accessing a package with an example program.
(OR)
7(b) Write a java program using to read data from a file using BufferedReader class
8(a) Create an applet to draw graphics.

(OR)
8(b) Explain to handle Mouse events with an example program.
398
DCME- V -SEMESTER
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks: 40
PART-A

1) Write the syntax to declare a variable.
2) List out java API packages.
3) Define multithreading.
4) List the uses of final keyword.
5) List the types of errors.
6) Define inter thread communication.
7) Define JDBC.
8) Define Servlet.
PART-B 4×3=12 Marks
Instructions: (1) Answer one question each from 9,10,11 and 12.
9(a) Describe the use of command line arguments.

(OR)
9(b) Discuss about thread priorities.
10(a) Describe the concept of class path.

(OR)
10(b) List different types of JDBC drivers.
11a) What is synchronization? When do we use it?

(OR)
11(b) Demonstrate life cycle of a thread.
12(a) Discuss about Resultset.

(OR)
12(b) List some classes in javax.servlet package.
399
Instructions: (1) Answer one question each from 13,14, 15 and 16.
13(a) Write a java program using constructor.

(OR)
13(b) Explain the process of creating thread using Runnable interface.
14(a) Write a java program to handle keyboard events.

(OR)
14(b) Develop a java application to establish a connection to database.
15(a) Explain the concept of multi-catch statements with example programs.

(OR)
15(b) Explain deadlock with an example program.
16(a) Write a java program to insert update and delete data from a database.
(OR)
16(b) Develop a java program to handle HTTP requests.
400
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
Course Title :Python Programming Course Code : 18CM504E(A)
Semester : V Course Group : Elective

45:15:0
Type of Course : Lecture+ Tutorial Total Contact Periods: 60 periods
Pre-requisites
Basic understand of computer hardware and programming.
Course Outcome
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain below Course
Outcome (CO):
Course outcome
Configure Raspberry Pi with suitable OS and set up the environment for python
CO1 to meet IOT applications
Use data types, operators and control structures to write simple python
CO2 problems
CO3 Develop classes, modules and packages
CO4 Design Graphical user interface and Regular expressions
CO5 Develop Multithread applications and handles runtime exceptions.
CO6 Process file, database operations and implement applications using Raspberry
PI
Course Contents
1 Python Introduction and Raspberry PI 6 periods
Introduction to IOT- Advantages and Disadvantages of IOT- Identify Components of Raspberry PI-3-
Build a PC using Raspberry PI-3- Introduction to python programming language-Steps for the setting up
execution environment for Python
2 Basic of Python programming 12 periods

Variable declaration and initialization-Comments-Indentation-data types-controls structures Operators-
strings and functions
3. Classes and Packages 12 periods

Define Class- data member, methods, and constructors and create an instance of class- different types of
Inheritance- Python Identity Operator- Creating and importing Modules and Packages- scope of variables-
virtual environment for python application- Installing packages- math and datetime package
4. Exception handling and Multithreading 8 periods

Different Types of errors- Exception handling- Multithreading- ways of creating threads Methods in the
Thread module, Thread Synchronization
401
5. Design Graphical user Interface and Regular Expressions 10 periods
Design a graphical interface- Discuss Geometry Managers- Widgets- Event handling Regular expression
to validate the data
6. Data Processing and Programming Raspberry Pi 12 periods

Working files and folders- working with data database- Interfacing with Raspberry PI and controlling
devices using python programs-Basic Electronic components
Reference Books
1. Raspberry Pi Cookbook 2014 by Simon Monk
2. Core Python Programming 2018 by R. Nageswara Rao
3. Python: For Beginners: by Timothy C. Needham
4. Sams Teach Yourself Python Programming for Raspberry Pi in 24 Hours Second Edition, Sams
publication by Christine Bresnahan, Richard Blum
5. Python Programming Fundamentals- A Beginner's Handbook 2018 by Nischay kumar Hegde
6. The Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, 2011, Cengage Learning Kenneth A. Lambert,
7. Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. MIT Press John V. Guttag

1 Python Introduction and Raspberry PI

1.1 Define IOT
1.2 List applications of IOT
1.2 List Advantages and Disadvantages of IOT
1.3 Identify Components of Raspberry PI-3
1.4 List General purpose input and Output pins (GPIO) on Raspberry PI
1.5 Build a PC using Raspberry PI-3
1.6 Install operating System into Raspberry PI
1.7 Familiarize to python programming language
1.8 List different versions of pythons
1.9 Compare Python programming language with Java Programming language
1.9 Lists features of Python programming
1.10 Sets the execution environment for Python
1.11 Execute Python Script (Command Prompt, Script and IDE) in different ways
2 Basic of Python programming

2.1 Declare and initialize variables
2.2 Use Comments, Indentation in programs
2.3 Discuss Data Types Booleans, Numbers
2.3 Use Decision Making Statements to solve different problems
2.4 Use Loop Statements with example to solve problems which are iterative
2.5 Perform operation on Lists, Tuples, Sets, and Dictionaries
2.6 Identify members of Lists, Tuples, Sets, and Dictionaries using Membership Operator
2.7 Process string using operators and built in functions
2.8 Build function with/ without arguments
2.9 Solve problems by using recursive method of problem solving
2.10 Differentiate between recursive and iterative way of problem solving
3. Classes and Packages

3.1 Define class with its member and create instances of class
3.2 Implement different types of Inheritance,
3.3 Use super to call methods of a super class
3.3 Use Python Identity Operator
3.4 Create and import Modules and Packages
3.5 Use local and global variables
402
3.6 Sets up the virtual environment for python application
3.7 Installs packages
3.8 Write programs using standard Mathematical function sqrt, cos sine, pow, degrees, and fabs etc.
3.9 Use datetime package in python application
4. Exception handling and Multithreading

4.1 Difference between compile time errors and runtime errors and logical errors.
4.2 list common compile time errors and runtime errors
4.3 Using try/except block, finally and else block handles exception
4.4 raise statement
4.5 Create User defined exceptions classes
4.6 Define Multithreading
4.7 List Pros and cons of Multithreading
4.8 Create threads using Threading Module
4.9 Create Multiple Threads which perform different tasks
4.10 Design threads using, start, join, isAlive, getName, setName, activeCount and currentThread
Methods
4.11 Achieve thread Synchronization in multithreaded environment
5. Design Graphical user Interface and Regular Expressions

5.1 Design a graphical interface using TKinter library
5.2 Design GUI using different Geometry Managers
5.3 Uses various Widgets
5.4 Lists attributes of widgets
5.5 Handles Events generated by various Widgets
5.6 Create patterns to using regular expression
5.7 Validates data using regular expression
6. Data Processing and Programming Raspberry Pi

6.1 Opens, close, read, write, append of files using programs
6.2 List modes of opening file
6.3 Delete files and folders
6.5 Connect to MySql database
6.6 Perform creation of table, insert a row in a table, update an entry in a table and execute stored
procedures
6.7 Stores images using blob data type
6.8 Use Bread board, resistor, transistors, diode, and capacitors, Inductors, Transformers and
Adaptors
6.8 Work with I2C and SPI interface of Raspberry PI
6.9 Turn On and Off LED using python program
6.10 Make a buzzing sound with the Raspberry Pi and python program
6.11 Connect to Wired or Wireless network

Note:
 Student activity like mini-project, quizzes, etc. should be done in group of 3-5 students
 Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar
activity related to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and
programme coordinator concerned.
 Each group should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
 Compare Intel mother board with Raspberry PI mother board
403
 Study IEEE paper on Block Chain and Prepare a Power point Presentation on the same
paper
Teaching
Course outcome Linked PO
Hours
Configure Raspberry Pi with suitable OS and set up 1,2,3,4,5,6,8

CO1 6
the environment for python to meet IOT applications
Use data types, operators and control structures to 1,2,3,4,7,8

CO2 12
write simple python problems
CO3 Develop classes, modules and packages 1,2,3,4,7,8 12
CO4 Design Graphical user interface and Regular 1,2,3,4,7,8

8
expressions
CO5 Develop Multithread applications and handles 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10

10
runtime exceptions.
CO6 Process file, database operations and implement 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,10

12
applications using Raspberry PI
Total Session 60
1. Prepare a Quiz on various Electronic Components and the rest of the class will answer the
quiz.
2. Prepare a Study report after studying three to four research papers on IOT
3. Design a simple project that automates a task.
4. Study the impact of recent technologies on health and environment; prepare a report that
addresses the issues and solution to them.
5. Study Recent Technologies like Data Mining, Data Analysis, and Data Scientist; and
write a report that distinguishes these technologies.

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python/
CO-PO Matrix
MID SEM-I EXAM

404
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV

9(b) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 11(a) 15(a)

11(b) 15(b)

3
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


405
State Board Of Technical Education

Python Programming
18CM504E(A)---V Semester
Mid SEM -1 Model Paper
PART-A
Each question carries 1 mark
1. List the advantages of IOT
2. List the features of python programming language
3. Write the purpose of Indentation
4. Write the syntax to declare Dictionary

5(a). Explain the components of Raspberry PI
or
5(b). Write the differences between Python and Java
6(a). Explain any five string processing functions.

or
6(b). Write the differences between implementing function using loops and recursion.
PART-C
7(a). Write the steps to build a PC and install operating system into Raspberry
or
7(b). Explain the different ways of executing a python program
8(a). Write a python program to traverse, delete and add elements into list
or
8(b). Write a python program to find the next prime number of a given prime number
406
State Board Of Technical Education
Python Programming
18CM504E(A)---V Semester
Mid SEM -II Model Paper
PART-A
1. What is the user of super keyword?
2. Define module
3. List the keywords to handle exceptions
4. Write the purpose of join method in Threading Module
PART-B
5(a). Explain different types of inheritance with a diagram
or
5(b). Explain any five methods of math module
6(a). Explain different types of errors

or
6(b). Write the advantages and disadvantages of multithreading
PART-C
7(a). Write the steps to steps to create virtual environment for python application
or
7(b). Write an application where a create a module and import the same to other module
8(a). Write a program to create a multi threaded application.

or
8(b). Write a program to handle different types of exceptions
407
State Board of Technical Education, Telangana State
Model Paper- 18CM504E(A)
(Python Programming)
PART – A
Instructions: 8 X1 M = 08 Marks
iii) Answer all the following questions:
iv) Each question carries 1 mark
1. Write the syntax to create a dictionary type variable
2. Write the use of raise statement
3. List any four widgets for developing a GUI
4. Define Multithreading
5. What is the purpose of Geometry Managers?
6. Define regular expression
7. Write the syntax to open a file.
8. List types of transistors
PART- B
9(a) Explain different components of Raspberry PI

or
9(b) Explain search, replace and match function for regular expression
10(a) Explain different types of inheritance with diagram

or
10(b) Explain how to calculate the resistance of a resistor by using color codes
11(a) Explain basic attributes of widgets

or
11(b) Explain different geometry managers
12(a) Explain the function to open, write and close a file

or
12(b) Write the process to connect MySql database.
PART-C
408
13(a) Write a python program to print multiplication tables from 1 to 10

or
13(b) Design a window application that displays number of times a user a click a button
14(a) Write a python script that denies access to multiple threads to critical section.
or
14(b) Write a python program to delete record from a table
15(a) Create regular expression to validate email-id, and phone number

or
15(b) Write a python application to handle list box events
16(a) Write a python program to copy one file into another file and delete the original file
or
16(b) Write a python program and steps to turn on/off LED
409
ANDROID PROGRAMMING
Course Title : ANDROID PROGRAMMING Course Code : 18CM504E(B)

Semester :V Course Group : Elective
Teaching Scheme in Periods (L:T:P) : 45:15:0 Credits : 3
Prerequisites
Knowledge of Java programming and AWT event handling concepts.
Course Outcomes

Course Outcome
CO1 Understand the categories of mobile applications and know the internal
components of smart phone.
CO2 Interpret different types of mobile operating systems and know the
architecture of iOS and Android OS
CO3 To demonstrate their skills of using Android software development tools
CO4 Know the components of Android to develop simple mobile applications
running on emulator
CO5 Design Graphical User Interface(GUI) mobile applications and handle

events generated by UI controls
CO6 Know Android services and Develop android applications to interact with
SQLite database
Course Contents
1. Introduction to mobile application development and smart phone hardware architecture

Duration: 8 Periods
Mobile device - types of mobile devices - mobile application development – types of mobile apps
- native, web and hybrid - smart phone - evolution of smart phones - features of smart phone -
System on Chip (SoC) - components of SoC - advantages and disadvantages of SoC - Digital
Signal Processor(DSP) - features of different processor architectures – Traditional DSP
Architecture - Modern DSP Architecture - SoC based architecture - contemporary processors used
in smart phones - peripheral devices for a smart phone - future technology in smartphones
2. Understand different mobile operating systems Duration: 8 Periods
410
Mobile operating system – types of mobile operating systems - history of iOS - versions of iOS -
iOS Architecture - layers in iOS architecture - features of different layers of iOS - history of
Android OS - versions of Android - Android OS Architecture - layers in Android OS architecture-
features of different layers of Android OS - iOS vs Android OS
3. Introduction to Android Environment setup Duration: 8 Periods
Programming languages used in Android applications - MVC Architecture - Security Aspects of

Android - Android Environment Setup - Android Studio IDE - Eclipse IDE - create Android
Virtual Devices(AVDs) - types of Android applications - Android development Frameworks for
mobile apps - types of Android Development Tools
4. Understand the programming components of Android Duration: 12 Periods
Programming Components of Android – Activities – Services- Content Providers – Broadcast
Receivers – create “Hello world!” application - File structure of an Android application - Main
Activity File, Android Manifest file, R file, Strings file, Layout file - Intent - Types of Intents -
Intent to dial a number or to send SMS - explicitly switching between activities - lifecycle of
Android Activities - Activity callback functions - android application which shows callback
functions
5. Android User Interface(UI) controls Duration: 12 Periods

User Interface Designing Layouts - Linear Layout - Relative Layout - List View Layout - Grid
view Layout - Table Layout - User Interface(UI) Controls –TextView - Edit Text – Button –
Checkbox - Radio Button - Toggle button – Spinner - Date picker - Time picker - Develop simple
android applications using each UI control - Event handling of UI Controls with example
programs - Toast message in android application to display notifications – Fragments - Life cycle
of fragments - Develop android application using fragments
6. Android Services and Database Duration: 12 Periods

Android service - life cycle of Android Services - Develop simple Android application using
Android service - Introduction to SQLite database - Creating and opening a database in SQLite
database - Creating tables in SQLite database - Inserting data into SQLite database - Retrieving
data from SQLite database - Updating and Deleting data from SQLite database - Develop simple
android application using SQLite database
Recommended Books
1. Today’s Smartphone Architecture by Malik Wallace and Rafael Calderon - meseec.ce.rit.edu/551-

projects/spring2016/2-6.pdf
2. https://cs4720.cs.virginia.edu/slides/CS4720-MAD-iOSAppComponents.pdf
3. Professional Android 4 Application Development, Reto Meier, Wiley India, (Wrox) , 2012
4. Android Application Development for Java Programmers, James C Sheusi, Cengage Learning,
2013
5. Head First Android Development by Dawn Griffiths & David Griffiths - Oreilly publications
6. Android App Development for Dummies 3rd edition by Michael Burton - A Wiley brand
7. Hello, Android: Introducing Google’s Mobile DevelopmentPlatform fourth edition by Ed
Burnette - The pragmatic programmers
8. Busy Coder’s Guide to Android Development by Mark L Murphy -
9. Android Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide By Bill Philips, Chris Stewart and Kristin
10. Android Cookbook 2nd edition by Ian F.Darwin - O'Reilly
1.0 Introduction to mobile application development and smart phone hardware architecture
1.1 Define mobile device
1.2 List different type of mobile devices
1.3 Define mobile application development
411
1.4 Classify mobile application development applications: native, web and hybrid
1.5 Define smart phone
1.6 Discuss the evolution of smart phones
1.7 Describe the key features of smart phone
1.8 Define System on Chip (SoC)
1.9 List and briefly explain the components of SoC
1.10 List advantages and disadvantages of SoC
1.11 Define Digital Signal Processor(DSP)
1.12 Briefly discuss the features of different processor architectures – Traditional DSP Architecture,
Modern DSP Architecture and SoC based architecture
1.13 List the contemporary processors used in smart phones
1.14 List different peripheral devices for a smart phone
1.15 Discuss the future technology in smartphones
2.0 Understand different mobile operating systems

2.1 Define mobile operating system
2.2 List different mobile operating systems
2.3 State in brief the history of iOS
2.4 Know the different versions of iOS
2.5 Draw the block diagram of iOS Architecture
2.6 List the layers in iOS architecture
2.7 Briefly explain the features of different layers of iOS
2.8 State in brief the history of Android OS
2.9 Know the different versions of Android
2.10 Draw the block diagram of Android OS Architecture
2.11 List the layers in Android OS architecture
2.12 Briefly explain the features of different layers of Android OS
2.13 Compare iOS and Android OS
3.0 Introduction to Android Environment setup

3.1 List the programming languages used for developing Android applications
3.2 Know the Concepts of MVC Architecture
3.3 Know the Security Aspects of Android
3.4 Explain the Android Environment Setup using Android Studio IDE
3.5 Explain the Android Environment Setup using Eclipse IDE
3.6 Explain the procedure to create Android Virtual Devices(AVDs)
3.7 Describe different types of Android applications
3.8 Explain different Android development Frameworks for mobile apps
3.9 Explain different types of Android Development Tools
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.0 Understand the programming components of Android

4.1 Explain the Programming Components of Android
4.1.1 Activities
4.1.2 Services
4.1.3 Content Providers
4.1.4 Broadcast Receivers
4.2 Explain the procedure to create “Hello world!” application and running application in emulator
4.3 Discuss the File structure of an Android application project like Main Activity File, Android
Manifest file, R file, Strings file, Layout file
4.4 Explain Android Activating component: Intent
4.4.1 Define Intent
4.4.2 Types of Intents
4.4.3 Develop and android application using Intent to dial a number or to send SMS
412
4.4.4 Develop and android application on explicitly switching between activities
4.5 Explain the lifecycle of Android Activities
4.5.1 List the Activity Callback functions
4.5.2 Develop an android application which shows Callback functions
5.0 Android User Interface(UI) controls

5.1 Discuss the User Interface Designing Layouts
5.1.1 Linear Layout
5.1.2 Relative Layout
5.1.3 List View Layout
5.1.4 Grid view Layout
5.1.5 Table Layout
5.2 Explain the usage of User Interface Controls
5.2.1 TextView
5.2.2 Edit Text
5.2.3 Button
5.2.4 Checkbox
5.2.5 Radio Button
5.2.6 Toggle button
5.2.7 Spinner
5.2.8 Date picker
5.2.9 Time picker
5.3 Develop simple Android applications using each UI control
5.4 Explain Event handling of UI Controls with example programs
5.5 Understand the usage of Toast message in android application to display notifications
5.6 Understanding Fragments
5.6.1 Define fragment
5.6.2 Life cycle of fragments
5.6.3 Develop android application using fragments
6 Android Services and Database

6.1 Define Android service
6.2 Explain the life cycle of Android Services
6.3 Develop simple Android application using Android service
6.4 Introduction to SQLite database
6.5 Explain the process of creating and opening a database in SQLite database
6.6 Explain the process of creating tables in SQLite database
6.7 Explain the process of inserting data into SQLite database
6.8 Explain the process of retrieving data from SQLite database
6.9 Explain the process of updating and deleting data from SQLite database
6.10 Develop simple android application using SQLite database
Suggested list of student activities
coordinator.
1. Study different Integrated Development Environments(IDEs) available for executing android
2. Develop some simple GUI based applications like calculator etc using android controls.
3. Visit Library to refer to standard Books on Advanced java concepts, collect related material and
prepare notes.
413
4. Refer to online content and videos to get more knowledge on SQLite database concepts.
5. Interact with industry people who are working in android technologies and prepare a report.
6. Compare different types of Operating Systems used in mobiles and submit a report.
9. Prepare a seminar on a specific topic that is related to latest technologies in the mobile application
development and present a Power Point Presentation(PPT) to all the peers.
10. Study IEEE papers on android programming and submit a report.
11. Prepare quiz on android programming related questions and conduct.
13. Develop simple android applications (apps).
1. “Android Programming for Beginners” John Horton- Packt publishing.

2. “Android Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide” 2 nd edition by Bill Phillips, Chris Stewart,
Brian Hardy and Kristin Marsicano.
3. “Android Programming Tutorials” by Mark L. Murphy.
4. “Beginning Android Programming with Android Studio” Fourth Edition by J.F.DiMarzio.
5. “Head First Android Development” by Griffiths & Griffiths 2015-07-03.
6. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/index.htm
7. https://developer.android.com/
8. https://www.sanfoundry.com/java-android-programing-examples
9. https://sites.google.com/site/hkustcomp4521/home/lab-exercises
10. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/attachment.php?aid=47906
11. https://www.javatpoint.com/android-tutorial
12. https://www.studytonight.com/android/
13. https://www.splessons.com/lesson/android-tutorial/

Hours
CO1 Understand the categories of mobile applications and R,U, 8
know the internal components of smart phone. A 1,2,3,4,8,10
CO2 Interpret different types of mobile operating systems R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
and know the architecture of iOS and Android OS A
CO3 To demonstrate their skills of using Android software R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
development tools A
CO4 Know the components of Android to develop simple R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 12
mobile applications running on emulator A
CO5 Design Graphical User Interface(GUI) mobile R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 12

applications and handle events generated by UI A
controls
CO6 Know Android services and Develop android R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,10 12
applications to interact with SQLite database A
Total Sessions 60
414
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV 4

5 V 3 5, 6
9(b) 13(b)

11(a) 15(a)
11(b) 15(b)
415
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:

DCME– V-SEMESTER
18CM504E(B) – ANDROID PROGRAMMING
PART-A

1) Define mobile device.
2) Define SoC.
3) Define mobile OS.
4) List the types of mobile OS.
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks

5(a) Classify different types of mobile apps.
(OR)
5(b) List the advantages and disadvantages of SoC.
416
6(a) Compare iOS and Android OS.
(OR)
6(b) Write the brief history of iOS.

7(a) Demonstrate the features of different DSP architectures.

(OR)
7(b) Explain the contemporary processors used in smart phones.
8(a) Explain different versions of iOS

(OR)
8(b) Demonstrate the layers of Android OS architecture.

DCME– V -SEMESTER
18CM504E(B) - ANDROID PROGRAMMING
PART-A

1) List the programming languages used for developing android applications.
2) List the types of android applications.
3) Define Intent.
4) Write about Android manifest file.
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks

5(a) Discuss the security aspects of Android.

(OR)
5(b) Write the procedure to create Android Virtual Device(AVD).
417
6(a) List the different types of Intents with examples.
(OR)
6(b) List the Activity callback functions.

7(a) Explain the steps to install Android Studio IDE.

(OR)
7(b) Explain the concept of MVC architecture.
8(a) Develop an android application using Intent to dial a number.

(OR)
8(b) Develop an android application to display “Hello World!” message on screen.
418
DCME- V -SEMESTER
18CM504E(B) – ANDROID PROGRAMMING
Duration : 2 Hours Maximum Marks: 40
PART-A

1) List the peripheral devices for a smart phone.
2) Define Content Provider.
3) What is Linear Layout?
4) What id R.java file?
5) List any three UI controls.
6) Define fragment.
7) Define Service.
8) What is SQLite database?
9(a) Discuss the future technology in smartphones.

(OR)
9(b) Write about Event handling of UI controls.
10(a) Discuss different types of Android applications.

(OR)
10(b) Describe the callback methods in Android Services.
11a) Describe about Array Adapters in List View Layout.

(OR)
11(b) Demonstrate the life cycle of fragments.
12(a) Demonstrate the life cycle of Android Services

(OR)
12(b) Discuss about creating database in SQLite database.
419
13(a) Explain the layers of iOS architecture with a block diagram.

(OR)
13(b) Develop simple android application to find sum of two numbers using
TextView ,EditText and Button controls.
14(a) Explain the process of Android Environment setup using Eclipse IDE.
(OR)
14(b) Develop simple android application using Android Service.
15(a) Develop simple android application to display notifications using Toast message.
(OR)
15(b) Develop an android application using fragments in activities.
16(a) Explain the process of inserting data into the SQLite database.
(OR)
16(b) Explain the process of retrieving data from the SQLite database.
420
CLOUD COMPUTING
Course Title : Cloud Computing Course Code : 18CM505E(A)
Semester :V Course Group : Elective
Prerequisites
Knowledge of computer science concepts.
Course Outcome
Upon completion of the course the students shall be able to:
Course Outcome
CO1 Interpret terminologies in Cloud Computing
CO2 Use the concepts of Parallel and Distributed Computing
CO3 Classify Virtualization
CO4 Use Virtualization Technologies
CO5 Develop various types of Clouds
CO6 Develop Cloud Security and Applications
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing Duration : 8 Periods
Recent Trends in Computing, History of Cloud Computing- Features - Principles and Challenges
of Cloud Computing - Cloud Service Providers- Advantages and Disadvantages of Cloud
Computing - Compare Cluster Computing - Grid Computing, Distributed Computing, Utility
Computing and Cloud Computing
2. Parallel and Distributed Computing Duration : 12 Periods

Eras of Computing - Concepts of Parallel Computing -Concepts of Distributed Computing -
Parallel Vs Distributed Computing
3. Virtualization Duration : 9 Periods

Introduction - Characteristics of Virtualized environments - Classification of Virtualization
Techniques
4. Virtualization Technologies Duration : 9 Periods

Role of Virtualization in Cloud Computing - Pros and Cons of Virtualization -Virtualization
Technologies – Examples (Xen, VM ware, Microsoft Hyper-V)
421
5. Cloud Computing Architecture Duration : 12 Periods
Cloud Reference Model – Architecture - Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) - Platform as a Service
(PaaS) - Software as a Service (SaaS)
Types of Clouds(Deployment models)– Public Clouds, Private Clouds, Hybrid Clouds and
Community Clouds - Economics of Cloud
6. Cloud Security and Applications Duration : 10 Periods

Security - Privacy and Trust - Infrastructure Security - Data Security - Cloud applications.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cloud Computing : Principles and Paradigms – Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and Andrzej
Goscinski
2. Mastering Cloud Computing – Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S.Thamarai Selvi
3. Cloud Security and Privacy – Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, Shahed Latif
4. First Steps in Cloud Computing – Navin Sabharwal, Ravi Shankar
1.0 Introduction to Cloud Computing

1.1 Define the following terms related to recent trends in Computing
1.1.1 Cluster Computing
1.1.2 Grid Computing
1.1.3 Distributed Computing
1.1.4 Utility Computing
1.2 Define Cloud Computing
1.3 State the history of Cloud Computing
1.4 List the features of Cloud Computing
1.5 State the basic principles of Cloud Computing
1.6 List the challenges of Cloud Computing
1.7 List the Cloud Service Providers
1.8 State the advantages and disadvantages of Cloud Computing
1.9 Compare Cluster Computing, Grid Computing, Distributed Computing, Utility
Computing and Cloud Computing
2.0 Parallel and Distributed Computing
2.1 Know the eras of Computing
2.2 Understand the concepts of Parallel Computing
2.2.1 Parallel Computing
2.2.2 Hardware architecture for parallel processing
2.2.3 Approaches to parallel processing
2.2.4 Levels of Parallelism
2.2.5 Laws of Cautions
2.3 Understand the concepts of Distributed Computing
2.3.1 General Concepts and Definitions,
2.3.2 Components of a Distributed System,
2.3.3 Architectural Styles for Distributed Computing
2.3.3.1 Software architectural Styles
2.3.3.2 System Architectural Styles
2.3.4 Explain the models for Inter Process Communication
2.3.5 Know the technologies for Distributed Computing
2.3.5.1 Remote Procedure Call,
2.3.5.2 Distributed Object Frame Work
2.3.5.3 Service Oriented Computing
2.4 Differentiate Parallel and Distributed Computing
3.0 Virtualization
422
3.1 Define the term Virtualization
3.2 State the different characteristics of Virtualization
3.3 Classify and explain Virtualization Techniques
3.3.1 Machine Reference Model
3.3.2 Hardware Level Virtualization
3.3.3 Hardware Virtualization Techniques
3.3.4 Operating System Level Virtualization
3.3.5 Programming Language Level Virtualization
3.3.6 Application Level Virtualization
4.0 Virtualization Technologies

4.1 Explain the role of virtualization in Cloud Computing
4.2 State the Pros and Cons of Virtualization
4.3 Know the Virtualization Technologies – Examples
4.3.1 Xen
4.3.2 VM ware
4.3.3 Microsoft Hyper – V
4.4 Compare Traditional Server and Virtual Server in Cloud Computing
5.0 Architecture of Cloud Computing
5.1 Describe the Cloud Reference Model –
5.1.1 Architecture
5.1.2 Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)
5.1.3 Platform as a Service (PaaS)
5.1.4 Software as a Service (SaaS)
5.2 Explain the different types of Clouds (Deployment Models)
5.2.1 Public Clouds
5.2.2 Private Clouds
5.2.3 Hybrid Clouds
5.2.4 Community Clouds
5.3 Know the economics of Cloud
6.0 Cloud Security and Applications
6.1 Define Security, Privacy and Trust
6.2 Explain Infrastructure Security
6.2.1 Network Level Security
6.2.2 Host Level Security
6.2.3 Application Level Security
6.3 Explain Data Security
6.3.1 Aspects of Data Security
6.3.2 Data Security Mitigation
6.4 Applications of cloud computing
6.4.1 Scientific Applications
6.4.1.1 Health Care
6.4.1.2 Biology
6.4.1.3 Geo-Science – Satellite Image Processing
6.4.2 Business and Consumer Applications,
6.4.2.1 Social Networking
6.4.2.2 Media Applications
6.4.2.3 Multiplayer Online Gaming
6.4.2.4 CRM and ERP
1. Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity related
to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme coordinator concerned.
423
3. Explore and analyse topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking Quiz/ tests/
4. Create a power point presentation on the topic relevant to course or advanced topics an extension to
5. Visit different sites relevant to topics. Listen to the lectures and submit a handwritten report.
Suggested e-Learning Links:

1) https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cloud_computing/
2) https://www.javatpoint.com/cloud-computing-tutorial
3) https://www.w3schools.in/cloud-computing/cloud-computing/
CO-PO Mapping Matrix:
CO1 Interpret terminologies in Cloud Computing R, U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 8
CO2 Use the concepts of Parallel and Distributed Computing R, U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 12
CO3 Classify Virtualization R,U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 9
CO4 Use Virtualization Technologies R,U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 9
CO5 Develop various types of Clouds R,U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 12
CO6 Develop Cloud Security R,U 1,2,3,4,6,,8,9,10 10
Total Sessions 60
424
MID SEM-I EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 14(a)

4 IV

9(a) 13(b)
4
5 V 5, 6 15(a)

10(a) 15(b)
3
14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)
Total Questions
8 8 8

425
Legend:

DCME-V-SEMESTER
18CM505E(A) – CLOUD COMPUTING

PART-A MARKS: 4 X 1 =4

1. What is grid computing?
2. Define cloud computing.
3. Define parallel computing.
4. Compare between parallel and distributed computing.

5. a)Explain the features of cloud computing. (OR)
5. b) State the basic principles of cloud computing.
6. a)Explain about approaches to parallel processing. (OR)
6. b)Explain about level of parallelism.

7. a)Write a short notes on
i)Distributed computing.
ii)Cluster computing.
iii)Grid computing. (OR)
7. b)State the history of cloud computing and list the challenges of cloud computing.
8. a)Explain the hardware architecture for parallel processor. (OR)
8. b)Explain about remote procedure call.
426
DCME-V-SEMESTER
18CM505E(A)– CLOUD COMPUTING

1. Define the term virtualization.
2. State the different characteristics of virtualization.
3. State pros and cons of virtualization techniques.
4. What is the role of virtualization in cloud computing?

5. a)Explain the hardware virtualization. (OR)

5. b)Explain the programming language level virtualization.
6. a)Explain the VMware virtualization. (OR)
6. b)Compare traditional server and virtual server in cloud computing.

7. a)Explain the operating system level virtualization. (OR)
7. b)Explain about Machine Virtualization.
8. a)Explain the xen architecture. (OR)
8. b)Discuss the architecture of Hyper-v.
427
BOARD DIPLOMA END SEMESTER EXAMINATION (C-18)
DCME-V-SEMESTER
18CM505E(A)– CLOUD COMPUTING


1. What is cloud computing?

2. State the different characteristics of virtualization.
3. Define parallel computing .
4. State pros and cons of virtualization techniques.
5. Define SaaS.
6. What is community clouds ?
7. Define Security
8. Define Privacy
PART-B
9. a)Explain about approaches to parallel processing.
OR
9. b)Explain about public cloud.
10. a)Explain the VMware virtualization.
OR
10. b)Explain the data security.
11. a)Explain Platform as a Service.
OR
11. b)Explain about hybrid clouds.
12. a)Explain network level security.
OR
12. b) Explain application level security.
13. a)Explain about remote procedure call.
OR
13. b)Explain Infrastructure as a Service.
428
14. a)Explain the xen architecture
OR
14. b)Explain the data security mitigation.
15. a)Draw and explain the architecture of cloud computing.
OR
15. b)Explain private clouds.
16. a)Eplain scientific application of cloud computing.
OR
16. b)Explain business and consumer applications of cloud computing.
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Course Title CRYPTOGRAPHY AND Course Code 18CM505E(B)

NETWORK SECURITY
Semester V Course Group Elective

Pds(L:T:P)
Type of course Lecture + Tutorial Total Contact 60 Periods

Periods
Prerequisites
Intermediate level Mathematics and computer networking concepts
Course Outcomes
Course Outcomes
CO 1 Describe Cryptography, Identify various threats and understand network
security model
CO 2 Apply the encryption techniques to generate encrypted messages for a

given plain text
CO 3 Verify the authenticity of received cipher text
CO 4 Differentiate internet security and web security
CO 5 Classify malicious softwares, virus, worm and countermeasures
CO 6 Realize the importance of firewall, cybercrime and digital rights
management
Course Contents
1. Introduction to Cryptography: Duration: 7 Periods
Security-Need of Network security- security goals, cryptography and its evolution-classic vs.
modern cryptography-Attacks-Mechanisms and Services-The OSI Security Architecture: Security
Services- Availability Services-Security Mechanisms and Security Attacks-A model for Network
Security.
429
2. Classical Encryption Techniques: Duration: 15 Periods
Encryption-Decryption-Cryptanalysis,-Cryptology-Symmetric Cipher Model-Substitution
Techniques : Caesar Cipher-Monoalphabetic Cipher- Playfair Cipher-Hill Cipher-Monoalphabetic
Cipher-Polyalphabetic Cipher-One Time Pad-Transposition Techniques: Rail Fence Cipher-Route
Cipher-Columnar transposition-Double transposition-Myszkowski transposition-Steganography.
3. Cryptographic Integrity Techniques : Duration: 10 Periods

Principles of Public Key Cryptosystems-Authentication Requirements-Authentication Functions-
Message Authentication Codes-Hash Functions-Digital Signatures.
4. Network and Internet Security: Duration: 8 Periods

Web Security –Threats on Web-Approaches to Web Security-HTTPS-Wireless Security-Threats-
Email Security-threats-Internet Protocol Security (IPSec)-Benefits and services.
5. System Security: Duration:11 Periods

Intruders-Intrusion Detection-Password Management-Backdoor-Logic Bomb-Trojan Horses-
Mobile Code- and Multiple-Threat Malware-Viruses: The Nature of Viruses-Viruses
Classification-Virus Kits- Macro Viruses-E-Mail Viruses-Virus Countermeasures: Antivirus
Approaches-Advanced Antivirus Techniques-Worms- Difference between virus and worm-The
Morris Worm-Worm Propagation Model-Recent Worm Attacks-State of Worm Technology-
Mobile Phone Worms- Worm Countermeasures-back-up and data recovery.
6. Firewalls and Ethical Issues: Duration: 9 Periods

The Need for Firewalls-Firewall Characteristics-Types of Firewalls and their advantages-Legal
and Ethical issues- Cybercrime and Computer Crime-Ethical Issues Related to Computers and
Information Systems-Digital Rights Management(DRM)- Categories of users of Digital Rights
Management Systems
Recommended Books
1. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practices, - William Stallings - Pearson
Education.
2. Cryptography and Network Security –Atul Kahate : Mc Graw Hill
3. Network Security Essentials (Applications and Standards) - William Stallings, Pearson Education.
4. Cryptography and Network Security: 2nd Edition - Behrouz a. Forouzan.
5. Fundamentals of Network Security—Eric Maiwald-Dreamtech Press.
6. computer networking a top-down approach- James F. kurose & Keith W. Ross, Pearson
Education

430
1. Introduction to Cryptography
1.1 Define security and network security.
1.2 Describe OSI security architecture.
1.3 Discuss about different security goals.
1.4 Define cryptography.
1.5 Differentiate classic cryptography and modern cryptography
1.6 Discuss about crypto system.
1.7 Discuss about authentication, Confidentiality, integrity w.r.t data.
1.8 Differentiate passive and active security threats.
1.9 List and explain categories of passive and active security attacks.
1.10 List and explain categories of security services.
1.11 List and explain categories of security mechanisms.
1.12 Draw the Model for network security and explain.
2 Classical Encryption Techniques

2.1 Define encryption and decryption
2.2 Define cryptanalysis and cryptology
2.3 List the essential ingredients of a symmetric cipher.
2.4 Describe two basic functions used in encryption algorithms.
2.5 List keys required for two people to communicate via a cipher.
2.6 Describe the general approaches to attacking a cipher.
2.7 Define substitution cipher
i. Discuss the Caesar cipher.
ii. Discuss the monoalphabetic cipher.
iii. Describe Playfair and Hill ciphers.
iv. Discuss One-Time-Pad.
v. Differentiate mono and polyalphabetic ciphers.
vi. Discuss the problems with the one-time pad.
2.8 Define a transposition cipher.
i. Discuss Rail Fence Cipher
ii. Route Cipher
iii. Explain Columnar transposition
iv. Explain Double transposition
v. Discuss Myskowski transposition
2.9 Define steganography.
2.10 Exercise all the ciphers with examples.
3. Cryptographic Data Integrity Techniques

3.1 List the principal elements of a public-key cryptosystem.
3.2 List the roles of the public and private key.
3.3 Define hash function and cryptographic hash function
3.4 Explain the features and properties of hash functions
3.5 Define message digest
3.6 Explain the applications of cryptographic hash functions in Message Authentication
3.7 List and explain message authentication requirements
3.8 List the message authentication functions
3.9 Explain the message authentication code.
3.10 Define digital signature.
3.11 List the properties of a digital signature should have.
3.12 List the digital signature requirements.
4. Network and Internet Security

4.1 Define Web Security
4.2 Compare types of security threats on web
4.3 Explain briefly web traffic security approaches
4.4 Explain HTTPS
431
4.5 Define Wireless Security
4.6 List and explain security threats to wireless networks
4.7 Classify email security threats
4.8 List and explain various protocols used to counter email threats
4.9 Define Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).
4.10 Explain the benefits of IPSec
4.11 List out the IPSec services
5. System Security
5.1 Discuss Intruders, intrusion detection, password management
5.2 Discuss malicious software like Backdoor, Logic Bomb, Trojan Horses, Mobile Code,
Multiple-Threat Malware
5.3 Define virus and worm.
5.4 Discuss Virus, Virus Nature, Virus Classification, Macro Viruses, Virus Kits, E-Mail
Viruses
5.5 Discuss Virus Countermeasures: Antivirus Approaches, Advanced Antivirus Techniques
5.6 Discuss Morries worm, worm attacks, worm technologies, mobile phone worms,
5.7 Describe how a worm propagates.
5.8 Discuss worm Countermeasures
6 Firewalls and Ethical Issues

6.1 Define Firewall.
6.2 List types of firewalls.
6.3 Discuss firewall characteristics
6.4 Analyze the importance of firewall
6.5 Explain the steps to design a firewall
6.5 Discuss cybercrime and computer crime,
6.6 Discuss the classification of computer crime based on the role that the computer plays in
the criminal activity.
6.7 Explain digital rights management
6.8 List the basic conditions that must be fulfilled to claim a copyright.
6.9 Describe the principal categories of users of digital rights management systems.

1. Student visits Library to refer Standard Books on Cryptography and Network Security and collect
related material.
2. Assignments
3. Explore and analyze topics to improve the level of creativity and analytical skill by taking Quiz
Programmes. Documents have to be maintained as a record.
4. Surprise tests
a record.

1) http://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~chester/courses/16e_cns/slides/01_Introduction.pdf
2) https://www.ijcsmc.com/docs/papers/January2015/V4I1201544.pdf
432
Course Outcomes
CL Teach
Linked POs
Hour
Describe Cryptography, Identify various

CO 1 threats and understand network security R,U 1,2,3 7
model
Apply the encryption techniques to generate
CO 2 R,U,A 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,10 15
encrypted messages for a given plain text
Verify the authenticity of received cipher
CO 3 R,U,A 1,2,3,4,5,7,10 10
text
CO 4 Explain internet security and web security 1,2,3,4,7,9,10 8
Classify malicious softwares, virus, worm
CO 5 R,U,A 1,2,3,4,7,9,10 11
and countermeasures
Realize firewall, Identify types of
CO 6 R,U,A 1,2,3,4,7,8,910 9
cybercrime and digital rights management
433
MID SEM-I EXAM
Remar
S.No Unit Name R U A
ks
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-I 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-II 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)
MID SEM –II EXAM

Remar
S.No Unit Name R U A
ks
5(a) 7(a)
1 Unit-III 1, 2
5(b) 7(b)
6(a) 8(a)
2 Unit-IV 3, 4
6(b) 8(b)

Sl No Unit No.
R U A

1 I
1 9(a) 13(a)

2 II

3 III
2 10(a) 14(a)

4 IV 4

5 V 3 5, 6
9(b) 13(b)

11(a) 15(a)
11(b) 15(b)
434
10(b) 14(b)
6 VI 7,8 12(a) 16(a)

12(b) 16(b)

Total Questions
8 8 8


Legend:
DCME– V-SEMESTER
18CM505E(B)- CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Duration: 1 Hour Maximum Marks: 20
PART-A

1) Define cryptography.
2) Define network security.
3) List the essential ingredients of a symmetric cipher.
4) Define substitution cipher
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks

435
(3)Each question carries Three marks.
5(a) Discuss crypto system.

(OR)
5(b) Discuss passive threats.
6(a) Write about two basic functions used in encryption algorithms.

(OR)
6(b) Differentiate mono and polyalphabetic ciphers

(3)Each question carries Five marks.
7(a) Explain categories of passive and active security attacks.

(OR)
7(b) Draw the Model for network security and explain.
8(a) Explain Playfair cipher with the keyword “DECRYPTION” to encrypt the message ”
I WANT MORE MONEY”
(OR)
8(b) Explain one-time pad with an example.
436
DCME– V-SEMESTER
PART-A

1) Define cryptographic hash function

2) Define message digest
3) Define web security.
4) Define wireless security.
PART-B 2×3=6 Marks

437
5(a) Discuss the principal elements of a public-key cryptosystem

(OR)
5(b) Explain the features and properties of hash functions
6(a) Compare types of security threats on web

(OR)
6(b) Classify email security threats

7(a) Explain the message authentication code

(OR)
7(b) Discuss briefly the message authentication requirements
8(a) Explain the benefits of Internet Protocol Security.

(OR)
8(b) List and explain security threats to wireless networks
438
DCME- V-SEMESTER
Duration: 2 Hours Maximum Marks: 40
PART-A

1) Define cryptography.
2) Define message digest
3) Define virus.
4) What is a digital signature?
5) List types of intruders.
6) What is a spyware?
7) What is a firewall?
8) List types of firewall.
9(a) Discuss passive threats.

(OR)
9(b) Discuss any three techniques for learning passwords.
10(a) Explain the benefits of Internet Protocol Security.
(OR)
10(b) Write about the characteristics of a firewall.
11a) Discuss the types of intruders
439
(OR)
11(b) Write short notes on (a) multi-threat malware (b) mobile code
12(a) Explain the steps to design a firewall

(OR)
12(b) Discuss cyber-crime.

13(a) Encrypt the message “PAY MORE MONEY” using Hill Cipher with the encryption key
matrix
( )
6 24 1
13 16 10 . Show the calculations and result.
20 17 15
(OR)
13(b) Explain how a worm propagates.
14(a) Explain the message authentication code.

(OR)
14(b) Explain digital rights management
15(a) Explain (a) Backdoor (b) Trojan Horse (c) Logic bomb (d) Zombie
(OR)
15(b) Discuss in detail about worm technologies.
16(a) Explain the types of firewalls.

(OR)
16(b) Describe the principal categories of users of digital rights management systems.
440
Computer Hardware and System Administration Lab Practice
Course Title : Computer Hardware and System Course Code 18CM506P
Administration Lab Practice
Semester V Course Group Practical
Periods(L:T:P)
Methodology Lecture + Practical Total Contact Periods: 45 Periods
Pre requisites
Basic knowledge on working of computer.
Course outcome
Course outcome
CO1 System components and installation of device drivers
CO2 Understand the requirements of computer network, and
Implementation of different computer networks
CO3 Implement Install and configure Windows 2012 server and
various services.
CO4 Implement Install and configure Linux and various services
in Linux.
Course Content
Unit No Unit Name Hours/Periods
1 System components and installation of Device drivers 6

2 Understand the Requirements of Computer Network, and 13
Implementation of Different computer networks
3 Implement Install and configure Windows 2012 server and 13
various services.
4 Implement Install and configure Linux and various services 13
in Linux.
Total 45
Recommended Books
1. Enhanced Guide to Managing -- Jean Andrews (Thomson) and Maintaining Your PC
2. PC Hardware A Beginners Guide -- Gilster (TMH)
3. Computer Networks -- Andrew S. Tanenbaum
4. Windows server 2012 by Charlie Russel and Craig zacker
5. Mastering windows server 2012 R2 by Mark minasi
6. Unix and Linux System Administration hand book 4th edition by Garth snyder
7. Linux Administration by Jason cannon
E-References
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_fundamentals/computer_fundamentals_tutorial.pdf
441
2. http://www.garfieldcs.com/wordpress/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Computer-
Hardware-Basics.pdf
3. https://abiiid.files.wordpress.com/2010/12/pc-hardware-a-beginners-guide.pdf
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/windows_server_2012/windows_server_2012_tutorial.pdf
5. https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780735684690/samplepages/0735684693.pdf
6. https://docentinrete.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/manuale-2008-98-365-windowsserver.pdf
7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/linux_admin/linux_admin_tutorial.pdf
8. https://www-uxsup.csx.cam.ac.uk/courses/moved.linuxadmin/whole.pdf
Mapping Course outcomes with program outcome

Hours
CO1 Administration concepts and classification of Windows R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13

2012 server A
CO2 Install and configure Windows 2012 server and various R, U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13
services. A
CO3 Install and configure Linux R,U, 1,2,3,4,8,9,10 13
A
CO4 Implement various services in Linux. U, A
1,2,3,4,8,9,10 06
Total 45
Sessions
LIST OF EXCERCISES:
1. Practice on formatting a hard disk using FAT/NTFS Format.

2. Installation of operating system software.
3. Practice on how to create a bootable disk/pendrive.
4. Trouble shooting keyboard, monitor, printer.
5. Installation of Network card and its driver software.
6. Installation of a router and connecting to internet.
7. Preparing the UTP cable for cross and straight connections using crimping tool.
8. Implementation of peer to peer network.
9. Implementation of workgroup network.
10. Implementation of Wi-Fi Network.
11. Installation of Windows 2012 server operating system.
12. Creating and managing user & group accounts in Windows-2012 server.
13. Installation & Configuration of DHCP in Windows-2012 server.
14. Installation & Configuration of DNS in Windows-2012 server.
15. Installation & Configuration of DFS in Windows-2012 server.
16. Installation of LINUX operating system.
442
17. Practice on Linux commands.
18. Installation of device drivers in LINUX server.
19. Creating and managing user & group accounts in LINUX server
20. Installation & Configuration of DHCP in LINUX.
21. Installation & Configuration of DNS in LINUX.
443
Java Programming Lab Practice
Course Title : Java Programming Lab Practice Course Code 18CM507P

Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites
Knowledge of C++ programming and OOPs Concepts.
Course outcomes
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain below Course Outcomes
(CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Develop basic java console based applications.
CO2 Develop programs on inheritance and interfaces.
CO3 Develop programs on packages – io, util.
CO4 Develop programs on applets, AWT controls and event

handling.
CO5 Develop programs to handle exceptions and multi threaded

applications.
CO6 Develop programs to connect to database and retrieve data

and Develop server side programs using Servlets.
Course Contents
Unit Number Unit Name Periods
1 Introduction of Java 6
2 Inheritance and Interfaces 8
3 Packages. 8
444
4 Concepts of Applets, AWT and Event handling 8
5 Exception Handling and Multi threaded 8

programming
6 JDBC and Servlets 7
Total 45
Recommended Books
1. “Head First Java”, Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates, O’Reilly.

2. ‘Effective Java: A Programming Language Guide’ (Java Series) 2nd Edition, by Joshua Bloch
Sun copyright.
3. Mastering Java Machine Learning Paperback -Uday Kamath,Krishna Choppella, Packt publishers.
4. Core Java Volume I--Fundamentals Eleventh Edition by Cay S. Horstmann Pearson publications.
5. Java: A Beginner's Guide, Seventh Edition Paperback – by Herbert Schildt -Oracle press
6. “The Complete Reference Java2 (Third Edition)”, Patrick Naughton-Herbert Sheild, Tata
McGraw hill.
7. “Advance JAVA”, Kogent learning Solution, DreamTech Press.
8. “Java2 Unleased”, Jawroski, Techmedia.
9. “Java2 Programming”, Keyur Shah, Tata McGraw.
10. “Java EE6 for Beginners”, Sharnam Shah &Vaishali Shah, SPD.
11. “Java Server Programming Black book” , Kogent learning Solution, DreamTech Press.
12. “Java Database Programming with JDBC” by Pratik Patel - The Coriolis Group.
1. https://www.w3schools.in/java-tutorial/
2. https://www.udemy.com/advanced-java-programming/
3. https://www.roseindia.net/java/Advanced-Java-Tutorials.shtml
4. http://www.javalearner.com/advanced.htm
5. https://www.studytonight.com
6. http://www.Javatpoint.com/Java-tutorial
7. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/Java/
8. http://www.indiabix.com/technical/core-Java/
9. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/java/
Periods
CO1 Develop basic java console based applications. R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 6
CO2 Develop programs on inheritance and interfaces. R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
CO3 Develop programs on packages – io, util. R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
CO4 Develop programs on applets, AWT controls and event R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
handling.
445
CO5 Develop programs to handle exceptions and multi threaded R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 8
applications.
CO6 Develop programs to connect to database and retrieve data R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 7
and Develop server side programs using Servlets.
Total 45
Sessions
List of Experiments
1. Write a Java Program to define a class, define instance methods for setting and retrieving values
of instance variables and instantiate its object.
2. Write a Java Program on control and iterative statements.
3. Write a java program to find the transpose, addition, subtraction and multiplication of a two-
dimensional matrix using loops.
4. Write a Java program on command line arguments.
5. Write a Java Program to define a class, describe its constructor, overload the Constructors and
instantiate its object.
6. Write a Java Program to illustrate method overloading
7. Write a java program to demonstrate static variables and static methods.
8. Write a Java program to practice using String class and its methods.
9. Write a Java program using final members.
10. Write a Java Program to sort a list of names in lexicographical order.
11. Write a Java Program to implement single inheritance.
12. Write a Java Program to implement multilevel inheritance by applying various access controls to
its data members and methods.
13. Write a Java program using ‘this’ and ‘super’ keyword.
14. Write a java program to illustrate method overriding
15. Write java program to explain the use of final keyword in avoiding method overriding.
16. Write a program to demonstrate the use of interface.
17. Write a java program to implement multiple inheritance using the concept of interface.
18. Write a Java program on hybrid and hierarchical inheritance.
19. Write a Java program to implement the concept of importing classes from user defined package
and creating packages.
20. Write a Java program on access modifiers.
21. Write a Java program using util packages.
22. Write a Java program using io packages.
23. Write a Java program using stream classes.
24. Write a Java program on applet life cycle.
25. Write a Java program on all AWT controls along with Events and its Listeners.
26. Write a Java program on mouse and keyboard events.
27. Write a Java program on inbuilt Exceptions.
28. Write a Java program on Exception handling.
29. Write a program to implement multi-catch statements
30. Write a java program on nested try statements.
31. Write a java program to create user-defined exceptions.
32. Write a program to create thread (i)extending Thread class (ii) implementing Runnable interface
33. Write a java program to create multiple threads and thread priorities.
34. Write a java program to implement thread synchronization.
35. Write a java program on Inter Thread Communication.
36. Write a java program on deadlock.
37. Write a Java program to establish connection.
38. Write a Java program on different types statements.
39. Write a Java program to perform DDL and DML statements using JDBC.
446
40. Write a Java program on Servlet life cycle.
41. Write a Java program to handle HTTP requests and responses.
coordinator.
1. Study different Integrated Development Environments (IDEs) available for executing java
2. Develop some simple window based applications like notepad, calculator etc using AWT and
Swing components.
3. Visit Library to refer to standard Books on core Java and Advanced java concepts, collect related
5. Interact with industry people who are working in java and advanced java technologies and prepare
a report.
8. Prepare a seminar on a specific topic that is related to latest technologies in the java and advanced
java concepts and present a Power Point Presentation (PPT) to all the peers.
9. Study IEEE papers on advanced java topics and submit a report.
10. Prepare quiz on java course related questions and conduct.
12. Participate in various technical coding competitions related to java programming.
13. Develop some projects to design websites like Hotel Management System, E-Bill Board, Online
insurance, Online Mobile, Contributor, Online Restaurant, Public Distribution System, Secure E-
banking security, District medical data centre using JDBC and Servlet and JSP concepts.
447
Python Programming Lab Practice
Python Programming Lab
Course Title : Practice Course Code 18CM508P(A)

Teaching Scheme in
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
Periods(L:T:P)
Total Contact
Periods:
Pre requisites
This course requires the basic skills of programming and hardware
Course outcomes
(CO):
Course Outcome Teaching
Hours
CO1 Build a Personal computer 3
CO2 Develop program using controls structures and applies 10
CO3 Build classes, modules and packages 6
CO4 Develop multithread application and handles runtimes 6

exceptions
CO5 Design Graphical user interface and Validates data 10
CO6 Process Data and Program Raspberry Pi 10
45
Course Contents
Sl.No UNIT Name
1 Prepare a Personal System
2 Basic Of Python Programming
3 Classes, Modules and Packages
4 Multithreading and Exception Handling.
5 Graphical user interface and Regular expressions
6 File, Database and Interfacing to Raspberry PI
448
Reference Books
Raspberry Pi Cookbook 2014 by Simon Monk

Core Python Programming 2018 by R. Nageswara Rao

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python/
Mapping outcomes with program outcomes

(Course outcome linkage to cognitive learning)
S.No Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching
Hours
CO1 Build a Personal computer R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 3
CO2 Develop program using controls structures and R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 10

applies
CO3 Build classes, modules and packages R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 6
CO4 Develop multithread application and handles R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 6

runtimes exceptions
CO5 Design Graphical user interface and Validates data R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 10
CO6 Process Data and Program Raspberry Pi R,U,A 1,2,3,4,8,10 10
45
List of Experiments
1. Write a program using control structures

2. Write a program to find the factorial of a number
3. Write a program to perform matrix addition and multiplication
4. Write programs to make use of tuples, list and dictionary
5. Write a program which consists of multiple threads
6. Write a program to handle exception with multiple except statements with single try
7. Write a program using nested try statements.
8. Design Graphical user interface application
9 Design regular expression to validate given text
10. Constructing a PC using Raspberry PI and Board com processor
11. Installation of Operating system
12. Turning ON/OFF LED.
13. Buzzer sound with Raspberry PI and Python program
14. Write a program for method overload
15. Write a program for method overriding
16. Write a program for multiple inheritance
17. Write a program for hybrid inheritance
18. Write a program to perform operations on strings
19. Write a program to slice a list
20. Write a program to display multiplication tables.
449
ANDROID PROGRAMMING LAB PRACTICE
Android Programming lab

Course Title : Course Code 18CM508P(B)
practice
Teaching Scheme in
15:0:30 Credits 1.5
Periods(L:T:P)
Total Contact
Periods:
Pre requisites:
Knowledge of core java programming language and AWT event handling concepts.
Course outcomes
(CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Setup environment to develop android applications and creating Android

Virtual Device(AVD)
CO2 Use different Components of Android Studio IDE in developing

applications and usage of Intents to send sms, dial a number and
switching between activities.
CO3 Design GUI using User Interface elements and handle events generated
by android components
CO4 Develop android applications using Android Services and to use SQLite
database
Course Contents
Unit Number Unit Name Periods
3 Introduction to Android Environment setup 10
4 Understand the programming components of 10

Android
5 Android User Interface(UI) controls 12
6 Android Services and Database 13
Total 45
450
Recommended Books
1. Today’s Smartphone Architecture by Malik Wallace and Rafael Calderon - meseec.ce.rit.edu/551-

projects/spring2016/2-6.pdf
2. https://cs4720.cs.virginia.edu/slides/CS4720-MAD-iOSAppComponents.pdf
3. Professional Android 4 Application Development, Reto Meier, Wiley India, (Wrox) , 2012
4. Android Application Development for Java Programmers, James C Sheusi, Cengage Learning,
2013
5. Head First Android Development by Dawn Griffiths & David Griffiths - Oreilly publications
6. Android App Development for Dummies 3rd edition by Michael Burton - A Wiley brand
7. Hello, Android: Introducing Google’s Mobile DevelopmentPlatform fourth edition by Ed
Burnette - The pragmatic programmers
8. Busy Coder’s Guide to Android Development by Mark L Murphy -
9. Android Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide By Bill Philips, Chris Stewart and Kristin
10. Android Cookbook 2nd edition by Ian F.Darwin - O'Reilly
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/index.htm
2. https://developer.android.com/
3. https://www.sanfoundry.com/java-android-programing-examples
4. https://sites.google.com/site/hkustcomp4521/home/lab-exercises
5. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/attachment.php?aid=47906
6. https://www.javatpoint.com/android-tutorial
7. https://www.studytonight.com/android/
8. https://www.splessons.com/lesson/android-tutorial/
CO-PO Matrix

Hours
CO1 Setup environment to develop android applications. U, A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10 10
CO2 Use different Components of Android Studio IDE in U, A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10 10

developing applications and usage of Intents to send sms,
dial a number and switching between activities.
CO3 Design GUI using User Interface elements and handle U,A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10 12
events generated by android components
CO4 Develop android applications using Android Services and to U,A 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10 13
use SQLite database
Total Sessions 45
List of Experiments
451
1. Give the steps to setup Android Environment using
(a) Android Studio IDE
(b) Using Eclipse IDE
(c) Create Android Virtual Device(AVD)
2. Develop an android application to display a message like “Hello World”
3. Develop android applications using following UI Layouts
(a) Linear Layout
(b) Relative Layout
(c) List View
(d) Grid View
(e) Table Layout
4. Create an Android app to accept two numbers in two EditText(textfields) and display the sum of
them in a Toast message on clicking a button
5. Create an Android app to accept a number in EditText and display the factorial of it in a Toast
message on clicking a button.
6. Design a simple calculator application to perform addition, subtraction, multiplication and
division using different buttons.
7. Design a simple android application to convert various country currencies.
8. Develop an android application to illustrate the use of
(a) Button
(b) ToggleButton
(c) ImageButton
9. Develop an android application to illustrate the use of
(a) CheckBox
(b) RadioButton
10. Develop an android application to illustrate the use of Spinner (ComboBox) widget.
11. Develop an android application to illustrate the use of Datepicker widget.
12. Develop an android application to illustrate the use of Timepicker widget.
13. Develop an android application that uses multiple UI controls to create student registration form.
14. Develop an android application to handle events generated by user Interface controls.
15. Develop an android application to shift from one activity to another activity using a button with
the help of Intents.
16. Develop an android application to send SMS using Intents.
17. Develop an android application to dial a number using Intents.
18. Explain the life cycle of Android Activities with an example program.
19. Explain the life cycle of fragments with an example program
20. Develop an android application using fragments.
21. Develop an android application using Android services.
22. Develop an android application to create and open a SQLite database.
23. Develop an android application to insert data into SQLite database
24. Develop an android application retrieve data from SQLite database
25. Develop an android application to update and delete data from SQLite database
26. Develop an android application that uses multiple UI controls to create student registration form
and store the data into SQLite database.
Suggested list of student activities
coordinator.
452
1. Study different Integrated Development Environments(IDEs) available for executing
android programs and prepare a report.
2. Develop some simple GUI based applications like calculator etc using android controls.
3. Visit Library to refer to standard Books on Advanced java concepts, collect related
5. Interact with industry people who are working in android technologies and prepare a
report.
6. Compare different types of Operating Systems used in mobiles and submit a report.
9. Prepare a seminar on a specific topic that is related to latest technologies in the mobile
application development and present a Power Point Presentation(PPT) to all the peers.
10. Study IEEE papers on android programming and submit a report.
11. Prepare quiz on android programming related questions and conduct.
13. Develop simple android applications (apps).
453
Unix/Linux Shell Programming Lab Practice
Course Title : Unix/Linux Shell Programming Lab Course Code 18CM509P
Practice

Periods(L:T:P)
Pre requisites:
Basic knowledge of Unix/Linux commands
Course outcomes
On successful completion of course, the students will be able to attain below Course Outcomes (CO):
Course Outcome
CO1 Realizes the importance of shell programming and learns

comments and special characters
CO2 Write small shell program using variables, arrays, command

line arguments
CO3 Write shell programs using arithmetic, logical, file operators
CO4 Write shell programs using decision making statements
CO5 Write shell programs using loops and functions to solve

mathematical problems
Course Contents
Unit
Unit Name Periods
Number
1 Uses of shell script, Shell special characters, comments, 5
command separator, escaping, quoting command
substitution.
2 shell script, Shell identifiers, Shell variables, Destroying a 8
variable, arrays, Positional parameters & command line
arguments.
3 Evaluating expressions, Text formatting with 10
echo ,Arithmetic, relational and logical operators, file
454
operators
4 If..fi, if..else...fi, if..elif...else...fi, case, 10
5 Loops: for, while, until, select ; functions 12
Total 45
Reference Books:
1. “UNIX - Concepts and Applications”, Sumitabha Das 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. “Linux Command Line and Shell Scripting Bible” Christine Bresnahan and Richard Blum,
O’Reilly Media.
3. “Classic Shell Scripting: Hidden Commands that Unlock the Power of Unix” ,Nelson H. F. Beebe,
O’Reilly Media.
Suggested E-learning references:

1. http://www.freeos.com/guides/lsst/
2. http://heather.cs.ucdavis.edu/~matloff/Linux/LinuxInstall.pdf (Chapter 1, Linux
3. Installation).
4. http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/20/pdf/Installation_Guide/Fedora-20-
5. Installation_Guide-en-US.pdf.
6. https://www.linuxnix.com

Periods
CO1 Realizes the importance of shell programming and learns R,U 2,3,4,8,10 5
comments and special characters
CO2 Write small shell program using variables, arrays, command R,U,A 2,3,4,8,10 8
line arguments
CO3 Write shell programs using arithmetic, logical, file operators R,U,A 2,3,4,8,10 10
CO4 Write shell programs using decision making statements R,U,A 2,3,4,8,10 10
CO5 Write shell programs using loops and functions to solve R,U,A 2,3,4,8,10 12
mathematical problems
Total Sessions 45
Introduction to shell programming.

 Introduction, Uses of shell script, Shell special characters, comments, command separator,
escaping, quoting command substitution.
 Creating shell script, Shell identifiers, Shell variables, Destroying a Variable, Positional
parameters & command line arguments.
 Evaluating expressions, Text formatting with echo
 Arithmetic, relational and logical operators, file operators
Shell control structures

 If..fi, if..else...fi, if..elif...else...fi, case,
 Loops: for, while, until,
Functions
455
List of Experiments
1. Write a shell script to display current date, time, username and directory.
2. Write script to determine whether given file exist or not, file name is supplied as
Command line argument, also check for sufficient number of command line argument
3. Write a shell script that uses special variables related to a command line
4. Write a shell script to access the array values
5. Write shell script to show various system configuration like:
a) Currently logged user name and his long name
b) Current shell
c) Your home directory
6. Write shell script to show various system configuration like:
a) Your operating system type
b) Your current path setting
c) Your current working directory
d) Show all available shells
7. Write a Shell script to accept any two file names and check their file permissions.
8. Write a Shell script to read a file name and change the existing file permissions.
9. Write a shell script to read a file name and check if it is a directory or block special file or
character special file
10. Write a shell script to print current month calendar and to replace the current day number
by ‘*’or ‘**’ respectively.
11. Write a shell program to illustrate command substitution.
12. Write a shell script to print all Arguments with script name and total number of arguments passed
13. Write a shell script to access command line arguments by shifting position
14. Write a shell script to read two numbers and perform arithmetic operations
15. Write a shell script to read two numbers and check their relation using relational operators
16. Write a shell script to read two numbers and apply Boolean operators( logical AND,OR and
negation) on them
17. Write a shell script to read two strings and check whether the two strings equal or not
18. Write a shell program to print the sum of first n natural numbers
19. Write a shell program to check if the read number is Armstrong number or not
20. Write a shell program to factorial of a given number using for loop
21. Write a shell program to demonstrate select loop and case
22. Write a shell program to print the following output using nested loops
11111
22222
33333
44444
23. Write a shell program to demonstrate the use of break and continue
24. Write a shell program to demonstrate command substitution
25. Write a shell program to illustrate pass parameters to a function
26. Write a shell program to return values from a function
Student Activities
 Each group should do any one of the following type of activity or any other similar activity
related to the course with prior approval from the course coordinator and programme
coordinator concerned.
 Each group should conduct different activity and no repetition should occur.
1. Conduct a survey on other editors available in Unix/Linux Operating System with their
features and prepare a report of 2 to 3 pages.
2. Conduct a survey on shells used on Unix/Linux Operating System with their features and prepare
report.
456
3. Conduct a case study on handling various Networking Commands in Linux
Operating System and submit a report.
4. Implement mini shell scripts programs like File Management Commands Sub-menu, Text
Processing Commands Sub-menu, System Status Commands Sub-menu
PROJECT WORK
Course Title : PROJECT WORK
Course Code : 18CM510P
SEMESTER : V Course Group : Practical
Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) : 0 :0 : 45
Credits : 1.5 Credits
( in Periods )
Type of Course : Practical Total Contact Periods : 45 Periods
Prerequisites: Students should have the knowledge of various programming languages and practices in
addition to basic engineering skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO Outcome
CO1 Analyze the realistic problem
CO2 Design the solution using various modules.
CO3 Coding using engineering tool.
CO4 Implementing and updating.
Should be in following Areas
I) Software Projects:
1. Web Designing
2. Banking
3. Income tax calculation application.
4. Examination Cell
5. Student data base management
6. Library management
7. Stores management
8. Staff data management
9. Tourism package.
457
10. Institution management software.
11. Pay rolls.
12. Hostel management
II) Hardware and networking projects

1. LAN Establishment
2. Printer sharing
3. ADD ON cards or any relevant
4. Voice recognizer
5. Wi-Fi enabling
CO / PO - MAPPING
CO1 3 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO2 3 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO4 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
458
SKILL UPGRADATION-V
Course Title : Skill Upgradation -V Course Code : : -

Semester : V Course : -
Teaching Scheme in periods ( L : : 0:0:7 Credits
Group : 2.5
Methodology
T :P) : Activities Total : 105
Contact
Course Objective:

Activity
Periods Frequency
No Activity
1 21
2 18
semester
Online Video Tutorials/ MOOCs in SWAYAM 4 times in a
3 16
/NPTEL/ e-Journals semester
4 Presentations /Group discussions/ Participate in 24
semester
Total Periods 105
459
Course Outcomes
CO Outcome CO/PO
Mapping
profession.

COURSE CONTENT:
Evaluation:

Basic knowledge
Experiments and
Communication
Environment &
Individual and
sustainability
Engineer and
Engineering
Knowledge
Team work
Discipline
Mapped PO
Lifelong
learning
practice
society
Ethics
Tools
CO1 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO2 ✓ ✓ 5,10
CO3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6,7,9,10
CO4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 5,7,10
460

1 2 3 5 6
Collection of Does not Collects Collects Collects Collects a 2

Data collect any very limited some basic relevant great deal of
information information; information; information information;
relating to the some relate refer to the ; all refer to
topic to the topic topic concerned the topic
to the topic
Fulfill team’s Does not Performs Performs Performs all Performs all 4
roles & duties perform any very little nearly all duties duties of
duties assigned duties duties assigned
role with
presentation
Shares work Always relies Rarely does Usually Does the Always 2
equally on others to do the assigned does the assigned job does the
the work work; often assigned without assigned
needs work; rarely having to be work
reminding needs reminded. without
reminding having to be
reminded
and on
given time
frame
Listen to other Is always Usually Listens, but Listens and Listens and 2
team mates talking; never does most sometimes contributes contributes
allows anyone of the talk too to the precisely to
else to speak talking; much relevant the relevant
rarely topic topic and
allows exhibit
others to leadership
speak qualities
TOTAL 10/4=
2.5
461
Diploma in
VI Semester
462
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Course Title : INDUSTRIAL TRAINING Course Code : 18CM601P
SEMESTER : VI Course Group : Practical
Teaching Scheme ( L : T : P ) per week : 0 :0 : 48 Credits : 25 Credits
Type of Course : Practical Total Contact Periods : 6 Months
Prerequisites: Students should have the knowledge of industry culture and practices in addition to basic
engineering skills.
Course Objective:
To enable the students to
1. Acquaint with Industry environment and culture.

2. Develop professional skills
3. Enhance the usage skills of modern tools
4. Develop Communication and leadership skills.
5. Encourage entrepreneurship
Course Outcomes:
CO Outcome
CO1 Appreciate the organizational setup and hierarchy
CO2 Practice the use of Resource optimization techniques
CO3 Develop core engineering skills
CO4 Develop an understanding of solutions for Environmental issues in the industry
CO5 Get acquainted to industry culture and professionalism
Evaluation:
1. The student should submit a report describing the profile of the company, Nature of the job
assigned to him /her and other details in a standard format duly attested and approved by the head
of the industry after two weeks and before Four weeks from the date of joining through e mail.
Hard copy of the report may be submitted in person or by post.
2. A candidate shall be assessed twice in the spell of industrial training i.e. at the end of SECOND
month and finally before he/she completes the industrial training
463
3. The assessment shall be carried out by a committee comprising of a representative of the Industry
where the candidate is undergoing training and a faculty member from the respective program
from the Polytechnic.
For Institution level evaluation of industrial training, a committee consisting following
faculty members (1) Head of Dept. concerned.(2) Faculty member who assessed the student in
the industry (3) any other staff member of department concerned may be formed.
Note: For obtaining Provisional certificate the student has to submit training completion certificate from
the industry after six months of training.
 Evaluation and assessment of Industrial Training, shall be done and marks be awarded
in the following manner, provided the candidates concerned have put up minimum 90%
attendance of Industrial Training.
Industrial assessment at Industry : 600 marks (in two spells of 300 marks each)
Institutional Evaluation : 300 marks
Semester End Examination : 100 marks

(Seminar/viva-voce at Institution)
_________
TOTAL 1000 marks
Assessment parameters at Industry

Assessment I Assessment
Sl No (First II (Second
Learning Parameter
Quarter) Quarter)
Attendance and punctuality 20 20
1
Familiarity of tools and material 30 30
2
Engineering skills 50 50
3
Application of knowledge & Problem solving skills 50 50
4
Comprehension and observation 10 10
5
Professionalism/Professional ethics 20 20
6
Safety and environmental consciousness 10 10
7
Communication skills 20 20
8
Supervisory skills 50 50
9
General conduct during the period 40 40
10
Total marks for Industry Evaluation 300

300
600 marks
464
Assessment parameters at Institution (End Examination)
Institution Level Evaluation Scheme
Sl Criteria Marks Time

No
1 1st Report Submission 50 within 4 Weeks
2 Seminar-I 50 9th to 10th week
3 2nd Report Submission 50 Within 12 weeks
4 Log book 100 --
5 Seminar-II 50 Before Viva-Voce
Institute Evaluation 300

Total
1 Viva-Voce 50 After 24 weeks
2 Presentation/Demonstration 50
of skills
Total 100
The assessment at the institute level will be done by a minimum of three members i.e.
Internal Faculty, Industrial Experts/External Examiner and H.O.D. and the shall be averaged
Learning Outcomes
1.0 Observe Safety Precautions and rules of the industry
1.1. State the importance of safety in industries

1.2. Develop an understanding of the safety about personnel protection, equipment
protection
1.3. Familiarize with the usage of various safety devices
2.0 Appreciate organizational set up from top executive to workmen level
2.1. Acquaint with the function of each department/section

2.2. Comprehend the inter relationship among various department/sections.
3.0. Observe the end product and various Components/ materials used in the production and
Identify their source.
3.1. Identify the various stages involved in the assembly and production of end product.
465
3.2. List the final products, their composition and its commercial importance, uses and
Applications.
4.0. Develop an Understanding the various stages involved in processing, sequential

arrangement of different equipment.
4.1. Represent the whole process and each sub processes with a flow diagram, detail
Flow diagram
4.2. Observe and appreciate the resource optimization of space (the arrangement of various equipment
and machinery in systematic manner in a less possible area of site), Electricity, Men machinery,
money and Time.
5.0. Explain various analytical methods used in the quality control department
5.1. Practice the Testing methods for quality assurance and bench mark standards
5.2. Practice use of various tools, instruments used for quality checking.
6.0. Observe trouble shooting /servicing /maintenance techniques used during the production
6.1. Observe preventive precautions and maintenance of each equipment in the unit
6.2. Follow Staring and shutting down procedures for the equipment in the unit.
7.0 Identify the various pollutants emitted from the plant/Industry.
7.1. State effects of pollutants.

7.2. Explain handling methods of E waste and pollutants disposal
CO / PO - MAPPING
CO1 3 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO2 3 3 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO4 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
466
ANNEXURE
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
1. Basic knowledge: An ability to apply knowledge of basic mathematics, science and

engineering to solve the engineering problems.
2. Discipline knowledge: An ability to apply discipline - specific knowledge to solve core

and/or applied engineering problems.
3. Experiments and practice: An ability to plan and perform experiments and practices and to
use the results to solve engineering problems.
4. Engineering Tools: Apply appropriate technologies and tools with an understanding of the
limitations.
5. The engineer and society: Demonstrate knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal
and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to engineering practice.
6. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the engineering solutions in

societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge and need for
sustainable development.
7. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
8. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse/multidisciplinary teams.
9. Communication: An ability to communicate effectively.
10. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage
in independent and life-long learning in the context of technological changes.
467

DCME

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCME

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING

1. Duration of course is 3 years of Regular Academic instruction.

II. RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.3 MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION

The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.

1.4 PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN)

admission to the 31st March of the succeeding year.

c). Candidates having less than 65% attendance shall be detained.

a) Within 15 days after commencement of class work in any semester

2.1 I, II, III, IV, V and VI Semesters:

THEORY EXAMINATION: Each semester end examination carries 40 marks in respect of

2.2 ASSESSMENT SCHEME

 The Regular Examinations and Backlog Examinations shall be conducted separately.

Part 3 Unit 5&6 ‘Remember’ based questions

Part 3 ‘Understanding’ based

V. Award of Grades and Grade points criteria for C-18 Curriculum

1. Marks : In order to ensure continuous evaluation the examination pattern is formulated

2. Hybrid grading system for regular students:

E 0 Rest of the Candidates

a) The students are permitted to choose two electives in V semester.

Industrial Training (VI Semester)

Institutional Evaluation : 300 marks

Semester End Examination : 100 marks

Assessment parameters at Industry

2 Familiarity of tools and material 30 30

4 Application of knowledge & Problem solving skills 50 50

5 Comprehension and observation 10 10

7 Safety and environmental consciousness 10 10

10 General conduct during the period 40 40

Total marks for Industry Evaluation 300

Institution Level Evaluation Scheme

3 RULES OF PROMOTION FOR NEXT LEVEL:

3. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rdsemester if he/she puts the required percentage of

time before commencement of 3rd semester.

i) Puts the required percentage of attendance i.e., 90% in 6thsemester (Industrial

Promotion rules for C-18 (IVC)

4.1 EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE:

4.2 ISSUE OF GRADE CARD:

Sl Course Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total Min marks

2 18CM Basic Engineering 14 35

3 18CM Basic Physics 14 35

18CM General Engineering 14 35

5 18CM Basic Electrical &

6 18CM Basic Engineering Drawing

7 18CM Basic Computer Aided

8 18CM Basic Electrical &

9 18CM Basic Science Lab Practice

10 18CM Computer Fundamentals

11 Skill Upgradation-I 7 2.5 -

20 5 17 630 25 200 200 200 400 170 1000 425

11 Activities: student performance is to be assessed through Rubrics

Sl Course Course Name Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

L T P Mid Mid Internal Max Min Total Min marks

2 18CM Engineering Mathematics 14 35

3 18CM Applied Physics 14 35

18CM Engineering Chemistry 14 35

6 18CM Advanced Engineering

7 18CM Advanced Computer Aided

8 18CM Programming in C lab

9 18CM Applied Science lab

10 18CM Information Technology lab

11 Skill Upgradation-II 7 2.5 -